ML17326B152: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:D.C.COOK POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 840SO50aSO 84083i I!'" PDR ADOCK 050003i5'',,',', PDR August, 1984  
{{#Wiki_filter:D. C. COOK POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
'" 840SO50aSO 84083i PDR ADOCK 050003i5'
              ', PDR I  !                          August, 1984


NOTICE~~~The D.C.Cook Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology Report consists of using the Westinghouse Owner's Group Revision 1 generic report and modifying it to include relevant 0.C.Cook plant specific parameters.
NOTICE The D.~ C.~ Cook Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology Report consists of using the Westinghouse Owner's Group Revision 1 generic report and
Where a change in the text of the generic report has been made to incorporate plant specific information, brackets, t'], have been used to indicate the change.In the generic report the last section consisted of a step-by-step example on the use of the core damage assessment methodology.
      ~
In this report the example section is replaced with a procedure specific to 0.C.Cook.Also included is an example of this procedure.
modifying   it to include relevant 0. C. Cook plant specific parameters. Where a change in the text of the generic report has been made to incorporate plant specific information, brackets, t'], have been used to indicate the change.
TABLE OF CONTENTSINTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE 1.1 Methodology
In the generic report the last section consisted of a step-by-step example on the use of the core damage assessment methodology. In this report the example section is replaced with a procedure specific to 0. C. Cook. Also included is an example of this procedure.


===2.0 TECHNICAL===
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE 1.1  Methodology 2.0     TECHNICAL BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 2.1  Characteristic Fission Products 2.2 Core Inventories 2.3 Power Correction for Core Inventories 2.3.1 Power Correction Factor                          7 2.4 Relationship of Clad Damage With Activity                10 2.4.1 Gap Inventory                      0            10 2.4.2 Spiking Phenomena                                10 2.4.3 Activity Associated With Clad Damage            13 2.4.4 Gap Activity Ratios                              26 2.4.5 Adjustments to Determine Activity Released      26 2.5 Relationship of Fission Product Release With Overtemperature  Conditions                        40 2.6  Relationship of Nuclide Release With Core Melt Conditions                                    43
BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
: 2. 7  Samp1 ing Locati ons                                  46 3.0      AUXILIARY INDICATORS                                        53 3.1  Containment Hydrogen Con'centration                    53 3.2  Core Exit Temperatures and Reactor Vessel Water Levels 57 3.3  Containment Radiation Honitors and Core Damage        60 4.0      GENERALIZED CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT APPROACH                  65
: 5. 0'IMITATIONS                                                      67


===2.1 Characteristic===
==6.0      REFERENCES==
Fission Products 2.2 2.3 Core Inventories Power Correction for Core Inventories
69 APPENDIX A    Core Damage Assessment  Procedure APPENDIX  B  Example of Core Damage Assessment  Procedure


====2.3.1 Power====
LIST  OF TABLES Title                                ~Pa  e 2-1   Selected Nuclides    for  Core Damage Assessment Fuel  Pellet Inventory for Westinghouse Plants Gap  Inventory 2-3-1 Gap   Inventory Hinimum  and Haximum                              12 2-4   Expected Iodine Spike 2-5  Normal Operating    Activity Isotopic Activity Ratios of Fuel Pellet    and Gap                27 Parent-Daughter    Relationships                                    37 Source Inventory of Related Parent Nuclides                        39 2-9  Expected Fuel Damage Correlation with Fuel      Rod  Temperature  41 2-10  Percent Activity Release    for 100 Percent  Overtemperature      42 Conditions 2-11  Percent Activity Release     for 100 Percent  Core  Helt Conditions Suggested  Sampling Locations                                      52, 3-1  Average Containment Volume and Zirconium Hass                      56 Instantaneous Gamma Ray Source Strengths Due to a 100              61 Percent Release of Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident
Correction Factor 2.4 Relationship of Clad Damage With Activity 2.4.1 Gap Inventory 0 2.4.2 Spiking Phenomena 2.4.3 Activity Associated With Clad Damage 2.4.4 Gap Activity Ratios 2.4.5 Adjustments to Determine Activity Released 2.5 Relationship of Fission Product Release With Overtemperature Conditions


===2.6 Relationship===
LIST  OF TABLES (continued)
of Nuclide Release With Core Melt Conditions
Tebl e                          Title                          ~Pa  e 3-2A  Instantaneous  Gamma Ray  Fluxes Due to 1004 Release of  62 Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident Characteristics of Categories of Fuel  Damage            66


===2.7 Samp1===
LIST  OF FIGURES
ing Locati ons 7 10 10 10 13 26 26 40 43 46 3.0 AUXILIARY INDICATORS
~Fi ure                          Title                                ~Pa  e 2-1    Power Correction Factor for Cs-134 Based    on Average Power During Operation 2-2  Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with 5 Core  Inventory        15 Released of Xe-133 2-3  Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with 5 Core Inventory          16 Released of I-131 Relationship of X Clad Damage with    X  Core Inventory          17 Released of I-131 with Spiking 2-5    Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with  5 Core  Inventory        18 Released of Kr-87 Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with %  Core Inventory          19 Released of Xe-131m 2-7   Relationship of X Clad  Damage  with X  Core Inventory          20 Released of I-132 2-8    Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with A  Core  Inventory        21 Released of I-133 2-9    Relationship of 5 Clad  Damage  with 5 Core Inventory          22 Released of I-135 2-10   Water Density Ratio (Temperature vs. STP) 2-10A  Sump  Mater Volume Versus  Sump  Level Indication 1
2-10B  Containment Water Volume Versus    Sump  Level Indication,      35 J


===3.1 Containment===
LIST OF FIGURES (continued)
Hydrogen Con'centration 3.2 Core Exit Temperatures and Reactor Vessel Water Levels 3.3 Containment Radiation Honitors and Core Damage 53 53 57 60 4.0 GENERALIZED CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT APPROACH 65 5.0'IMITATIONS 67
~Ft ere                            Title                                            Pacae 2-11  Relationship of g Fuel Overtemperature with        X Released of Xe, Kr, I, or Cs Core'nventory 2-12  Relationship of X Fuel Overtemperature with 5 Core                            45 Inventory Released of Ba or Sr 2-13  Relationship of A Fuel Helt with      X,  Core Inventory Released              4B of Xe, Kr, I, Cs, or Te 2-14  Relationship of    % Fuel Helt with 5 Core Inventory Released                  49 of Ba or Sr 2-15  Relationship of    X Fuel Helt with  %  Core Inventory Released              50 of Pr 3-1   Containment Hydrogen Concentration Based on Zirconium                          55 Water Reaction Distribution of    Thermocouples  and    Flux Thimbles            for Unit 1  58 and Unit  2 Percent Noble Gases in Containment       for Unit 1    and         Unit 2    64


==6.0 REFERENCES==
==1.0   INTRODUCTION==
AND PURPOSE In March 1982 the  NRC  issued a "Post Accident Sampling Guide for Preparation of a Procedure to Estimate Core Damage" as a supplement to the post accident sampling criteria, of NUREG-0737 (1) . The stated purpose of this guide was to aid utilities in preparation of a methodology for relating post accident core damage with measurements of radionuclide concentrations and other plant indicators. The primary interest of the NRC was, in the event of an accident, to have some means of realistically differentiating between four major fuel conditions: no damage, cladding failure, fuel overheating, and core melt. The methodology developed is intended to enable qualified personnel to provide an estimate of this damage. In order to comply with the NRC request for such a methodology, Westinghouse, under contract to the Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG), prepared the generic technical report'.
                                                  $ 13)1 This report is cognizant of NRC's      initial intention. Additionally,  the report reflects input  by  NRC  and  various representatives of the WOG  provided during several meetings held    on  this subject during the past year.
tThis report  has been arranged    to present the technical basis for the methodology (Section 1    through 5), and to provide a procedure based on this methodology (Appendix A).
1.1  METHODOLOGY The approach  utilized in this    methodology of core damage assessment  is measurement  of fission product concentrations in the primary coolant system, and containment when applicable, obtained with the post accident sampling system. Greater release of fission products into the primary coolant can occur if insufficient cooling is supplied to the fuel elements. Those fission products contained in the fuel pellet  fuel cladding interstices are presumed to be completely released upon failure of cladding. Additional fission products from the fuel pellet are assumed to be released during overtemperature and fuel melt conditions. These radionuclide measurements,


69 APPENDIX A Core Damage Assessment Procedure APPENDIX B Example of Core Damage Assessment Procedure LIST OF TABLES Title~Pa e 2-1 Selected Nuclides for Core Damage Assessment Fuel Pellet Inventory for Westinghouse Plants Gap Inventory 2-3-1 Gap Inventory Hinimum and Haximum 12 2-4 2-5 Expected Iodine Spike Normal Operating Activity Isotopic Activity Ratios of Fuel Pellet and Gap 27 Parent-Daughter Relationships 37 Source Inventory of Related Parent Nuclides 39 2-9 Expected Fuel Damage Correlation with Fuel Rod Temperature 41 2-10 Percent Activity Release for 100 Percent Overtemperature Conditions 42 2-11 Percent Activity Release for 100 Percent Core Helt Conditions Suggested Sampling Locations 52, 3-1 Average Containment Volume and Zirconium Hass 56Instantaneous Gamma Ray Source Strengths Due to a 100 Percent Release of Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident 61 LIST OF TABLES (continued)
together with auxiliary readings of core exit thermocouple temperatures, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and hydrogen production are used to develop an estimate of the kind and extent of fuel damage.
Tebl e Title~Pa e 3-2A Instantaneous Gamma Ray Fluxes Due to 1004 Release of Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident 62 Characteristics of Categories of Fuel Damage 66 LIST OF FIGURES~Fi ure Title~Pa e 2-1 Power Correction Factor for Cs-134 Based on Average Power During Operation 2-2 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory Released of Xe-133 15 2-3 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory Released of I-131 16 Relationship of X Clad Damage with X Core Inventory Released of I-131 with Spiking 17 2-5 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory Released of Kr-87 18 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with%Core Inventory Released of Xe-131m 19 2-7 Relationship of X Clad Damage with X Core Inventory Released of I-132 20 2-8 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with A Core Inventory Released of I-133 21 2-9 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory Released of I-135 22 2-10 Water Density Ratio (Temperature vs.STP)2-10A Sump Mater Volume Versus Sump Level Indication 2-10B 1 Containment Water Volume Versus Sump Level Indication, J 35 LIST OF FIGURES (continued)
~Ft ere Title Pacae 2-11 Relationship of g Fuel Overtemperature with X Core'nventory Released of Xe, Kr, I, or Cs 2-12 Relationship of X Fuel Overtemperature with 5 Core Inventory Released of Ba or Sr 45 2-13 Relationship of A Fuel Helt with X, Core Inventory Released 4B of Xe, Kr, I, Cs, or Te 2-14 Relationship of%Fuel Helt with 5 Core Inventory Released 49 of Ba or Sr 2-15 Relationship of X Fuel Helt with%Core Inventory Released 50 of Pr 3-1 Containment Hydrogen Concentration Based on Zirconium Water Reaction 55 Distribution of Thermocouples and Flux Thimbles for Unit 1 58 and Unit 2 Percent Noble Gases in Containment for Unit 1 and Unit 2 64


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
2.0  TECHNICAL BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 2.1    CHARACTERISTIC FISSION PRODUCTS Depending on the  extent of core damage, characteristic fission products are expected to be released from the core. An evaluation was conducted to select the fission product isotopes which characterize a mechanism of release relative to the extent of core damage. Nuclides were selected to be associated with the core damage states of clad damage, fuel overheat, and fuel melt. The selection of nuclides for this methodology was based on half-life, energy, yield, release characteristics, quantity present in the core, and practicality of measurement using standard gamma spectrometry techniques.
The  nuclides selected for this methodology have sufficient core inventories and radioactive half-lives to ensure that there will be sufficient activity for detection and analysis of the nuclides for some time following an accident. Most of the nuclides selected have half-lives which enable them to reach equilibrium quickly within the fuel cycle. The list of selected nuclides contains nuclides with half-lives of 1 day or less which are assumed
                                                                              /
to reach equilibrium in approximately 4 days. These nuclides are used to assess core damage for cores that have been operational in a given cycle for less than a month. For cores that have been operating for more than a month, the list contains nuclides with half-lives greater than 1 day which reach equilibtium at some time during the first month of operation depending on the half life of the nuclide. Both groups of nuclides are used to assess core damage For cores that have been operational in a given cycle for more than a month. Other factors considered during the selection process were the energy and yield of the nuclides along with the practicality of detecting and analyzing the nuclides.
Nuclides were chosen based on their release characteristics to be representative of the specific states of core damage. The Rogovin Report (2) noted that as the core progressed through the damage states certain nuclides associated with each damage state would be released. The volatility of the nuclides is the basis for the relationship between certain nuclides and a particular core damage state.


AND PURPOSE In March 1982 the NRC issued a"Post Accident Sampling Guide for Preparation of a Procedure to Estimate Core Damage" as a supplement to the post accident sampling criteria, of NUREG-0737
A  list of  the selected nuclides for this core damage. assessment  methodology  is shown  in Table 2-1.
.The stated purpose of this guide was (1)to aid utilities in preparation of a methodology for relating post accident core damage with measurements of radionuclide concentrations and other plant indicators.
2.2  CORE  INVENTORIES Implementation of the core damage assessment methodology requires an estimation of the fission product source inventory available for release. The fission product source inventory of the fuel pellet was calculated using the ORIGEN      computer code, based on a three-region equilibrium cycle core at end-of-life. The three regions were assumed to have operated for 300, 600, and 900 effective full power days, respectively.       For use in this methodology the fission product inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout the core.     As such, the fission product inventory can be applicable to other equilibrium cores with different regional characteristics. The fuel pellet inventory of the selected fission products and some additional fission products of interest for 0. C. Cook Unit 1 and Unit 2 is shown in Table 2-2.
The primary interest of the NRC was, in the event of an accident, to have some means of realistically differentiating between four major fuel conditions:
: 2. 3  POWER  CORRECTION FOR CORE INVENTORIES The source    inventory shown in Table 2-2 presents inventories for an equilibrium, end-of-life core that has been operated at 100 percent power.
no damage, cladding failure, fuel overheating, and core melt.The methodology developed is intended to enable qualified personnel to provide an estimate of this damage.In order to comply with the NRC request for such a methodology, Westinghouse, under contract to the Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG), prepared the generic technical report'.$13)1 This report is cognizant of NRC's initial intention.
For this methodology a source inventory at the time of an accident that accounts for the power history is needed.      For those cases where the core has reached equilibrium, a ratio of the steady state power level to the rated power level is applied. Within the accuracy of this methodology, a period of four half-lives of a nuclide is sufficient to assume equilibrium for that nuclide. For nuclides with half-lives less than one day the power ratio based on the steady-state power level of the prior four days to reactor shutdown can be used to determine the inventory. To use a simple power ratio to determine the inventories of the isotopes with half-lives greater than 1 day, the core should have operated at a constant power for at least 30 days prior to reactor shutdown. The assumption is made that constant power exists when the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value. For transient power histories where a steady state power condition has not been obtained, a power correction factor has been developed to calculate the source inventory at the time of the accident.
Additionally, the report reflects input by NRC and various representatives of the WOG provided during several meetings held on this subject during the past year.t This report has been arranged to present the technical basis for the methodology (Section 1 through 5), and to provide a procedure based on this methodology (Appendix A).1.1 METHODOLOGY The approach utilized in this methodology of core damage assessment is measurement of fission product concentrations in the primary coolant system, and containment when applicable, obtained with the post accident sampling system.Greater release of fission products into the primary coolant can occur if insufficient cooling is supplied to the fuel elements.Those fission products contained in the fuel pellet-fuel cladding interstices are presumed to be completely released upon failure of cladding.Additional fission products from the fuel pellet are assumed to be released during overtemperature and fuel melt conditions.
These radionuclide measurements, together with auxiliary readings of core exit thermocouple temperatures, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and hydrogen production are used to develop an estimate of the kind and extent of fuel damage.  


===2.0 TECHNICAL===
TABLE 2-1 SELECTED NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT Core Damage State        Nuclide      Hal f-Lif e"    Predominant  Gammas Kev  Yield 5
BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
* Clad Failure    Kr-85m"'    4.4  h      150(74), 305(13)
Kr-87        76  m        403(84), 2570(35)
Kr-88"*      2.8 h        191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)
Xe-131m      11.8 d      164(2)
Xe-133      5.27    d    81(37)
Xe-133m*"    2.26    d    233 (14)
Xe-135++    9.14    h    250(91)
I-131        8.05    d    364(82)
I-132        2.26    h    773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)
I-1 33      20.3    h    530(90)
I-135        6.68    h    1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)
Rb-88        17.8    m    898(13), 1863(21)
Fuel Overheat    Cs-134      2  yr        605(98), 796(99)
Cs-137      30  yr      662(85)
Te-129      68.7    m    455(15)
Te-132      77.7    h    230(90)
Fuel Melt        Sr-89        52.7    d    (beta emitter)
Sr-90"*      28  yr      (beta emitter)
Ba-140      12.8 d      537(34)
La-140      40.22 h      487{40), 815(19), 1596{96)
La-142      92.5 m      650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)
Pr-144      17.27 m      695(1.5)
* Values obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition.
*" These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuc 1 ides.


===2.1 CHARACTERISTIC===
TASLE 2-2 FUEL PELLET INVENTORY~
FISSION PRODUCTS Depending on the extent of core damage, characteristic fission products are expected to be released from the core.An evaluation was conducted to select the fission product isotopes which characterize a mechanism of release relative to the extent of core damage.Nuclides were selected to be associated with the core damage states of clad damage, fuel overheat, and fuel melt.The selection of nuclides for this methodology was based on half-life, energy, yield, release characteristics, quantity present in the core, and practicality of measurement using standard gamma spectrometry techniques.
Inventor    Curies Unit  1                    Unit  2 Nuc 1 i de                3250 Mwt                    3391 Mwt Kr 85m                        0(7)%*                    2.1(7)
The nuclides selected for this methodology have sufficient core inventories and radioactive half-lives to ensure that there will be sufficient activity for detection and analysis of the nuclides for some time following an accident.Most of the nuclides selected have half-lives which enable them to reach equilibrium quickly within the fuel cycle.The list of selected nuclides contains nuclides with half-lives of 1 day or less which are assumed/to reach equilibrium in approximately 4 days.These nuclides are used to assess core damage for cores that have been operational in a given cycle for less than a month.For cores that have been operating for more than a month, the list contains nuclides with half-lives greater than 1 day which reach equilibtium at some time during the first month of operation depending on the half life of the nuclide.Both groups of nuclides are used to assess core damage For cores that have been operational in a given cycle for more than a month.Other factors considered during the selection process were the energy and yield of the nuclides along with the practicality of detecting and analyzing the nuclides.Nuclides were chosen based on their release characteristics to be representative of the specific states of core damage.The Rogovin Report (2)noted that as the core progressed through the damage states certain nuclides associated with each damage state would be released.The volatility of the nuclides is the basis for the relationship between certain nuclides and a particular core damage state.  
Kr 87                      3.6(7)                      3.8(7)
Kr 88                      5.2(7)                      5.4(7)
Xe 131m                    5.7{5)                      6.0(5)
Xe 133                      1.8(8)                      1.9(8)
Xe 133m                    2.5(7)                      2.7(7)
Xe 135                      3.4(7).                      3.5(7)
I 131                      8.9(7)                      9.3(7)
I 132                      1.3(8)                      1.3{8)
I 133                      1.8(8)                      1.9(8) 1.6(8)                      1.7(8)
Rb 88                      5.3(7)                      5.5(7)
Cs 134                      2.1(7)                      2.2(7)
Cs 137                      1.0(7)                      1.0(7)
Te 129                      3.0(7)                      3.1(7)
Te 132                      1.3(8)                      1.3(8)
Sr 89                      7.2(7)                      7.5(7)
Sr 90                      6.6(6)                      6.8(6)
Ba 140                      1.5(8)                      1 ~ 6(8)
La 140                      1.6(8)                      1.7(8)
La 142                      1.4(8)                      1.4(8)
Pr 144                      1.1(8)                      1.1(8)
Inventory based on ORIGEN run  for equilibrium, end-of-life core.
*" 1.2(7)    = 1.2 x 107. This notation is used throughout this report.
 
There are a few selected nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer which in most instances do not reach equilibrium during the life of the core.
For these few nuclides aqd within the accuracy of the methodology, a power correction factor which compares the effective full power days of the core to the total number of calendar days of cycle operation of the core is applied.
Oue  to the production characteristics of, cesium-134, special consideration must be used to determine the power correction factor for Cs-134. This power correction factor can be obtained from Figure 2-1.
J 2.3.1    POWER CORRECTION FACTOR A)  Steady state power  prior to    shutdown.
: 1)  Half-life of nuclide  <  1  day Avera  e Power  Level  Mwt  for rior  4 da s Power  Correction Factor  =
Rated Power Level (Mwt)
: 2)  Half-life of nuclide  >  1  day Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 30 da s Power Correction Factor =                Rated Power Level (Mwt)
: 3)  Half life of  nuclide =  1  year
                              = Avera e Power Level  Mwt  for rior  1  ear Power  Correction Factor                Rated Power Level (Mwt)
Steady state power condition is assumed where the power does not vary by more than +10 percent of rated power level from time averaged value.
: 8)  Transient power history in which the power        has not remained constant prior to reactor shutdown.
For the majority of the selected nuclides, the 30-day power history        prior to shutdown is sufficient to calculate a power correction factor.
 
1.0 90K POWER 0.9 0.8 iER CORRECTION FACTOR                                                                                        75K POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0                200              400                600              800              1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR .DAYS)
CS-134 BASED  ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION FIGURE 2-1 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR
 
                                                  -X.t        -Kit' P    (1 e      j)  e Power  Correction Factor    =
Et RP  (1-e        j) where:
pj            average power level (Nwt) during operating period t.          j RP            rate power level of the core (Mwt) tj            operating period in days at power P where power does not vary more than +10 percent power of rated power level from time averaged  value (P )
decay constant of nuclide i in inverse days.
time between end of period j and time of reactor shutdown in days.
If the total    period of operation is greater than four half-lives of the nuclide being considered, the power correction is as follows. This is within the accuracy of this methodology.
0.693 g t  > 4 x
                                                  -kit        -'k. t'.
E  P.   (1-e      j)  e Power  Correction Factor    =
RP For the few nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer, a power correction factor which ratios effective full power days to total calendar days of cycle operation      is applied.
EFPO Power  Correction Factor    =
total calendar      days    of cycle operation C)  For Cs-134  Figure 2-1 is used to determine the power correction factor.
To use Figure 2-1, the average power during the entire operating period is requi red.
 
2.4  RELATIONSHIP OF CLAO OAHAGE MITH ACTIVITY 2.4.1    GAP INVENTORY During operation, volatile fission products collect in the gap.      These  fission products are isotopes of the noble gases and iodine.
determine the fission product inventory of the gap, the ANS 5.4 (4)
To Standard formulae were used with the average temperature and burnup of the fuel rod. The average gap inventory for the entire core for this methodology was estimated by assuming the core is divided into three regions - a low burnup region, a middle burnup region, and a high burnup region. Using the ANS 5.4 Standard, the gap fraction and subsequent gap inventory were calculated for each region. Each region is assumed to represent one-third of the core. The total gap inventory was then calculated by summing the gap inventory of each region. For the purposes of this core damage assessment methodology, this gap inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout
. the core. Table 2-3 shows the calculated gap inventories for Unit 1 and Unit 2 of the noble gases    and iodines. Table 2-3-1 shows the minimum and maximum gap inventories. The minimum and maximum gap inventory were determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition and the high'burnup conditions, respectively.
2.4.2    SPIKING  PHENOMENA Reactor coolant system pressure,    temperature, and power transients may result in iodine spiking. (Cesium spiking may also occur but is not considered in this methodology.) Spiking is noted by an increase in reactor coolant iodine concentrations during some time period after the transient. In most cases, the 'iodine concentration would return to normal operating activity at a rate based on'the 'system purification 'hal'f-.life 'Spikin'g is'  characteristic of -"  -".
the condition where an increase in 'the normal primary coolant activity is noted but no damage to the cladding has occur red.
10
 
TABLE 2-3 GAP INVENTORY~
Ga  Inventor  Curies Unit 1                      Unit 2 Nuclide                    3250 Mwt                    3391 Hwt Kr 85m"'                  3.44(3)                      3.59(3)  .
Kr 87                    3.29(3)                      3.43(3)
Kr 88"'                  7.26(3)                      7.58(3)
Xe 131m                  8.05(2)                      8.41{2)
Xe 133                    1 60{5)
                            ~                          1.67(5)
Xe  133m*"                1.53(4)                      1;60(4)
Xe  135*"                8.17(3)                      8.53(3)
I-1 31                    2.58(5)                      2.70(5)
I-1 32                    4.15(4)                      4.33(4)
I-133                    1.75(5)                      1.82(5)
I-135                    8.92(4)                      9.31(4)
Total core inventory based    on 3 region equilibrium  core at end-of-life.
Gap inventory based  on ANS 5.4 Standard.
*" Additional  nuclides;  no graphs provided.
11
 
TABLE 2-,3-1 GAP INVENTORY MINIHUM ANO HAXIHUM Gap  Inventory, Curies Hinimum  Maximum  "*
Unit  1                          Unit 2 Nuc 1 i de                3250 Hwt                            3391 Hwt Kr 85m"                  6. 28(2) -8. 71 (3)                6 '6(2)-9.09(3)
KI 87                    6.20(2)-8.39(3)                    6.47(2)-8.76(3)
Kr 88*                    1.29(3)-1',81(4)                  1.35(3)-1.89(4)
Xe 131m                  1.44(2)-2.01(3)                    1.50(2)-2.10(3)
Xe 133                    3.03(4)-4.10(5)                    3.16(4)-4.28(5)
Xe 133m*                  1.16(3)-1.61(4)                    1.22(3)-1.68(4)
Xe  135*                  3.74(3)-5.11(4)                    3.90(3)-5.33(4)
I  131                    4.90(4) -6. 69 ( 5)                5.12(4)-6.98(5)
I  132                    7.78(3)-1 .06(5)                  8.12(3)-1.11(5)
I  133                    3.21(4) -4.46(5)                  3.35(4)-4.66(5)
I  135                    1.62(4)-2.27(5)                    1.69(4)-2.37(5)
* Additional nuclides; no graphs provided.
** Minimum values are based on the low burnup region (5,000        HWO/HTU).
Haximum values are based  on  the high burnup region (25,000      HWD/HTU).
12


A list of the selected nuclides for this core damage.assessment methodology is shown in Table 2-1.2.2 CORE INVENTORIES Implementation of the core damage assessment methodology requires an estimation of the fission product source inventory available for release.The fission product source inventory of the fuel pellet was calculated using the ORIGEN computer code, based on a three-region equilibrium cycle core at end-of-life.
For  this methodology consideration of the spiking phenomena into the radionuclide analysis is limited to the I-131 information found in WCAP-9964'. (5)    WCAP  9964,presents releases  in Curies of I-131  due  to a transient which results in spiking    based on the normal primary coolant activity of the nuclides. The WCAP gives an average release and 90 percent confidence interval. These values are presented in Table 2-4. 'The use of this data is demonstrated in Section 2.4.3.2.
The three regions were assumed to have operated for 300, 600, and 900 effective full power days, respectively.
2.4.3    ACTIVITY ASSOCIATED WITH CLAD    DAMAGE Clad damage is characterized by the release of the       fission products which have accumulated in the gap during the operation of the       plant. The cladding may rupture during an accident when heat transfer from the cladding to the primary coolant has been hindered and the cladding temperature increases.          Cladding failure is anticipated in the temperature range of 1300 to 2000'F depending upon the conditions of the fission product gas and the primary system pressure. Clad damage can begin to occur in regions of high fuel rod peak clad temperature based on the radial and axial power distribution. As the accident progresses and is not mitigated, other regions of the core are expected to experience high temperatures and possibly clad failure. When the cladding ruptures,      it is assumed that the fission product gap inventory of the damaged fuel rods is instantaneously released to the primary system.          For this methodology    it is assumed that the noble gases will escape through the break of the primary system boundary to the containment atmosphere and the iodines will stay in solution and travel with the primary system water during the accident.
For use in this methodology the fission product inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout the core.As such, the fission product inventory can be applicable to other equilibrium cores with different regional characteristics.
To  determine an approximation of the extent of clad damage, the total activity of a fission product released is compared to the total source inventory of the fission product at reactor shutdown. Included in the measured quantity of the total activity released is a contribution from the normal operating activity of the nuclide. An adjustment should be made to the measured quantity of release to account for the normal operating activity. Direct correlations can then be developed which describe the relationship between the percentage of total source inventory released and the extent of clad damage for each nuclide. Figures 2-2 through 2-9 present the direct correlations for each nuclide in graphical form. The contribution of the normal operating activity 13
The fuel pellet inventory of the selected fission products and some additional fission products of interest for 0.C.Cook Unit 1 and Unit 2 is shown in Table 2-2.2.3 POWER CORRECTION FOR CORE INVENTORIES The source inventory shown in Table 2-2 presents inventories for an equilibrium, end-of-life core that has been operated at 100 percent power.For this methodology a source inventory at the time of an accident that accounts for the power history is needed.For those cases where the core has reached equilibrium, a ratio of the steady state power level to the rated power level is applied.Within the accuracy of this methodology, a period of four half-lives of a nuclide is sufficient to assume equilibrium for that nuclide.For nuclides with half-lives less than one day the power ratio based on the steady-state power level of the prior four days to reactor shutdown can be used to determine the inventory.
 
To use a simple power ratio to determine the inventories of the isotopes with half-lives greater than 1 day, the core should have operated at a constant power for at least 30 days prior to reactor shutdown.The assumption is made that constant power exists when the power level does not vary more than+10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.For transient power histories where a steady state power condition has not been obtained, a power correction factor has been developed to calculate the source inventory at the time of the accident.
TABLE  2-4 EXPECTED IODINE SPIKE Avera  e    Ci/ m                        I-131 Total Release Curies 0.5   < SA* <  1.0                              3400 0.1 <  SA <  0.5                                380 0.05  < SA <  0.1                                200 0.01 < SA < 0.05                                  200 0.005 < SA < 0.01                                100 0.001 <  SA <  0.005                            100 SA  < 0.001                              2 90/90  U  er Confidence Level    Ci/ m 0.5  < SA <  1.0                                6500-0.1 <  SA <  0.5                                950 0.05  < SA <  0.1                               650 0.01 <  SA  < 0.05                              650 0.005 <  SA <  0.001                            300 0.001 <  SA <  0.005                            300 SA  < 0.001                              10
TABLE 2-1 SELECTED NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT Core Damage State Nuclide Hal f-Li f e" Predominant Gammas Kev Yield 5*Clad Failure Fuel Overheat Fuel Melt Kr-85m"&#x17d;Kr-87 Kr-88"*Xe-131m Xe-133 Xe-133m*" Xe-135++I-131 I-132 I-1 33 I-135 Rb-88 Cs-134 Cs-137 Te-129 Te-132 Sr-89 Sr-90"*Ba-140 La-140 La-142 Pr-144 4.4 h 76 m 2.8 h 11.8 d 5.27 d 2.26 d 9.14 h 8.05 d 2.26 h 20.3 h 6.68 h 17.8 m 2 yr 30 yr 68.7 m 77.7 h 52.7 d 28 yr 12.8 d 40.22 h 92.5 m 17.27 m 150(74), 305(13)403(84), 2570(35)191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)164(2)81(37)233 (14)250(91)364(82)773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)530(90)1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)898(13), 1863(21)605(98), 796(99)662(85)455(15)230(90)(beta emitter)(beta emitter)537(34)487{40), 815(19), 1596{96)650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)695(1.5)*Values obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition.*" These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides;they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuc 1 ides.
* SA  is the normal operating I-131 specific activity (yCi/gm) in the primary coolant.
TASLE 2-2 FUEL PELLET INVENTORY~
 
Inventor Curies Nuc 1 i de Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 Rb 88 Unit 1 3250 Mwt 0(7)%*3.6(7)5.2(7)5.7{5)1.8(8)2.5(7)3.4(7).8.9(7)1.3(8)1.8(8)1.6(8)5.3(7)Unit 2 3391 Mwt 2.1(7)3.8(7)5.4(7)6.0(5)1.9(8)2.7(7)3.5(7)9.3(7)1.3{8)1.9(8)1.7(8)5.5(7)Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 2.1(7)1.0(7)3.0(7)1.3(8)2.2(7)1.0(7)3.1(7)1.3(8)Sr 89 Sr 90 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 7.2(7)6.6(6)1.5(8)1.6(8)1.4(8)1.1(8)7.5(7)6.8(6)1~6(8)1.7(8)1.4(8)1.1(8)Inventory based on ORIGEN run for equilibrium, end-of-life core.*" 1.2(7)=1.2 x 107.This notation is used throughout this report.
0 '
There are a few selected nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer which in most instances do not reach equilibrium during the life of the core.For these few nuclides aqd within the accuracy of the methodology, a power correction factor which compares the effective full power days of the core to the total number of calendar days of cycle operation of the core is applied.Oue to the production characteristics of, cesium-134, special consideration must be used to determine the power correction factor for Cs-134.This power correction factor can be obtained from Figure 2-1.J 2.3.1 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR A)Steady state power prior to shutdown.1)Half-life of nuclide<1 day Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 4 da s Power Correction Factor=Rated Power Level (Mwt)2)Half-life of nuclide>1 day Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 30 da s Power Correction Factor=Rated Power Level (Mwt)3)Half life of nuclide=1 year Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 1 ear Power Correction Factor=Rated Power Level (Mwt)Steady state power condition is assumed where the power does not vary by more than+10 percent of rated power level from time averaged value.8)Transient power history in which the power has not remained constant prior to reactor shutdown.For the majority of the selected nuclides, the 30-day power history prior to shutdown is sufficient to calculate a power correction factor.
g  0  ~
1.0 0.9 90K POWER 0.8 iER CORRECTION FACTOR 75K POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 200 400 600 800 1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR.DAYS)FIGURE 2-1 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR CS-134 BASED ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION Power Correction Factor=where:-X.t-Kit'P (1 e j)e Et RP (1-e j)pj RP tj average power level (Nwt)during operating period t.j rate power level of the core (Mwt)operating period in days at power P where power does not vary more than+10 percent power of rated power level from time averaged value (P)decay constant of nuclide i in inverse days.time between end of period j and time of reactor shutdown in days.If the total period of operation is greater than four half-lives of the nuclide being considered, the power correction is as follows.This is within the accuracy of this methodology.
0.
g t>4 x 0.693 Power Correction Factor=-ki t-'k.t'.E P.(1-e j)e RP For the few nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer, a power correction factor which ratios effective full power days to total calendar days of cycle operation is applied.EFPO Power Correction Factor=total calendar days of cycle operation C)For Cs-134 Figure 2-1 is used to determine the power correction factor.To use Figure 2-1, the average power during the entire operating period is requi red.  
0' F  07 0
CJ tt$
C)
CY
      ~  0
                                        ~0) r
      ~  0 O                                            qadi CJ c    ~  01 u9 007                                          o+
O F 00 00 F 00
    .001 hl                O              O  O  O O  O  O  O Y)    IA  h     O eu  nO  n  n  O Clad Damage (';.')
FIGURE 2-2 RELATIONSHIP OF,'4 CLAD DAMAGE WITH      X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133
 
1 ~
0' 0'
0' 0'
0' F 07 F 05 F 03
            ~ 02 F 01 F 007 005                                              <e 003 gO 002 pS      ~ 001
  )c Pu ~
7 5
          ~
          ~
0-4 0-4
,  e S
3 '"4 2.0-4 1 ~ 0-4 7 ~ 0-5 5  0-5 3 '"5 2 '-5 1 '"5 IA h  ~            \      ~    ~              ~  0  ~
O
                        ~
0
                              ~
O
                                  ~
0
                                      ~        CV    Yl    ill  h  0  O C4 O
Yl O
lA 0
h 0O Clad Damage      (/)
FIGURE  2-3  RELATIONSHIP OF    /o  CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVEilTORY RELEASED OF  I-131
 
1 ~
0 0 '
r 0 '
0 '
F 1 F 07 F 05
                                          'b  r
        ~ 03                          +  rr  gC
        ~ 02 aCl                                                    ~gQ r
r F 007                  r 005 e    .003 C
      ~ 002    r O
      ~ 001 7 '-4 5 '-4 3 '-4 2 '-4 1 '-4 CV  W  V)
IA h  O ~  O  O  O  O  O O    O  O  O                              hl Y) Vl h  O Clad Damage  P)
FIGURE  Z-4 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED QF I-131 WITH SPIKING
 
0 ~
        ~ 0
        ~ 01 F 00 F 00 F 00
      .00 gQ r 001 0-o 7 ~
50-r O
c  3 ~  0-Cl 2 '"                                          oqr dJ 5
0-1 ~
7 5 '"
3 ~  0-1
    '"            Al  N  " IA W 0 0
                                  ~                          ~
0  0 W
                                                        ~
CV  P)          h O  O Q    0    0 Q llew CV  ~  U1    Cl Clad Damage (i.)
FIGURE  2-5   RELATIONSHIP OF    / CLAD DAMAGE MITH ~~ CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87
 
0' 0 ~
0 ~
F 1 07 I        0                                  qO r
                                    .'>%r e
(Y r
O
      ~ 0
  ~)   .0 gurquu9 io o      ~ 01 F 00?
F 00 F 00
    ~ 001
                      &  Ill CV d
                          ~  ~        CV  Y)
                                                ~
IA b
                                                    ~
d    dCV nd    d dd d n.
d      d d                                        v)
Clad Damage (5)
FIGURE  2-6 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M 19
 
0 ~
        ~ 0
        ~ 0 0
F 01 F 00 F 00                                  QQ F 00 F 00                          +
r      d
      .OOI                                          ~Q cr. 7 ~ 0-5.0-4                                    ~O  r O
+J QJ 3 '-~
2 '-4                                r S
O 1 ~ 0" 4 j ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 ~ 0-2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-CV M  IA h  ~      \
O,O
                  ~  ~
Q
                        \
O
                            ~                IA h 0    O Ol C)
                                                                .)   0 h0 tA O
Q Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE P-7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAt1AGE WITH  X,  CORE  INVENTORY RELEASED OF  I-132 20
 
1 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0 '
      ~ 0
      ~ 0
      ~ 0
      ~ 0
                                              ~gQ
      ~ 01
    ~ 00 j<~r      8 F 00 00                                            ~gQ r r
F O
F 00 go+
001 7 ~ 0-S O
3 '"~
2 '"~
1 ~ 0" 4 7 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 '"
2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-M7 W    ~                                  0
                        ~  ~                  Vl  W O    O  O  O  O  O O      O  O  O  O                                      IA h  O Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE 2-8 RELATIONSHIP OF  'X CLAD DAMAGE WITH g CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF  I-133
 
1 0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0.
F 1
        ~ 0
        ~ 0
        ~ 0
        ~ 0
                                                    ~Q
        .01 F 00                                        r F 00 go 00 F
F 00 r                  (O~Q rr pS    ~ 001                                          ~o+
m  7 ~ 0-5'      4 Cl 3. 0-d o0  2.0-4 I ~ 0-4 0"
7 5 '"
      ~
2 '"
1
      '"          Al                                                      ~  ~
                    ~    ~  ~  ~        hl  Yl  th  h
                                                        ~
0
                                                            ~
O  0    0 0h  0O 0    O  0  O                                CV  Y)  V)
Clad Damage ('A) 2-9  RELATIONSHIP OF,o CLAD DAMAGE .WITH    N CORE INVENTORY FIGURE RELEASED OF  I-135
 
has been  factored into the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-9.
Examples of how to construct the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-4 are presented in the next, two sections. Figures 2-5 through 2-9 were determined in the same fashion as described in the examples.      It should be noted that not all of the fission products listed in Table 2-3 need to be analyzed but as many as possible should be analyzed to determine a reasonable approximation of clad damage.
2.4.3.1   Xe-133 A graphical representation can be developed which describes the linear relationship of the measured release percentage of Xe-133 to the extent of clad damage. Since the linear relationship is based on percentage of inventory released, the linear relationship applies to all Mestinghouse standard plants. The Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is used as the base plant for developing the relation. The total source inpentory of Xe-133 For a Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is 1.6 x 10 Curies[(13)lj. For 100 percent clad 8    .
damage    all of the gap inventory, which corresponds to 1.43 x 10 5 Curie (13)1] would be released. For 0.1 percent clad damage, 1.43 x 10 2 Curies would be released. These two values can be used to represent two points of the linear relationship between percentage of total inventory released and the extent of clad damage. However, the normal operating activity needs to be accounted into the relation. From Table 2-5 the normal operating activity of Xe-133 is 18 pCi/gm (6) . The average primary coolant 8
mass of a 3-Loop plant is 1.78 x 10 grams.       The total normal operating contribution to the total release of Xe-133 is 3200 Curies. Thus the adjusted releases are 3340 Curies and 1.46 x 10 5 Curies for 0.1 percent clad damage
                                                                              -3 and 100 percent clad damage, respectively.       This corresponds to 2.2 x 10
                                                    -2 percent for 0.1 percent clad damage and 9.1 x 10        for 100 percent clad damage. This'elation is shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 also shows a minimum and a maximum relation which bound the best estimate line. The minimum and maximum lines were determined by bounding the fission product gap inventory. The minimum gap inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition used to calculate the average gap inventory as described in Section 2.4.1. The 23
 
TABLE 2-5 NORMAL OPERATING  ACTIVITY~
Specific Activity in Reactor Coolant'i/
Nuclide                                m Kr 85m                          1.1 (-1)
Kr 87                            6.0 (-2)
Kr 88                            2.0 (-1)
Xe 131m                          1.1 (-1)
Xe 133                          1.8 (+1)
Xe 133m                          2.2 (-1)
Xe 135                          3.5 (-1)
I  131                          2.7 (-1)
I  132                          1.0 (-1)
I  133                          3.8 (-1)
I,135                            1.9 (-1)
Values obtained from  ANS  18.1 24
 
maximum gap  inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the high burnup condition of Section 2.4.1. For the 3-Loop plant, the minimum gap inventory fore Xe-133 is 2.71 x 10 Ci, and the maximum value is 3.67 x 10 5
Ci'.
(13)    The normal operating activity is bounded by assuming a 8
water mass of 1.23 x 10 grams (2-Loop plant) for the minimum value and 2.6 x 10 grams (4-Loop plant) For the maximum v'alue.      The points of the minimum and maximum linear relations are calculated in the same manner as discussed above.
2.4.3.2  I-131 inventory for                          plant for I-131 is 2.3lxl0 5 The ga
      'j.              a  Westinghouse 3-Loop Curie (13)l The minimum and maximum gap inventory for a 3-Loop plant for 4                  5 I-131 is 4.38xl0 Ci and 5.98xl0 Ci, respectively lil3)l The source j.
                                                              ~(13)l inventory of I-131 for a 3-Loop plant is 8.0 x 10 Curies            g. The normal operating specific activity for I-131 from Table 2-5 is 0.27 yCi/gm. With a 8
primary. coolant mass of 1.78 x 10 gm for a standard 3-Loop plant, the normal operating activity of I-131 is 48 Curies. The points of the average, minimum, and maximum relations are calculated in the same manner as described in Section 2.4.3.1. Figure 2-3 shows the percentage of I-131 activity as a function of clad damage. The percentage release of I-131 calculated from the radionuclide analysis would be compared to Figure 2-3 to estimate the extent of clad damage.
For I-131, the    possibility of iodine spiking  should be considered when distinguishing between no clad damage and minor clad damage. The contribution of iodine spiking is discussed in Section 2.4.2 and is estimated to be as much as 950 Curies of I-131 released to primary system with an average release of 350 Curies based on a normal operating I-131 activity of 0.27 yCi per (6) gram'.      The linear relationships of Figure 2-3 are adjusted to account for the release due to iodine spiking by adding 950 'Curies of I-131 to the maximum release and by adding 350 Curies of I-131 to the minimum and average release.
Figure 2-4 shows the percentage of I-131 released with iodine spiking versus clad damage. Iodine spiking was not considered during the calculations of the correlations for the remaining iodines, I-132, I-133, and I-135, Figures 2-7 through 2-9, respectively.
25
 
2.4.4  GAP ACTIVITY RATIOS Once  equilibrium conditipns are reached for the nuclides during operation, a fixed inventory of the nuclides exists within the fuel rod. For these nuclides which reach equilibrium, their relative ratios within the fuel pellet can be considered  a constant.
Equilibrium conditions can also be considered to exist in the fuel rod gap.
Under this condition the gap inventory of the nuclides is fixed. The distribution of the nuclides in the gap are not in the same proportion as the fuel pellet inventory since the migration of each nuclide into the gap is dependent on its particular diffusion rate. Since the relative diffusion rates of these nuclides under various operating conditions are approximately constant, the relative ratios of the nuclides in the gap are known.
In the presence of other indicators of a major release, the relative ratios of the nuclides can be compared with the relative ratios of the nuclides analyzed (corrected to shutdown) during an accident to determine the source of the fission product release. Table 2-6 presents the relative activity ratios for both the fuel pellet and the gap. The relative ratios for gap activities are significantly lower than the fuel pellet activity ratios. Measured relative ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures, e.g., fuel overheat.
2.4.5  ADJUSTMENTS TO DETERMINE ACTIVITY RELEASED When  analyzing a sample for the presence of nuclides, the isotopic concentration of the sample medium is expressed as the specific activity of the sample in either Curies per gram of liquid or Curies per cubic centimeter of atmosphere. The specific activity of the sample should then be adjusted to determine the total activity of that medium. The measured activity of the sample needs to be adjusted to account for the decay from the time the sample was analyzed to the time of reactor shutdown and adjusted to account for pressure and temperature difference of the sample relative to temperature and 26
 
R TABLE 2-6 ISOTOPICr ACTIVITY RATIOS OF FUEL PELLET AND GAP Nuclide              Fuel Pellet Activit Ratio          Ga  Activit Ratio Kr-85m                        0.11                            0.022 Kr-87                          0.22                            0.022 Kr-88                          0.29                            0.045 Xe-131m                        0.004                          0.004 Xe-133                        1.0                            1.0 Xe-133m                        0.14                            0.096 Xe-135                        0.19                            0.051 I-1 31                        1.0                            1.0 I-132                          1.5                            0.17 I-133                          2.1                            0.71 I-135                          1.9                            0.39 Noble Gas Isoto e Inventor Xe-133 Inventory Iodine Rati    Iodine Isoto e Inventor I-131 Inventory
" The measured  ratios of various nuclides found in reactor coolant during normal operation is a function of the amount of "tramp" uranium on fuel rod cladding, the number and size of "defects" (i.e. "pin holes" ), and the location of the fuel rods containing the defects in the core. The ratios derived in this report are based on calculated values of relative concentrations in the fuel or in the gap. The use of these present ratios for post accident damage assessment is restricted to an attempt to differentiate between fuel overtemperature conditions and fuel cladding failure conditions. Thus the ratios derived here are not related to fuel defect levels incurred during normal operation.
27
 
pressure conditions of the medium. Also the mass (liquid) or volume (gas) of the sample medium is required to calculate the isotopic activity of that medium. The following syctions discuss the required adjustments.
2.4.5.l    DILUTION  OF SAMPLE MEDIUM The  distribution of the total water inventory should be known to determine the water amount that is associated with each sample medium. If a sample is taken from the primary system, an approximation of the amount of water in the primary system is needed and a similar approximation is required for a sump sample. For the purposes of this methodology the water is assumed to be distributed within the primary system and the sump. However, consideration should be taken    if a significant primary system to secondary system leak 'rate is noted as in the case of a steam generator tube rupture. The amount of water that is available for distribution is the initial amount of primary system water and the amount of water that has been discharged from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST). Also, an adjustment must be made for water added via the containment spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and ice condensers. To approximate the distribution of water, the monitoring systems of the reactor vessel, pressurizer, sump, and RWST can be employed. If not all of the monitoring systems are available, the monitoring systems which are working can be used by assuming that the total water inventory is distributed in the sump and the primary system with consideration given if a significant primary system to secondary system leak rate is noted.
The approximate total activity of the liquid samples can then be calculated.
iThe  D. C. Cook  Unit l and Unit 2 containments  are each equipped with ice 6
condensers. Each containment houses approximately 2.7 x 10 pounds of ice, which provides an additional source of water. The RWST can provide up to approximately 350,000 gallons of emergency core cooling water during an accident. The 4 accumulators are each equipped to provide approximately 950 ft3 of water. The boron ln]ection tank can supply g00 gallons of water.I RCS activity (Curies)  = Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm)  x RCS water volume or mass (cc or gm).
28
 
Sump  activity (Curies)    =  Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm)        x Sump  water volume or mass (cc or gm).
r Total water    activity = RCS activity + Sump activity +
Activity leaked to Secondary System + Activities          from other sources  (accumulators,      ice condensers,  spray additive tanks,        etc.).
Note:    The  specific activities should        be decay corrected to reactor shutdown, and  the RCS amount should be        corrected to account for temperature and pressure differences between sample and        RGB The containment atmosphere      activity    can then be added  to approximate the total activity  released at time of accident.
Total  Activity Released    =  Total Mater Activity +
Containment Atmosphere      Activity 2.4.5.2    PRESSURE  AND TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT The measurements    for the containment      atmosphere samples  need  to be adjusted if the pressure and temperature of the samples at the time of analysis are different than the conditions of containment atmosphere. The adjustments to the specific activity and the containment volume are as follows.
x P2      Tl + 460 Specific Activity (Atmosphere)        =  Specific Activity (Sample)      x        (    + 460)
                                                                                    '1      '2 where:
Tl T2,
      'l P2 measured    sample temperature containment atmosphere temperature
('F)  and pressure
('F)
(psia) and pressure      (psia).
P      T  + 460 Corrected    Containment Volume = Containment Free Volume (SCF) x
                                                                            '2 (T'3 p          '
                                                                                        + 460)
 
where:
T2,  P2            containment atmosphere temperature ('F) and pressure (psia)
T3,  P3            standard temperature (32'F) and pressure (14.7 psia).
above adjustments      are based on molar volumes. For samples 'in which the tThe atmosphere    sample  is  drawn  into a specified volume and the analysis is performed to this volume, no adjustments to either the sample specific activity or containment volume are required.
For those plants wit6 ice condensers, consideration should be given to account for a decrease in free volume due to the ice melting occupying a portion of the containment volume.
Eventhough D. C. Cook      is a plant with ice condensers, no adjustment is needed to the containment free volume due to the effect of the ice melting. The listed containment free volume (1.2 x 10 6 ft3 ) takes into account the presence of solid ice. Since there is negligible difference between the densities of ice and water, no adjustment is required.j i
The  total activity released to the containment      atmosphere  is Total Containment Activity = Specific      Activity (Atmosphere)    x Corrected Containment Volume where the    specific activity (atmosphere)    has been decay  corrected to time of reactor shutdown.
The  specific activity of the liquid samples requires no adjustment if the specific activity is reported on a per-gram basis (pCi/gm). If the specific activity is reported on a per-volume basis (pCi/cc), an adjustment is performed to convert the per-volume specific activity to a per-gram specific activity. The conversion is performed for consistency with later calculations. If the temperature of the sample is above 200'F, an adjustment is required to the conversion. In most cases the sample temperature will be 30
 
below 200'F and no adjustment          is necessary.        Figure 2-10 shows a relation of water density at some temperature relative to the water density at standard temperature and pressure.
The mass  of the liquid      medium (RCS    or sump) can be calculated from the volume of the medium. If the        medium (RCS or sump) temperature at time of sample is above 200'F, an      adjustment is required to the conversion.
A. RCS  or  Sump  temperature  >  200'F RCS  or  sump mass  (gm) =    RCS  or  Sump Volume    (ft3 )
x pSTp
                                                  'TP (2)  x p      x 28.3 x 10 3 cc ft3 where:
        ~(2)
PSTP
                      = water density ratio at medium (RCS or sump) temperature, Figure 2-10 STP
                      = water density at STP = 1.00 gm/cc.
B. RCS  or  sump  temperature    < 200 F RCS  or  Sump Hass    (gm) =  RCS  of  Sump Volume    (ft3 ) x pSTP x 28.3 x 10 3 cc ft where:
p        water density at      STP =    1.00 gm/cc.
The  total activity of the      RCS  or  sump  is  as  follows.
RCS or  Sump  Activity    RCS  or Sump    Specific Activity (yCi/gm)    x RCS or Sump Hass    (gm) where the  specific activity      has been decay        corrected to time of shutdown.
31
 
600
          '00 400 CP lQ QJ 300 QJ i
200 ipp.
0 ~
                                  ~/p STP FIGURE 2-10 WATER DEi'ISITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS. STP) 32
 
sump and  containment water volume can be approximated from Figures 2-10A tThe and 2-10B based on the readings of the water level indicators of the sump and containment. The reactor vessel level. indication system can be used to approximate the RCS volume, as described by the      following.'.
If the water level in the reactor vessel indicates the, system is full, then the full reactor coolant system water volume is used. For. Unit 1 and Unit 2 the RCS volume of each is approximately              ll, 780 ft at 570'F and 2250 psia.
: 2. If the water level in the reactor vessel is below the low end capability of the indicator, the RCS volume is unknown. In this case, the sump sample should be given .primary concern.
: 3. If the  reactor vessel level indication system is not working, then, by knowing the water sources available, the other monitors can be used to estimate the RCS volume. If    it is known how much water is available (volumes of RWST, accumulators, boron injection tank, and original RCS volume), the volume of the sump and containment water is substracted from the available water volume to estimate the RCS volume. Also to be considered as a source of water is water from the melting ice. An assumption can be made that all the ice melts in approximately 3 .to 5 hours after the start of an accident.
2.4.5.3    DECAY CORRECTION The  specific activity of a sample is decay adjusted to time of reactor shutdown using the following equation.
Specific activity at shutdown  = S ecific activit              measured t            f where:
radioactive decay constant,. l/sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.
33
 
  'i 00.
70
        'O
        ~
C5 Ul 50 ~
I CD Q    gp 30
          '0
            'O...
VOLUME. FT3 FIGURE 2-10A SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION 34
 
90..
80.
70
      '0
      'D hJ 50 ~
C)
I C
CD Cl z  ~0  ~
30
        '0
        '0
        ~
C)                  C)      Cl        C) o O
C)        C)
O C)
Cl                  O        C)        o O
C)
VOLUME FT FIGURE 2-108 CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION 35
 
Since  this correction  may also be performed by  some  analytical equipment, care must be taken    to avoid duplicate correction. Also, consideration must be given to account for precursor effect during the decay of the nuclide. for this methodology, only the parent-daughter relationships are considered.
Table 2-7 lists the significant parent-daughter relationships associated with the methodology. The decay scheme of the parent-daughter relationship is described by the following equation.
                            -XAt    -XBt        -XBt
    ~B    X  - X    ~A                    ~B B    A where:
0
    ~A                activity (Ci) or specific activity    (yCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the parent at shutdown qo B
activity {Ci) or specific activity    {pCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the daughter at shutdown activity (Ci) or specific activity    (yCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the daughter at time of sample
                                                          -1 decay constant of the parent,  sec
                                                              -1 decay constant of the daughter,    sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.
Since the    activity of  the daughter at sample time is due to the decay of the parent and the decay of the daughter initially released at shutdown, an estimation of the fraction of the measured activity at sample time due to only the decay of daughter is required. To use the above equation to determine this fraction, an assumption is made that the percentages of the source inventories of the parent and the daughter released at time of shutdown are 36
 
TABLE  2-7 PARENT-OAUGHTER RELATIONSHIPS r
Parent                                  Oaughter Parent        Half Life~          ~Daa  hter          Half Life' Kr-88          2.8,h              Rb-88              17.8 m              1.00 I-1 31          8.05    d          Xe-131m            11.8  d                .008 I-1 33          20.3    h          Xe-1 33m            2.26  d                .024 I-133          20.3    h          Xe-133              5.27  d                .976 Xe-133m        '2.26    d          Xe-133              5.27  d              1.00 I-1 35          6.68    h          Xe-135              9.14  h                .70 Xe-135m        15.6    m            Xe-135            9.14  h              1.00 I-135          6.68    h            Xe-135m            15.6  m                .30 Te-132          77.7    h            I-1 32            2.26  h              1.00 Sb-129          4.3  h              Te-129            68.7  m                .827 Te-,129m        34.1    d            Te-129            68.7  m                .680 Sb-129          4.3  h              Te-129m            34.1 d                  .173 Ba-140          12.8    d            La-140            40.22    h            1.00 Ba-142          11  m                La-142            92.5  m              1. 00 Ce-144          284 d                Pr-144            17.27    m            1.00
  " Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander,      and Perlman,  Sixth Edition
"" Branching decay Factor 37
 
equal (for the nuclides used here within a Factor of 2). The following steps should be followed to calculate the fraction of the measured activity due to the decay of the daughter that was released        and then    to calculate the activity of the daughter released at shutdown.
: 1. Calculate the hypothetical daughter concentration (9 ) at the time of the sample analysis assuming 100 percent release of the parent and daughter source inventory.
                                  -%At    -XBt          -X  t e      -e      )+~Be where:
0
      ')A              100%  source inventory (Ci) of parent, Table 2-2 or 2-8 qo                100K source    inventory (Ci) of daughter, Table 2-2 or 2-8 8
()8(t)            hypothetical daughter activity (Ci) at sample time if parent  has 2 daughters,    K  is the branching factor, Table 2-7
                                                      -1
    'A                parent decay constant, sec
                                                        -1 daughter decay constant,    sec time period from shutdown to time of sample, sec.
: 2. Oetermine the    contribution of only the decay of the initial inventory of the daughter to the hypothetical daughter activity at sample time qo      kBt QB (t) 38
 
TABLE 2-8 SOURCE  INVENTORY OF RELATED PARENT NUCLIDES Unit 1                    Unit  2 Nuclide        3250 HWt                  3391  HWt Xe-135m      3.8(7)                    4.0(7)
Sb-129        2.9(7)                    3.0(7)
Te-129m      7.3(6)                    7.6(6)
Ba-142        1.5(8)                    1.5(8)
Ce-144        1.0(8)                    1.0(8) 39
: 3. Calculate the amount of the measured sample specific    activity associated with the decay of the daughter that was released.
M  = Fr x measured  specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc)
B
: 4. Decay  correct the specific activity  (M ) to reactor shutdown.
M M
B e
            -Xt B
2.5    RELATIONSHIP OF FISSION PROOUCT RELEASE WITH OVERTEMPERATURE CONDITIONS The  current concept of the mechanisms for fission product release from U02 fuel under accident conditions has been summarized in 2 documents, draft and IOCOR Task 11.1( '. These documents describe five NUREG-0956 (8) principal release mechanisms; burst release,.diffusional release of the pellet-to-cladding gap inventory, grain boundary release, diffusion from the UO 2
grains, and release from molten material. The release which occurs when the cladding fails, i.e., gap release, is utilized to quantify the extent of clad failure as discussed in Section 2.4. Table 2-9 presents the expected fuel damage state associated with fueT rod temperatures.
Fission product release associated with overtemperature fuel conditions arises initially from that portion of the noble gas, cesium and iodine inventories that was previously accumulated in grain boundaries. For high burnup rods,        it is estimated that approximately 20 percent of the initial fuel rod inventory of noble gases, cesium, and halogens would be released.        Release from lower burnup fuel would no doubt be less.      Following the grain boundary release, additional diffusional release from U02 grains occurs. Estimates of the total release, including UO 2 diffusional release, vary from 20 to 40 percent of the noble gas, iodine and cesium inventories.
Additional information on the release of fission products during (9) . In this overtemperature conditions was obtained from the TMI accident instance current opinion is that although the core had been overheated, fuel melt had not occurred. Values of core inventory fraction of various fission products released during the accident are given in Table 2-10. These values, 40


===2.4 RELATIONSHIP===
TABLE  2-9 EXPECTED FUEL DAMAGE CORRELATION WITH FUEL ROD TEMPERATURE (B)
OF CLAO OAHAGE MITH ACTIVITY 2.4.1 GAP INVENTORY During operation, volatile fission products collect in the gap.These fission products are isotopes of the noble gases and iodine.(4)To determine the fission product inventory of the gap, the ANS 5.4 Standard formulae were used with the average temperature and burnup of the fuel rod.The average gap inventory for the entire core for this methodology was estimated by assuming the core is divided into three regions-a low burnup region, a middle burnup region, and a high burnup region.Using the ANS 5.4 Standard, the gap fraction and subsequent gap inventory were calculated for each region.Each region is assumed to represent one-third of the core.The total gap inventory was then calculated by summing the gap inventory of each region.For the purposes of this core damage assessment methodology, this gap inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout
Fuel  Dama e No Damage                                                      < 1300 Clad Damage                                                    1300 -  2000 Ballooning of zircaloy cladding                            > 1300 Burst of zircaloy cladding                                  1300 - 2000 Oxidation of cladding and hydrogen generation              > 1600 Fuel Overtemperature                                            2000 -  3450 Fission product fuel    lattice mobility                  2000 - 2550 Grain boundary  diffusion release of fission              2450  -  3450 products Fuel Melt                                                      > 3450 Dissolution and liquefaction of   UO  in                  > 3450 the Zircaloy - ZrO eutectic 2
.the core.Table 2-3 shows the calculated gap inventories for Unit 1 and Unit 2 of the noble gases and iodines.Table 2-3-1 shows the minimum and maximum gap inventories.
Melting of remaining UO2                                    5100 These temperatures    are material property characteristics and are non-specific with respect to locations within the fuel and/or fuel cladding.
The minimum and maximum gap inventory were determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition and the high'burnup conditions, respectively.


====2.4.2 SPIKING====
TABLE  2-10 PERCENT  ACTIVITY RELEASE  FOR  100 PERCENT OVERTEHPERATURE CONOITIONS Nuclide        Min.*        Max.'             Nominal**     Hin."*"     Hax.***
PHENOMENA Reactor coolant system pressure, temperature, and power transients may result in iodine spiking.(Cesium spiking may also occur but is not considered in this methodology.)
Kr-85          40            70 Xe-133         42            66               52.           40          70 I-1 31        41            55 Cs-137        45            60 Sr-90               0.08*++*
Spiking is noted by an increase in reactor coolant iodine concentrations during some time period after the transient.
Ba-140        0.1           0.2               0.15          0.08        0.2
In most cases, the'iodine concentration would return to normal operating activity at a rate based on'the'system purification
* Release values based on THI-2 measurements.
'hal'f-.life
*"    Nominal value  is simple average of all Kr,   Xe, I, and Cs measurements.
'Spikin'g is'characteristic of-"-".the condition where an increase in'the normal primary coolant activity is noted but no damage to the cladding has occur red.10 TABLE 2-3 GAP INVENTORY~
**+ ,Hinimum and   maximum values of all  Kr, Xe, I and Cs  measurements.
Ga Inventor Curies Nuclide Unit 1 3250 Mwt Unit 2 3391 Hwt Kr 85m"&#x17d;Kr 87 Kr 88"&#x17d;Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m*" Xe 135*" 3.44(3)3.29(3)7.26(3)8.05(2)1~60{5)1.53(4)8.17(3)3.59(3).3.43(3)7.58(3)8.41{2)1.67(5)1;60(4)8.53(3)I-1 31 I-1 32 I-133 I-135 2.58(5)4.15(4)1.75(5)8.92(4)2.70(5)4.33(4)1.82(5)9.31(4)Total core inventory based on 3 region equilibrium core at end-of-life.
~""* Only value available.
Gap inventory based on ANS 5.4 Standard.*" Additional nuclides;no graphs provided.11 TABLE 2-,3-1 GAP INVENTORY MINIHUM ANO HAXIHUM Gap Inventory, Curies Hinimum-Maximum"*Nuc 1 i de Unit 1 3250 Hwt Unit 2 3391 Hwt Kr 85m" KI 87 Kr 88*Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m*Xe 135*6.28(2)-8.71 (3)6.20(2)-8.39(3) 1.29(3)-1',81(4) 1.44(2)-2.01(3) 3.03(4)-4.10(5) 1.16(3)-1.61(4) 3.74(3)-5.11(4) 6'6(2)-9.09(3) 6.47(2)-8.76(3) 1.35(3)-1.89(4) 1.50(2)-2.10(3) 3.16(4)-4.28(5) 1.22(3)-1.68(4) 3.90(3)-5.33(4)
42
I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 4.90(4)-6.69 (5)7.78(3)-1.06(5)3.21(4)-4.46(5)1.62(4)-2.27(5) 5.12(4)-6.98(5) 8.12(3)-1.11(5) 3.35(4)-4.66(5) 1.69(4)-2.37(5)
*Additional nuclides;no graphs provided.**Minimum values are based on the low burnup region (5,000 HWO/HTU).Haximum values are based on the high burnup region (25,000 HWD/HTU).12 For this methodology consideration of the spiking phenomena into the radionuclide analysis is limited to the I-131 information found in WCAP-9964'.
WCAP 9964,presents releases in Curies of I-131 due to a (5)transient which results in spiking based on the normal primary coolant activity of the nuclides.The WCAP gives an average release and 90 percent confidence interval.These values are presented in Table 2-4.'The use of this data is demonstrated in Section 2.4.3.2.2.4.3 ACTIVITY ASSOCIATED WITH CLAD DAMAGE Clad damage is characterized by the release of the fission products which have accumulated in the gap during the operation of the plant.The cladding may rupture during an accident when heat transfer from the cladding to the primary coolant has been hindered and the cladding temperature increases.
Cladding failure is anticipated in the temperature range of 1300 to 2000'F depending upon the conditions of the fission product gas and the primary system pressure.Clad damage can begin to occur in regions of high fuel rod peak clad temperature based on the radial and axial power distribution.
As the accident progresses and is not mitigated, other regions of the core are expected to experience high temperatures and possibly clad failure.When the cladding ruptures, it is assumed that the fission product gap inventory of the damaged fuel rods is instantaneously released to the primary system.For this methodology it is assumed that the noble gases will escape through the break of the primary system boundary to the containment atmosphere and the iodines will stay in solution and travel with the primary system water during the accident.To determine an approximation of the extent of clad damage, the total activity of a fission product released is compared to the total source inventory of the fission product at reactor shutdown.Included in the measured quantity of the total activity released is a contribution from the normal operating activity of the nuclide.An adjustment should be made to the measured quantity of release to account for the normal operating activity.Direct correlations can then be developed which describe the relationship between the percentage of total source inventory released and the extent of clad damage for each nuclide.Figures 2-2 through 2-9 present the direct correlations for each nuclide in graphical form.The contribution of the normal operating activity 13 TABLE 2-4 EXPECTED IODINE SPIKE Avera e Ci/m I-131 Total Release Curies 0.5<SA*<1.0 0.1<SA<0.5 0.05<SA<0.1 0.01<SA<0.05 0.005<SA<0.01 0.001<SA<0.005 SA<0.001 3400 380 200 200 100 100 2 90/90 U er Confidence Level Ci/m 0.5<SA<1.0 0.1<SA<0.5 0.05<SA<0.1 0.01<SA<0.05 0.005<SA<0.001 0.001<SA<0.005 SA<0.001 6500-950 650 650 300 300 10*SA is the normal operating I-131 specific activity (yCi/gm)in the primary coolant.
0'g 0~0.0'F 07 0 CJ tt$C)~0 CY~0 O CJ c~01 007 O F 00 r~0)qadi u9 o+00 F 00.001 O O O O hl Y)IA h O O O O O O eu n n n O Clad Damage (';.')FIGURE 2-2 RELATIONSHIP OF,'4 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133 1~0'0'0'0'0'F 07 F 05 F 03~02 F 01 F 007 005 003 002<e gO pS~001 Pu~7~0-4)c 5~0-4 , e 3'"4 S 2.0-4 1~0-4 7~0-5 5 0-5 3'"5 2'-5 1'"5 IA h~\~~~0~~~~~CV Yl ill h 0 O O O 0 0 O 0 O 0 C4 Yl lA h O Clad Damage (/)FIGURE 2-3 RELATIONSHIP OF/o CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVEilTORY RELEASED OF I-131 1~0'0'0'0'F 1 F 07 F 05~03~02 a Cl F 007 005 e.003 C~002 O~001 7'-4 5'-4 3'-4 2'-4 r r'b r+r gC~gQ r r r r 1'-4 CV W V)O O O O IA h O~O O O O O hl Y)Vl h O Clad Damage P)FIGURE Z-4 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED QF I-131 WITH SPIKING 0~~0~01 F 00 F 00 F 00.00 001 7~0-o 50-O c 3~0-Cl 2'" dJ 5 1~0-7'" 5'" gQ r r oqr 3~0-1'" Al N" IA W~~~CV P)llew h O O 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 Q CV~U1 W Cl Clad Damage (i.)FIGURE 2-5 RELATIONSHIP OF/CLAD DAMAGE MITH~~CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87 0'0~0~F 1 07 I e 0 (Y O~0~).0 o~01 F 00?qO r.'>%r r gurqu u9 io F 00 F 00~001 CV&Ill~~~~CV Y)IA b d d d d d d d d d d CV n v)n.d Clad Damage (5)FIGURE 2-6 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M 19 0~~0~0 0 F 01 F 00 F 00 F 00 F 00.OOI cr.7~0-5.0-4 O+J QJ 3'-~2'-4 QQ+r d~Q~O r r S 1~0" 4 O j~0-5~0-3~0-2~0-1~0-CV M IA h~\~~\~IA h 0 O,O Q O Clad Damage (X)O C)0 0 O Ol.)tA h Q FIGURE P-7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAt1AGE WITH X, CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-132 20 1~0~0~0~0~0'~0~0~0~0~01~00 F 00 F 00 O F 00 001 7~0-O S 3'"~2'"~8~gQ r go+~gQ j<~r r 1~0" 4 7~0-5~0-3'" 2~0-1~0-O M7 W~~~Vl W O O O O O 0 O O O O O IA h O Clad Damage (X)FIGURE 2-8 RELATIONSHIP OF'X CLAD DAMAGE WITH g CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-133 1 0~0~0~0.F 1~0~0~0~0.01 F 00 F 00 F 00 F 00 pS~001 m 7~0-5'4 Cl 3.0-d o 2.0-4 0~Q r go r (O~r Q r~o+I~0-4 7~0" 5'" 2'" 1'" Al~~~~~~~~hl Yl th h 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O CV Y)V)h O Clad Damage ('A)FIGURE 2-9 RELATIONSHIP OF,o CLAD DAMAGE.WITH N CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-135 has been factored into the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-9.Examples of how to construct the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-4 are presented in the next, two sections.Figures 2-5 through 2-9 were determined in the same fashion as described in the examples.It should be noted that not all of the fission products listed in Table 2-3 need to be analyzed but as many as possible should be analyzed to determine a reasonable approximation of clad damage.2.4.3.1 Xe-133 A graphical representation can be developed which describes the linear relationship of the measured release percentage of Xe-133 to the extent of clad damage.Since the linear relationship is based on percentage of inventory released, the linear relationship applies to all Mestinghouse standard plants.The Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is used as the base plant for developing the relation.The total source inpentory of Xe-133 For a Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is 1.6 x 10 Curies[j.For 100 percent clad 8.(13)l damage all of the gap inventory, which corresponds to 1.43 x 10 5 Curie]would be released.For 0.1 percent clad damage, 1.43 x 10 (13)1 2 Curies would be released.These two values can be used to represent two points of the linear relationship between percentage of total inventory released and the extent of clad damage.However, the normal operating activity needs to be accounted into the relation.From Table 2-5 the normal operating activity of Xe-133 is 18 pCi/gm.The average primary coolant (6)mass of a 3-Loop plant is 1.78 x 10 grams.The total normal operating 8 contribution to the total release of Xe-133 is 3200 Curies.Thus the adjusted releases are 3340 Curies and 1.46 x 10 Curies for 0.1 percent clad damage 5-3 and 100 percent clad damage, respectively.
This corresponds to 2.2 x 10-2 percent for 0.1 percent clad damage and 9.1 x 10 for 100 percent clad damage.This'elation is shown in Figure 2-2.Figure 2-2 also shows a minimum and a maximum relation which bound the best estimate line.The minimum and maximum lines were determined by bounding the fission product gap inventory.
The minimum gap inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition used to calculate the average gap inventory as described in Section 2.4.1.The 23 TABLE 2-5 NORMAL OPERATING ACTIVITY~Nuclide Specific Activity in Reactor Coolant'i/
m Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I,135 1.1 (-1)6.0 (-2)2.0 (-1)1.1 (-1)1.8 (+1)2.2 (-1)3.5 (-1)2.7 (-1)1.0 (-1)3.8 (-1)1.9 (-1)Values obtained from ANS 18.1 24 maximum gap inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the high burnup condition of Section 2.4.1.For the 3-Loop plant, the minimum gap inventory fore Xe-133 is 2.71 x 10 Ci, and the maximum value is 3.67 x 10 Ci'.The normal operating activity is bounded by assuming a 5 (13)water mass of 1.23 x 10 grams (2-Loop plant)for the minimum value and 2.6 8 x 10 grams (4-Loop plant)For the maximum v'alue.The points of the minimum and maximum linear relations are calculated in the same manner as discussed above.2.4.3.2 I-131 The ga inventory for a Westinghouse 3-Loop plant for I-131 is 2.3lxl0 5 Curie'j.The minimum and maximum gap inventory for a 3-Loop plant for (13)l I-131 is 4.38xl0 Ci and 5.98xl0 Ci, respectively j.The source 4 5 lil 3)l~(13)l inventory of I-131 for a 3-Loop plant is 8.0 x 10 Curies g.The normal operating specific activity for I-131 from Table 2-5 is 0.27 yCi/gm.With a primary.coolant mass of 1.78 x 10 gm for a standard 3-Loop plant, the 8 normal operating activity of I-131 is 48 Curies.The points of the average, minimum, and maximum relations are calculated in the same manner as described in Section 2.4.3.1.Figure 2-3 shows the percentage of I-131 activity as a function of clad damage.The percentage release of I-131 calculated from the radionuclide analysis would be compared to Figure 2-3 to estimate the extent of clad damage.For I-131, the possibility of iodine spiking should be considered when distinguishing between no clad damage and minor clad damage.The contribution of iodine spiking is discussed in Section 2.4.2 and is estimated to be as much as 950 Curies of I-131 released to primary system with an average release of 350 Curies based on a normal operating I-131 activity of 0.27 yCi per gram'.The linear relationships of Figure 2-3 are adjusted to account for (6)the release due to iodine spiking by adding 950'Curies of I-131 to the maximum release and by adding 350 Curies of I-131 to the minimum and average release.Figure 2-4 shows the percentage of I-131 released with iodine spiking versus clad damage.Iodine spiking was not considered during the calculations of the correlations for the remaining iodines, I-132, I-133, and I-135, Figures 2-7 through 2-9, respectively.
25 2.4.4 GAP ACTIVITY RATIOS Once equilibrium conditipns are reached for the nuclides during operation, a fixed inventory of the nuclides exists within the fuel rod.For these nuclides which reach equilibrium, their relative ratios within the fuel pellet can be considered a constant.Equilibrium conditions can also be considered to exist in the fuel rod gap.Under this condition the gap inventory of the nuclides is fixed.The distribution of the nuclides in the gap are not in the same proportion as the fuel pellet inventory since the migration of each nuclide into the gap is dependent on its particular diffusion rate.Since the relative diffusion rates of these nuclides under various operating conditions are approximately constant, the relative ratios of the nuclides in the gap are known.In the presence of other indicators of a major release, the relative ratios of the nuclides can be compared with the relative ratios of the nuclides analyzed (corrected to shutdown)during an accident to determine the source of the fission product release.Table 2-6 presents the relative activity ratios for both the fuel pellet and the gap.The relative ratios for gap activities are significantly lower than the fuel pellet activity ratios.Measured relative ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures, e.g., fuel overheat.2.4.5 ADJUSTMENTS TO DETERMINE ACTIVITY RELEASED When analyzing a sample for the presence of nuclides, the isotopic concentration of the sample medium is expressed as the specific activity of the sample in either Curies per gram of liquid or Curies per cubic centimeter of atmosphere.
The specific activity of the sample should then be adjusted to determine the total activity of that medium.The measured activity of the sample needs to be adjusted to account for the decay from the time the sample was analyzed to the time of reactor shutdown and adjusted to account for pressure and temperature difference of the sample relative to temperature and 26 R TABLE 2-6 ISOTOPICr ACTIVITY RATIOS OF FUEL PELLET AND GAP Nuclide Fuel Pellet Activit Ratio Ga Activit Ratio Kr-85m Kr-87 Kr-88 Xe-131m Xe-133 Xe-133m Xe-135 0.11 0.22 0.29 0.004 1.0 0.14 0.19 0.022 0.022 0.045 0.004 1.0 0.096 0.051 I-1 31 I-132 I-133 I-135 1.0 1.5 2.1 1.9 1.0 0.17 0.71 0.39 Noble Gas Isoto e Inventor Xe-133 Inventory Iodine Rati Iodine Isoto e Inventor I-131 Inventory" The measured ratios of various nuclides found in reactor coolant during normal operation is a function of the amount of"tramp" uranium on fuel rod cladding, the number and size of"defects" (i.e."pin holes"), and the location of the fuel rods containing the defects in the core.The ratios derived in this report are based on calculated values of relative concentrations in the fuel or in the gap.The use of these present ratios for post accident damage assessment is restricted to an attempt to differentiate between fuel overtemperature conditions and fuel cladding failure conditions.
Thus the ratios derived here are not related to fuel defect levels incurred during normal operation.
27 pressure conditions of the medium.Also the mass (liquid)or volume (gas)of the sample medium is required to calculate the isotopic activity of that medium.The following syctions discuss the required adjustments.
2.4.5.l DILUTION OF SAMPLE MEDIUM The distribution of the total water inventory should be known to determine the water amount that is associated with each sample medium.If a sample is taken from the primary system, an approximation of the amount of water in the primary system is needed and a similar approximation is required for a sump sample.For the purposes of this methodology the water is assumed to be distributed within the primary system and the sump.However, consideration should be taken if a significant primary system to secondary system leak'rate is noted as in the case of a steam generator tube rupture.The amount of water that is available for distribution is the initial amount of primary system water and the amount of water that has been discharged from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST).Also, an adjustment must be made for water added via the containment spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and ice condensers.
To approximate the distribution of water, the monitoring systems of the reactor vessel, pressurizer, sump, and RWST can be employed.If not all of the monitoring systems are available, the monitoring systems which are working can be used by assuming that the total water inventory is distributed in the sump and the primary system with consideration given if a significant primary system to secondary system leak rate is noted.The approximate total activity of the liquid samples can then be calculated.
i The D.C.Cook Unit l and Unit 2 containments are each equipped with ice 6 condensers.
Each containment houses approximately 2.7 x 10 pounds of ice, which provides an additional source of water.The RWST can provide up to approximately 350,000 gallons of emergency core cooling water during an accident.The 4 accumulators are each equipped to provide approximately 950 ft of water.The boron ln]ection tank can supply g00 gallons of water.I 3 RCS activity (Curies)=Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm)x RCS water volume or mass (cc or gm).28 Sump activity (Curies)=Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm)x Sump water volume or mass (cc or gm).r Total water activity=RCS activity+Sump activity+Activity leaked to Secondary System+Activities from other sources (accumulators, ice condensers, spray additive tanks, etc.).Note: The specific activities should be decay corrected to reactor shutdown, and the RCS amount should be corrected to account for temperature and pressure differences between sample and RGB The containment atmosphere activity can then be added to approximate the total activity released at time of accident.Total Activity Released=Total Mater Activity+Containment Atmosphere Activity 2.4.5.2 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT The measurements for the containment atmosphere samples need to be adjusted if the pressure and temperature of the samples at the time of analysis are different than the conditions of containment atmosphere.
The adjustments to the specific activity and the containment volume are as follows.P2 Tl+460 Specific Activity (Atmosphere)
=Specific Activity (Sample)x-x (460)'1'2+where: Tl'l T2, P2 measured sample temperature
('F)and pressure (psia)containment atmosphere temperature
('F)and pressure (psia).P T+460 Corrected Containment Volume=Containment Free Volume (SCF)x p (T+460)'2'3' where: T2, P2 T3, P3 containment atmosphere temperature
('F)and pressure (psia)standard temperature (32'F)and pressure (14.7 psia).t The above adjustments are based on molar volumes.For samples'in which the atmosphere sample is drawn into a specified volume and the analysis is performed to this volume, no adjustments to either the sample specific activity or containment volume are required.For those plants wit6 ice condensers, consideration should be given to account for a decrease in free volume due to the ice melting occupying a portion of the containment volume.iEventhough D.C.Cook is a plant with ice condensers, no adjustment is needed to the containment free volume due to the effect of the ice melting.The listed containment free volume (1.2 x 10 ft)takes into account the 6 3 presence of solid ice.Since there is negligible difference between the densities of ice and water, no adjustment is required.j The total activity released to the containment atmosphere is Total Containment Activity=Specific Activity (Atmosphere) x Corrected Containment Volume where the specific activity (atmosphere) has been decay corrected to time of reactor shutdown.The specific activity of the liquid samples requires no adjustment if the specific activity is reported on a per-gram basis (pCi/gm).If the specific activity is reported on a per-volume basis (pCi/cc), an adjustment is performed to convert the per-volume specific activity to a per-gram specific activity.The conversion is performed for consistency with later calculations.
If the temperature of the sample is above 200'F, an adjustment is required to the conversion.
In most cases the sample temperature will be 30


below 200'F and no adjustment is necessary.
derived from radiochemical analysis of primary coolant, sump, and containment gas samples, provide much greater releases of the noble gases, halides, and cesiums, than is expected, to be released solely from cladding failures. In addition, small amounts of the more refractory elements, barium-lanthanum, and strontium were released.     In the particular case of TMI, the release mechanism, in addition to diffusional release from grain boundaries and U02 grains, is believed to arise from U02 grain growth in steam.
Figure 2-10 shows a relation of water density at some temperature relative to the water density at standard temperature and pressure.The mass of the liquid medium (RCS or sump)can be calculated from the volume of the medium.If the medium (RCS or sump)temperature at time of sample is above 200'F, an adjustment is required to the conversion.
The   relationship between extent of fuel damage and fission product release for several radioisotopes during overtemperature condition is depicted graphically in Figures 2-11 and 2-12. To construct the figures, the extent of fuel damage, expressed as a percentage of the core, is plotted as a linear function of the percentage of the source inventory released for various nuclides. The values used in constructing the graphs were obtained from Table 2-10. For example, if 100 percent of the core experienced overtemperatures, 52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released.       If 1 percent of the core experienced overtemperature, 0:52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released. The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element, e.g.,
A.RCS or Sump temperature
I-131 and I-133, have the same magnitude of release.       In order to apply these figures to a particular plant, power, decay, and dilution corrections described earlier in this report must be applied to the concentrations of nuclides determined from analysis of radionuclide samples. The maximum and minimum estimates of .release percentages are those given in Table 2-10 as the range of values: nominal values of release are simple averages of the miminum and maximum values.
>200'F RCS or sump mass (gm)=RCS or Sump Volume (ft)3 28.3 x 10 cc 3 x (2)x p x pSTp'TP ft3 where:~(2)=water density ratio at medium (RCS or sump)temperature, PSTP Figure 2-10=water density at STP=1.00 gm/cc.STP B.RCS or sump temperature
2.6   RELATIONSHIP OF NUCLIDE RELEASE WITH CORE MELT CONDITIONS Fuel pellet melting   leads to rapid release of many noble gases, halides, and cesiums remaining in the fuel after overheat conditions. Significant release of the strontium, barium-lanthanum chemical groups is perhaps the most distinguishing feature of melt release conditions.
<200 F RCS or Sump Hass (gm)=RCS of Sump Volume (ft)x pSTP x 3 28.3 x 10 cc 3 ft where: p water density at STP=1.00 gm/cc.The total activity of the RCS or sump is as follows.RCS or Sump Activity RCS or Sump Specific Activity (yCi/gm)x RCS or Sump Hass (gm)where the specific activity has been decay corrected to time of shutdown.31 600'00'400 CP lQ QJ 300 QJ i-200 ipp.0~~/p STP FIGURE 2-10 WATER DEi'ISITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS.STP)32 t The sump and containment water volume can be approximated from Figures 2-10A and 2-10B based on the readings of the water level indicators of the sump and containment.
The reactor vessel level.indication system can be used to approximate the RCS volume, as described by the following.'.
If the water level in the reactor vessel indicates the, system is full, then the full reactor coolant system water volume is used.For.Unit 1 and Unit 2 the RCS volume of each is approximately ll, 780 ft at 570'F and 2250 psia.2.If the water level in the reactor vessel is below the low end capability of the indicator, the RCS volume is unknown.In this case, the sump sample should be given.primary concern.3.If the reactor vessel level indication system is not working, then, by knowing the water sources available, the other monitors can be used to estimate the RCS volume.If it is known how much water is available (volumes of RWST, accumulators, boron injection tank, and original RCS volume), the volume of the sump and containment water is substracted from the available water volume to estimate the RCS volume.Also to be considered as a source of water is water from the melting ice.An assumption can be made that all the ice melts in approximately 3.to 5 hours after the start of an accident.2.4.5.3 DECAY CORRECTION The specific activity of a sample is decay adjusted to time of reactor shutdown using the following equation.S ecific activit measured Specific activity at shutdown=t f where: radioactive decay constant,.
l/sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.33
'i 00.70'O~C5 Ul 50~I CD Q gp 30'0'O...VOLUME.FT3 FIGURE 2-10A SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION 34 90..80.70'0'D hJ 50~C)I C CD Cl z~0~30'0'0~C)C)Cl C)o O O VOLUME FT Cl C)C)C)C)C)O o O FIGURE 2-108 CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION 35 Since this correction may also be performed by some analytical equipment, care must be taken to avoid duplicate correction.
Also, consideration must be given to account for precursor effect during the decay of the nuclide.for this methodology, only the parent-daughter relationships are considered.
Table 2-7 lists the significant parent-daughter relationships associated with the methodology.
The decay scheme of the parent-daughter relationship is described by the following equation.-XAt-XBt-XBt~B X-X~A~B B A where: 0~A activity (Ci)or specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc)of the parent at shutdownqo B activity{Ci)or specific activity{pCi/gm or pCi/cc)of the daughter at shutdown activity (Ci)or specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc)of the daughter at time of sample-1 decay constant of the parent, sec-1 decay constant of the daughter, sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.Since the activity of the daughter at sample time is due to the decay of the parent and the decay of the daughter initially released at shutdown, an estimation of the fraction of the measured activity at sample time due to only the decay of daughter is required.To use the above equation to determine this fraction, an assumption is made that the percentages of the source inventories of the parent and the daughter released at time of shutdown are 36 TABLE 2-7 PARENT-OAUGHTER RELATIONSHIPS r Parent Parent Half Life~~Daa hter Oaughter Half Life&#x17d;Kr-88 2.8,h Rb-88 17.8 m 1.00 I-1 31 8.05 d Xe-131m 11.8 d.008 I-1 33 I-133 Xe-133m 20.3 h 20.3 h'2.26 d Xe-1 33m Xe-133 Xe-133 2.26 d 5.27 d 5.27 d.024.976 1.00 I-1 35 Xe-135m I-135 6.68 h 15.6 m 6.68 h Xe-135 Xe-135 Xe-135m 9.14 h 9.14 h 15.6 m.70 1.00.30 Te-132 77.7 h I-1 32 2.26 h 1.00 Sb-129 Te-,129m Sb-129 4.3 h 34.1 d 4.3 h Te-129 Te-129 Te-129m 68.7 m 68.7 m 34.1 d.827.680.173 Ba-140 12.8 d La-140 40.22 h 1.00 Ba-142 11 m La-142 92.5 m 1.00 Ce-144 284 d Pr-144 17.27 m 1.00" Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition"" Branching decay Factor 37 equal (for the nuclides used here within a Factor of 2).The following steps should be followed to calculate the fraction of the measured activity due to the decay of the daughter that was released and then to calculate the activity of the daughter released at shutdown.1.Calculate the hypothetical daughter concentration (9)at the time of the sample analysis assuming 100 percent release of the parent and daughter source inventory.
-%At-XBt-X t e-e)+~Be where: 0')A 100%source inventory (Ci)of parent, Table 2-2 or 2-8 qo 8 100K source inventory (Ci)of daughter, Table 2-2 or 2-8 ()8(t)hypothetical daughter activity (Ci)at sample time if parent has 2 daughters, K is the branching factor, Table 2-7'A-1 parent decay constant, sec-1 daughter decay constant, sec time period from shutdown to time of sample, sec.2.Oetermine the contribution of only the decay of the initial inventory of the daughter to the hypothetical daughter activity at sample time qo kBt QB (t)38 TABLE 2-8 SOURCE INVENTORY OF RELATED PARENT NUCLIDES Nuclide Unit 1 3250 HWt Unit 2 3391 HWt Xe-135m Sb-129 Te-129m Ba-142 Ce-144 3.8(7)2.9(7)7.3(6)1.5(8)1.0(8)4.0(7)3.0(7)7.6(6)1.5(8)1.0(8)39 3.Calculate the amount of the measured sample specific activity associated with the decay of the daughter that was released.M=Fr x measured specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc)B 4.Decay correct the specific activity (M)to reactor shutdown.M M B-Xt e B 2.5 RELATIONSHIP OF FISSION PROOUCT RELEASE WITH OVERTEMPERATURE CONDITIONS The current concept of the mechanisms for fission product release from U02 fuel under accident conditions has been summarized in 2 documents, draft NUREG-0956 and IOCOR Task 11.1('.These documents describe five (8)principal release mechanisms; burst release,.diffusional release of the pellet-to-cladding gap inventory, grain boundary release, diffusion from the UO grains, and release from molten material.The release which occurs when 2 the cladding fails, i.e., gap release, is utilized to quantify the extent of clad failure as discussed in Section 2.4.Table 2-9 presents the expected fuel damage state associated with fueT rod temperatures.
Fission product release associated with overtemperature fuel conditions arises initially from that portion of the noble gas, cesium and iodine inventories that was previously accumulated in grain boundaries.
For high burnup rods, it is estimated that approximately 20 percent of the initial fuel rod inventory of noble gases, cesium, and halogens would be released.Release from lower burnup fuel would no doubt be less.Following the grain boundary release, additional diffusional release from U02 grains occurs.Estimates of the total release, including UO diffusional release, vary from 20 to 40 percent 2 of the noble gas, iodine and cesium inventories.
Additional information on the release of fission products during (9)overtemperature conditions was obtained from the TMI accident.In this instance current opinion is that although the core had been overheated, fuel melt had not occurred.Values of core inventory fraction of various fission products released during the accident are given in Table 2-10.These values, 40 TABLE 2-9 EXPECTED FUEL DAMAGE CORRELATION WITH FUEL ROD TEMPERATURE (B)Fuel Dama e No Damage<1300 Clad Damage Ballooning of zircaloy cladding Burst of zircaloy cladding Oxidation of cladding and hydrogen generation 1300-2000>1300 1300-2000>1600 Fuel Overtemperature Fission product fuel lattice mobility Grain boundary diffusion release of fission products 2000-3450 2000-2550 2450-3450 Fuel Melt Dissolution and liquefaction of UO in the Zircaloy-ZrO eutectic 2 Melting of remaining UO2>3450>3450 5100 These temperatures are material property characteristics and are non-specific with respect to locations within the fuel and/or fuel cladding.
TABLE 2-10 PERCENT ACTIVITY RELEASE FOR 100 PERCENT OVERTEHPERATURE CONOITIONS Nuclide Min.*Max.&#x17d;Nominal**Hin."*" Hax.***Kr-85 40 70 Xe-133 42 66 52.40 70 I-1 31 41 55 Cs-137 45 60 Sr-90 0.08*++*Ba-140 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.08 0.2*Release values based on THI-2 measurements.
*" Nominal value is simple average of all Kr, Xe, I, and Cs measurements.
**+,Hinimum and maximum values of all Kr, Xe, I and Cs measurements.
~""*Only value available.
42 derived from radiochemical analysis of primary coolant, sump, and containment gas samples, provide much greater releases of the noble gases, halides, and cesiums, than is expected, to be released solely from cladding failures.In addition, small amounts of the more refractory elements, barium-lanthanum, and strontium were released.In the particular case of TMI, the release mechanism, in addition to diffusional release from grain boundaries and U02 grains, is believed to arise from U02 grain growth in steam.The relationship between extent of fuel damage and fission product release for several radioisotopes during overtemperature condition is depicted graphically in Figures 2-11 and 2-12.To construct the figures, the extent of fuel damage, expressed as a percentage of the core, is plotted as a linear function of the percentage of the source inventory released for various nuclides.The values used in constructing the graphs were obtained from Table 2-10.For example, if 100 percent of the core experienced overtemperatures, 52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released.If 1 percent of the core experienced overtemperature, 0:52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released.The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element, e.g., I-131 and I-133, have the same magnitude of release.In order to apply these figures to a particular plant, power, decay, and dilution corrections described earlier in this report must be applied to the concentrations of nuclides determined from analysis of radionuclide samples.The maximum and minimum estimates of.release percentages are those given in Table 2-10 as the range of values: nominal values of release are simple averages of the miminum and maximum values.2.6 RELATIONSHIP OF NUCLIDE RELEASE WITH CORE MELT CONDITIONS Fuel pellet melting leads to rapid release of many noble gases, halides, and cesiums remaining in the fuel after overheat conditions.
Significant release of the strontium, barium-lanthanum chemical groups is perhaps the most distinguishing feature of melt release conditions.
Values of the release of fission products during fuel melt conditions are derived from ex-pile experiments performed by various investigators.
Values of the release of fission products during fuel melt conditions are derived from ex-pile experiments performed by various investigators.
70.50'0'0'o~5 C$Cl 3~r~Q r 2~O CJ)S O 0~7 0~0~0~0 IA h..O O O F7 O O O V)K O Fuel Over temperature (5)FIGURE 2-1 l RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL OYERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INYENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, OR CS 1~0~0.0.0~F 1~0~0~0 F 01 CC F 00 F 00 F 00 F 00.@g r qz+r r qO+F 001 7'" 5'" 3~0-2~0-1'" o CV 0 O C)Fuej Overtemperature (A)FIGURE Z-l2 RELATIONSHIP OF'A FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR These release measurements have been expressed as release rate coefficients for various temperature regimes.These release rate coefficients have been represented by a simple exponential equation in draft NUREG-0956.
This equation has the form: K(T)K(T)Ae where release rate coefficient A&8=constants temperature.
These release rate coefficients were utilized with core temperature profiles to develop fission product release estimates for various accident sequences for which core melt is postulated in draft NUREG-0956.
Fission product release percentages for three accident sequences which lead to 100 percent core melt are given in Table 2-11.The xenon, krypton, cesium, iodine, and tellurium'elements have been arranged into a single group because of similarity in the expected magnitude of overtemperature release.The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element e.g., Iodine 131 and Iodine 133, have the same magnitude of release.The differences in the calculated releases of the various elements for the different accident sequences were used to determine minimum and maximum values of expected release;nominal values of release are simple averages of all release values within a group.The percentage release of various nuclides has been correlated to percentage of core melt with the linear extrapolations shown in Figures 2-13 through 2-15.2.7 SAMPLING LOCATIONSA survey of a number of Mestinghouse plants has indicated that the post accident sampling system locations for liquid and gaseous samples varies for each plant.To obtain the most accurate assessment of core damage, it is recommended to sample and analyze radionuclides from the reactor coolant system, the containment atmosphere, and the containment sump (if available).
Other samples can be taken dependent on the plant's capabilities.
The TABLE 2-11PERCENT ACTIVITY RELEASE FOR 100 PERCENT CORE MELT CONOITIONS Large*Small"~S ecies LOCA Transient*
LOCA Nominal*" Min."*" Release Release ax.***Release 88.35 99.45 78.38 Kr 88.35 99.45 78.38 87 70 99 88.23 99.44 78.09 Cs 88.55 99.46 78.84 Te78.52 94.88 10.44 28.17 71.04 14.80 10 44 Ba 19.66 43.87 24.08 Pr 0.82 2.36 1.02 1.4 0.8 2.4*Calculated releases for severe accident scenarios without emergency safeguard features, taken from draft NUREG-0956
**Nominal release are averages of Xe, Kr, I, Cs, and Te groups, or Sr and Ba groups.***Maximum and minimum releases represent extremes of the groups.
100.70.SO~30~20'O r o r yP p 0~7 0~0~0~0'IA h O O hl O O O O Vl h O Fuel Melt (%%d)FIGURE 2 1 3 RELATIONSHIP OF%%d FUEL MELT WITH%%do CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR, I, CS, OR TE 100.0 10.0 0.1 0.01 1.0 10.0 Fuel Melt (A)100.0 FIGURE 2-14 RELATIONSHIP OF%FUEL MELT WITH/o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0 10.0 Fuel Melt (1)100.0 FIGURE 2-15 RELATIONSHIP OF%%u FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR 50 specific sample locations to be used during the initial phases of an accident should be selected based on the type of accident in progress.If the type of accident scenario is unknown, known plant parameters (pressure, temperature, level indications, etc.)can be used as a basis to determine the prime sample locations.
Consideration should be given to sampling secondary system if a significant leak from the primary system to secondary system is noted.Table 2-12 presents a list of the suggested sample locations for different accident scenarios based on the usefulness of the information derivable from the sample.t 0.C.Cook's PASS is equipped to obtain samples from hot loop 1 and 3, east and west RHR, containment sump, pressurizer steam space and containment air.Plant personnel wi 11 use Table 2-12 as a guide in determining sample locations, but final discretion is left up to the plant personnel.
51
, Su ested Sam lin Locations Scenario Principal Sam lin Locations Other Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power>lg" Reactor Power<lg" RCS Hot Leg, Containment Atmosphere RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power>15*Reactor Power<15" Steam Line Break Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg'ontainment Sump, Containment Atmosphere RCS Hot Leg, RCS Pressuri zer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube Rupture Indication of Signifi-cant Containment Sump Inventory RCS Hot Leg, Secondary System Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Containment Atmosphere Containment Building Radiation Monitor Alarm Safety Injection Actuated Containment Atmosphere, Containment Sump RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Indication of High Radiation Level in RCS RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Assume operating at that level for some appreciable time.


===3.0 AUXILIARY===
70.
INOICATORS There are plant indicators monitored during an accident which by themselves cannot provide a useful estimate but can provide verification of the initial estimate of core damage based on the radionuclide analysis.These plant indicators include containment hydrogen concentration, core exit thermocouple temperatures, reactor vessel water level, and containment radiation level.When providing an estimate for core damage, these plant indicators, if available, should confirm the results of the radionuclide analysis.For example, if the, core exit thermocouple readings and reactor vessel water level indicate a possibility of clad damage and the radionuclide concentrations indicate no clad damage, then a recheck of both indications may be performed or certain indications may be discounted based on engineering judgment.3.1 CONTAINMENT HYOROGEN CONCENTRATION An accident, in which'the core is uncovered and the fuel rods are exposed to steam, may result in the reaction of the zirconium of the cladding with the steam which produces hydrogen.The hydrogen production characteristic of the zirconium water reaction is that For every mole of zirconium that reacts with water, two moles of hydrogen are produced.For this methodology it is assumed that all of the hydrogen that is produced is released to the containment atmosphere.
50
The hydrogen dissolved in the primary system during normal operation is considered to contribute an insignificant amount of the total hydrogen released to the containment.
        '0
For Unit 1 and Unit 2, the release of the dissolved hydrogen and the hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space to the containment corresponds to a containment hydrogen concentration of O.l percent by volume, which can be considered insignificant within the accuracy of this report.In the absence of hydrogen control measures, monitoring this containment hydrogen concentration during the accident can provide an indication of the extent of zirconium water reaction.The percentage of zirconium water reaction does not equal the percentage of clad damaged but it does provide a qualitative verificati'on of the extent of clad damage estimated from the radionuclide analysis.53 Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration and the perce'ntage of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2.The relationship shown in Fig'ure 3-1 does not account for any hydrogen depletion due to hydrogen recombiners and hydrogen ignitions.
      '0
The recombiners that now exist are capable of dealing effectively with the relatively small amounts of hydrogen that result from radiolysis and corrosion following a design basis LOCA.However, they are incapable of handling the hydrogen produced in an extensive zirconium-steam reaction such as would result from severe core degradation.
        'o
Current recombiners can process gas that is approximately 4 to 5 percent hydrogen or less.Each recombiner unit can process an input (10)flow in the range of 100 SCFM to 200 SCFM.Nithin the accuracy of this methodology, it is assumed that recombiners will have an insignificant effect I'n the hydrogen concentration when it is indicated that extensive zirconium-steam reaction could have occurred.Uncontrolled ignition of hydrogen and deliberate-ignition will hinder any quantitative use of hydrogen concentration as an auxiliary indicator.
      ~
However, the oxygen amount depleted during the burn, if known, can be used to estimate the amount of hydrogen burned.If the oxygen amount depleted is not known, it can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed.Since Units 1 and 2 are ice condenser containments, deliberate ignition of the hydrogen is utilized to control the containment hydrogen concentration.
r ~
As stated above, a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed.This assumption can be used qualitatively to indicate that some percentage of zirconium has reacted, but it is difficult to determine the extent of the reaction.Containment hydrogen concentrations can be obtained from the Post Accident Sampling System or the containment gas analyzers.
Q 5
Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration (percent volume)and the percentage of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2.The hydrogen concentration shown is the result of the analysis of a dry containment sample.The curves were based on average containment volumes and the average initial zirconium mass of the fuel rods for each unit, which are shown in Table 3-1.Table 3-1 also presents the correlation between hydrogen concentration and percentage of zirconium water reaction.'o use the auxiliary indicator of hydrogen concentration, the assumptions were that all hydrogen from zirconium water reaction is released to containment, a well-mixed atmosphere, and ideal gas behavior in containment.
r C$
30..25'0.C)I i5~I o CJ<0~UNIT UNIT 1/"/O Cl ZIRC-WATER REACTION PERCEN TAGE FIGURE 3-1 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION 55 TABLE 3-1 CONTAINMENT VOLUHE ANO ZIRCONIUH HASS Plant T e Zirconium Hass ibm Containment Volume SCF Unit 1 Unit 2 44,547 50,913 1.2 x 10 6 1.2 x 10'6 Relationship between hydrogen concentration of a dry sample and fraction of zirconium water reaction is based on the following formula.~oo 2 (FZWR)(ZM)(H)
Cl 3 ~
+V where: FZWR=f raction of zirconium water reaction ZM=total zirconium mass, ibm H=conversion factor, 7.92 SCF of H per pound of zirconium reacted V=containment volume, SCF 3e2 CORE EXIT TEMPERATURES AND REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVELS Core exit thermocouples
O    2 ~
'(CETCs)measure the temperature of the fluid at the core exit at varSous radSal core locations~<(FSgure 3-2)J.The typical thermocoupl e system i s qualified to read temperatures as high as 1650'F.This is the ability of the system to measure the fluid temperatures at the incore thermocouples locations and not core temperatures.
)
Most reactor vessel level indication systems (RVLIS)use differential pressure (d/p)measuring devices to measure vessel level or relative void content of the circulating primary coolant system fluid.The system is redundant and includes automatic compensation for potential temperature variations of the impulse lines.Essential information is displayed in the main control room in a form directly usable by the operator.RVLIS and CETC readings can be used for verification of core damage estimates in the following ways (11)'ue to the heat transfer mechanisms between the fuel rods, steam, and thermocouples, the highest clad temperature will be higher than the CETC readings.Therefore, if thermocouples read greater than 1300'F, clad failure may have occurred.1300'F is the lower limit for cladding failures.o If any RCPs are running, the CETCs will be good indicators of clad temperatures and no core damage should occur since the forced flow of the steam-water mixture will adequately cool the core.If RCPs are not running, the following apply.o No generalized core damage can occur if the core has not uncovered.
CJ S
So if RVLIS full range indicates that the collapsed liquid level has never been below the top of the core and no CETC has indicated temperatures corresponding to superheated steam at the corresponding RCS pressure, then no generalized core damage has occurred.57 QT Q T 0 0 T T 6-Q O O 0 T 0 T 90o 8 T JO T ti 0 T l3 IQ l5 T OT 0 T OT T T T OT 0 T T Q TO TO-270 0'=FLUX TtttttSLE T=THERHOCOUPL.E Distribution of Thermocouples and Flux Thimbles for Unit 1 and Unit 2'Figure 3-2 58 tt F~h X
O  0~7 0 ~
0 ~
0~
0 IA  h..O            O    O F7 O
V)
O K
O O
Fuel Over temperature  (5)
FIGURE 2-1 l RELATIONSHIP OF  X FUEL OYERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INYENTORY  RELEASED  OF XE, KR, I, OR CS
 
1  ~
0  ~
0.
0.
0 ~
F 1
      ~ 0
      ~ 0
                                        .@g  r
      ~ 0 qz+  r F 01 r      qO+
CC F 00 F 00 F 00 F 00 001 F
7 5 '"
3 ~ 0-2 ~ 0-1 '"
oCV              0  O C)
Fuej Overtemperature    (A)
FIGURE Z-l2 RELATIONSHIP OF  'A FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR
 
These release  measurements  have been expressed as release rate coefficients for various temperature    regimes. These release rate coefficients have been represented by a simple exponential equation in    draft  NUREG-0956. This equation has the form:
K(T)        Ae    where K(T)        release rate coefficient A & 8  =  constants temperature.
These release  rate coefficients were utilized with core temperature profiles to develop fission product release estimates for various accident sequences for which core melt is postulated in draft NUREG-0956.
Fission product release percentages for three accident sequences which lead to 100 percent core melt are given in Table 2-11. The xenon, krypton, cesium, iodine, and tellurium 'elements have been arranged into a single group because of similarity in the expected magnitude of overtemperature release. The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element e.g., Iodine 131 and Iodine 133, have the same magnitude of release. The differences in the calculated releases of the various elements for the different accident sequences were used to determine minimum and maximum values of expected release; nominal values of release are simple averages of all release values within a group.
The percentage  release of various nuclides has been correlated to percentage of core melt with the linear extrapolations shown in Figures 2-13 through 2-15.
: 2. 7  SAMPLING LOCATIONS A  survey of a number of Mestinghouse plants has indicated that the post accident sampling system locations for liquid and gaseous samples varies for each plant. To obtain the most accurate assessment of core damage,        it  is recommended to sample and analyze radionuclides from the reactor coolant system, the containment atmosphere, and the containment sump      (if  available).
Other samples can be taken dependent on the plant's capabilities. The
 
TABLE 2-11 PERCENT ACTIVITY RELEASE  FOR 100 PERCENT  CORE MELT CONOITIONS Large*                  Small"      Nominal*"    Min."*"        ax.***
~S ecies      LOCA    Transient*      LOCA        Release      Release        Release 88.35    99.45          78.38 Kr          88.35    99.45          78.38 87            70            99 88.23    99.44          78.09 Cs          88.55    99.46          78.84 Te          78.52    94.88          71.04 10.44    28.17          14.80                      10             44 Ba          19.66    43.87          24.08 Pr          0.82      2.36          1.02        1.4          0.8            2.4
* Calculated releases for severe accident scenarios without        emergency safeguard features, taken from draft NUREG-0956
  **  Nominal release  are averages  of Xe, Kr,  I,  Cs, and Te groups,  or Sr and Ba groups.
***  Maximum and minimum  releases  represent extremes of the groups.
 
100.
r 70.
SO  ~
30  ~
20
    'O oyP  r p
0~7 0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0' IA  h    O            O  O        O  O O hl            Vl h O Fuel Melt    (%%d)
FIGURE 2 1 3 RELATIONSHIP OF  %%d  FUEL MELT WITH %%do CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR,     I, CS, OR TE
 
100.0 10.0 0.1
: 0. 01 1.0                                10.0                        100.0 Fuel Melt (A)
FIGURE 2-14 RELATIONSHIP OF % FUEL MELT WITH /o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR
 
100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0                                    10.0                      100.0 Fuel Melt (1)
FIGURE 2-15 RELATIONSHIP OF  %%u FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR 50
 
specific  sample  locations to be used during the initial phases of an accident should be selected based on the type of accident in progress.      If the type of accident scenario is unknown, known plant parameters (pressure, temperature, level indications, etc.) can be used as a basis to determine the prime sample locations. Consideration should be given to sampling secondary system if a significant leak from the primary system to secondary system is noted. Table 2-12 presents a list of the suggested sample locations for different accident scenarios based on the usefulness of the information derivable from the sample.
t0. C. Cook's  PASS  is equipped to obtain samples from hot loop and 3, east 1
and west RHR,  containment sump, pressurizer steam space and containment air.
Plant personnel wi 11 use Table 2-12 as a guide in determining sample locations, but final discretion is left up to the plant personnel.
51
 
                          , Su  ested  Sam  lin  Locations Principal                        Other Scenario                    Sam  lin  Locations            Sam lin  Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power >  lg"    RCS Hot Leg, Containment              RCS Pressurizer Atmosphere Reactor Power <  lg"    RCS Hot Leg                            RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > 15*      Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Reactor Power  < 15"                  Sump, Containment Leg'ontainment Atmosphere Steam Line Break            RCS  Hot Leg,                         RCS Pressuri zer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube        RCS  Hot Leg, Secondary                Containment Rupture                      System                                Atmosphere Indication of Signifi-      Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump        Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building        Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm      Containment Sump Safety Injection            RCS  Hot Leg                          RCS Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High          RCS  Hot Leg                          RCS Pressurizer Radiation Level in    RCS Assume  operating at that level for    some  appreciable time.
 
3.0 AUXILIARY INOICATORS There are  plant indicators monitored during  an accident which by themselves cannot provide a useful estimate but can provide verification of the initial estimate of core damage based on the radionuclide analysis. These plant indicators include containment hydrogen concentration, core exit thermocouple temperatures, reactor vessel water level, and containment radiation level.
When providing an estimate for core damage, these plant indicators, if available, should confirm the results of the radionuclide analysis. For example, if the, core exit thermocouple readings and reactor vessel water level indicate a possibility of clad damage and the radionuclide concentrations indicate no clad damage, then a recheck of both indications may be performed or certain indications may be discounted based on engineering judgment.
3.1    CONTAINMENT HYOROGEN CONCENTRATION An  accident, in which 'the core is uncovered and the fuel rods are exposed to steam, may result in the reaction of the zirconium of the cladding with the steam which produces hydrogen. The hydrogen production characteristic of the zirconium water reaction is that For every mole of zirconium that reacts with water, two moles of hydrogen are produced. For this methodology it is assumed that all of the hydrogen that is produced is released to the containment atmosphere. The hydrogen dissolved in the primary system during normal operation is considered to contribute an insignificant amount of the total hydrogen released to the containment.     For Unit 1 and Unit 2, the release of the dissolved hydrogen and the hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space to the containment corresponds to a containment hydrogen concentration of O.l percent by volume, which can be considered insignificant within the accuracy of this report. In the absence of hydrogen control measures, monitoring this containment hydrogen concentration during the accident can provide an indication of the extent of zirconium water reaction. The percentage of zirconium water reaction does not equal the percentage of clad damaged but it does provide a qualitative verificati'on of the extent of clad damage estimated from the radionuclide analysis.
53
 
Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration and the perce'ntage of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2. The relationship shown in Fig'ure 3-1 does not account for any hydrogen depletion due to hydrogen recombiners and hydrogen ignitions. The recombiners that now exist are capable of dealing effectively with the relatively small amounts of hydrogen that result from radiolysis and corrosion following a design basis LOCA. However, they are incapable of handling the hydrogen produced in an extensive zirconium-steam reaction such as would result from severe core degradation. Current recombiners can process gas that is approximately 4 to 5 percent hydrogen or less (10) . Each recombiner unit can process an input flow in the range of 100 SCFM to 200 SCFM. Nithin the accuracy of this methodology,  it    is assumed that recombiners will have an insignificant effect the hydrogen concentration when I'n it  is indicated that extensive zirconium-steam reaction could have occurred. Uncontrolled ignition of hydrogen and deliberate- ignition will hinder any quantitative use of hydrogen concentration as an auxiliary indicator. However, the oxygen amount depleted during the burn,      if known, can be used to estimate the amount of hydrogen burned. If the oxygen amount depleted is not known,          it can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed.        Since Units 1 and 2 are ice condenser containments, deliberate ignition of the hydrogen is utilized to control the containment hydrogen concentration.        As stated above, a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed.        This assumption can be used qualitatively to indicate that some percentage of zirconium has reacted, but        it  is difficult to determine the extent of the reaction.
Containment hydrogen concentrations can be obtained from the Post Accident Sampling System or the containment gas analyzers.          Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration (percent volume) and the percentage  of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2. The hydrogen concentration shown is the result of the analysis of a dry containment sample. The curves were based      on average  containment volumes and the average initial zirconium mass of the fuel rods for each unit, which are shown in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 also presents the correlation between hydrogen concentration and percentage of zirconium water reaction.'o use the auxiliary indicator of hydrogen concentration, the assumptions were that all hydrogen from zirconium water reaction is released to containment, a well-mixed atmosphere, and ideal gas behavior in containment.
 
30..
25
      '0.
C)                                  UNIT I
i5  ~
I oCJ UNIT  1
    <0  ~
            "/ /
O Cl ZIRC-WATER REACTION PERCEN TAGE FIGURE 3-1 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION 55
 
TABLE 3-1 CONTAINMENT VOLUHE ANO ZIRCONIUH HASS Plant  T  e            Zirconium Hass    ibm          Containment Volume  SCF 6
Unit  1                          44,547                          1.2  x 10
                                                                        '6 Unit  2                          50,913                          1.2  x 10 Relationship between hydrogen concentration of a dry sample      and  fraction of zirconium water reaction is based on the following formula.
                                    ~  oo 2    (FZWR)(ZM)(H) +    V where:    FZWR  = f raction  of zirconium water reaction ZM    = total zirconium mass, ibm H    = conversion factor, 7.92 SCF of H per pound of zirconium reacted V    = containment volume, SCF


o If RVLIS indicates less than 3.5 ft.collapsed liquid level in the core or CETCs indicate superheated steam temperatures, then the core has uncovered and core damage may have occurred depending on the time after reactor trip, length and depth of uncovery.Best estimate small break (1 to 4 inches)analyses and the Three Mile Island (TMI)accident data (12)indicate that about 20 minutes after the core uncovers clad temperatures start to reach 1200'F and 10 minutes later they can be as high as 2200'F.These times will shorten as the break size increases due to the core uncovering faster and to a greater depth.o If the RVLIS indication is between 3.5 ft collapsed liquid level in the core and the top of the core, then the CETCs should be monitored for superheated steam temperatures to determine if the core has uncovered.
3e2    CORE EXIT TEMPERATURES  AND REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVELS Core  exit thermocouples '(CETCs) measure the temperature of the fluid at the core exit at varSous radSal core locations ~<(FSgure 3-2)J. The typical thermocoupl e system i s qualified to read temperatures as high as 1650'F. This is the ability of the system to measure the fluid temperatures at the incore thermocouples    locations and not core temperatures.
As many thermocouples as possible should be used for evaluation of the core (11)temperature conditions.
Most  reactor vessel level indication systems (RVLIS) use differential pressure (d/p) measuring devices to measure vessel level or relative void content of the circulating primary coolant system fluid. The system is redundant and includes automatic compensation for potential temperature variations of the impulse lines. Essential information is displayed in the main control room in a form directly usable by the operator.
The Emergency Response Guidelines recommend that a minimum of one'thermocouple near the center of the core and one in each quadrant be monitored at identified high power assemblies.
RVLIS and CETC    readings can be used for verification of core damage estimates in the following ways (11)
Caution should be taken if a thermocouple reads greater than 1650'F or is reading considerably different than neighboring CETCs.This may indicate that the thermocouple has failed.Caution should also be used when looking at CETCs near the vessel walls because reflux cooling from the hot legs may cool the fluid in this area.CETCs can also be used as an indicator of hot areas in the core and may be used to determine radial location of possible local core damage.Therefore, core exit thermocouples and RVLIS are generally regarded as reliable indicators of RCS conditions that may cause core damage.They can predict the time of core uncovery to within a few minutes by monitoring the core exit thermocouples for superheat after RVLIS indicates collapsed liquid level at the top of the core.The onset and extent of fuel damage after core uncovery depend on the heat generation in the fuel and the rapidity and duration of uncovery.However, if the core has not uncovered, no generalized fuel damage has occurred.Core exit thermocouples reading 1300'F or larger indicate the likelihood of clad damage.59
'ue      to the heat transfer mechanisms between the fuel rods, steam, and thermocouples, the highest clad temperature will be higher than the CETC readings. Therefore, if thermocouples read greater than 1300'F, clad failure may have occurred. 1300'F is the lower limit for cladding failures.
o    If any  RCPs  are running, the CETCs will be good indicators of clad temperatures and no core damage should occur since the forced flow of the steam-water mixture will adequately cool the core.
If RCPs  are not running, the following apply.
o    No  generalized core damage can occur  if the core has not uncovered. So    if RVLIS full range indicates that the collapsed liquid level has never been below the top of the core and no CETC has indicated temperatures corresponding to superheated steam at the corresponding RCS pressure, then no generalized core damage has occurred.
57


===3.3 CONTAINHENT===
Q    T QT        0 0 Q
RADIATION HONITORS ANO CORE DAMAGE I post accident radiation monitors in nuclear plants can be used to estimate the xenon and krypton concentrations in the containment.
T  T                        0    T        0    T 90o 6
An analysis has been made to correlate these monitor readings in R/hr to estimate gaseous radioactivity concentrations.
8    T O      O OT    T 0  T 270 JO    T                                    T Q ti  0     T                        T    T OT l3                      T      OT                  TO IQ                        0     T          TO l5 0'
For this analysis the following assumptions were made: 1.Radiogases released from the fuel are all released to containment.
                                                      =  FLUX TtttttSLE T  =  THERHOCOUPL.E Distribution of Thermocouples  and Flux Thimbles  for Unit  1 and Unit 2
2.Accidents were considered in which 100K of the noble gases, 52K of noble gases, and 0.3$of the noble gases were released to the containment.
                              'Figure    3-2 tt F~
3.Halogens and other fission products are considered not to be significant contributors to the containment monitor readings.A relation can be developed which describes the gamma ray exposure rate of a detector with time, based on the amount of noble gases released.The exposure rate reading of a detector is dependent on plant specific parameters:
h X
the operating power of the core, the efficiency of the monitor, and the volume seen by the monitor.The plant specific response of the detector as a function of time following the accident can be calculated from the instantaneous gamma ray source strengths due to noble gas release, Table 3-2, and the plant characteristics oF the detector.The gamma.ray source strengths presented in Table 3-2 are based on 100 percent release of the noble gases.To determine the exposure rate of the detector based on 52 percent and 0.3 percent noble gas release, 52 percent and 0.3 percent, respectively, of the gambia ray source strength are used.Alternately, the energy rates in Mev/watt-sec given in Table 3-2 can be expressed in terms of an instaneous flux by assuming the energy is absorbed in a cm oF air.These energy rate values, in Mev/watt-sec-cm
58
, when divided 3 3 by discrete values of Mev/photon and the gambia absorption coefficient for air,]-5-1 p, considered as a constant (3.5 x 10 cm), provide values of the photon flux, photons/watt-cm-sec, as shown in Table 3-2A.The discrete 2 values of Hev/photon were obtained by'using the average values of the energy groups, Hev/game, from Table 3-2.60


TABLE 3-2 INSTANTANEOUS GAMMA RAY SOURCE STRENGTHS OUE TO A 100 PERCENT RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIOENT Ener Grou Source Stren th at Time After Release Me'v/watt-sec
o    If RVLIS  indicates less than 3.5 ft. collapsed liquid level in the core or CETCs indicate superheated    steam temperatures, then the core has uncovered and core damage may have occurred depending on the time after reactor trip, length and depth of uncovery. Best estimate small break (1 to 4 (12) accident data inches) analyses and the Three Mile Island (TMI) indicate that about 20 minutes after the core uncovers clad temperatures start to reach 1200'F and 10 minutes later they can be as high as 2200'F.
~mev/amma 0 Hours 0.5 Hours 1 Hour 2 Hours 8 Hours 1.2 x 10 9 1.5 x 10 9 1.3 x 10 9 1.8 x 10 9 1.4 x 10 9 1.3 x 10 9 4.0 x 10 8 3.5 x 10 8 3.1 x 10 7 0.20-0.40 0.40-0.90 0.90-1.35 1.35-1.80 1.80-2.20 2.20-2.60 2.60-3.00 3.00-4.00 4..00-5.00 5.00-6.00 0~~3.0 3.4 9.4 3.4 5.4 8.5 6.6 6.3 4.4 x 10 x 10 x 10 7 x 10 x 10 8 x 10 8 x 10 6 x 10 5 x 10 0 2.6 x 10 8 2.6 x 10 8 6.7 x 10 7 2.1 x 10 8 3.6 x 10 8 7.1 x 10 8 5.1 x 10 6 4'x 10 6 3.6 x 10 2 0 2.4 x 10 8 1.9 x 10 8 4.7 x 10 7 1.4 x 10 7 2.4 x 10 8 5.3 x 10 8 3.5 x 10 6 2.6 x 10 6 2.0 x 10 8 5.9 x 10-7 9.8 x 10 6 2.9 x 10 7 5.2 x 10 7 1.1 x 10 8 5.0 x 10 5 9.7 x 10 4 0 0 m~ev/amma 1 Week 1 Month 6 Months 1 Year 0.20-0.40 0.40-0.90 0.90-1.35 1.35-1.80 1.80-2.20 2.20-2.60 2.60-3.00 3.00-4.00 4.00-5.00 5.00-6.00 1.3 x 10 8 1.1 x 10 7 1.8 x 10 5 5.5 x 10 5 9.9 x 10 5 2.0 x 10 6 8.5 x 10 3 3.0 x 10 7 1.5 x 10 4 1.5 x 10 6 1.5 x 10 0 1.5 x 10 4 0 1.4 x 10 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61
These times will shorten as the break size increases due to the core uncovering faster and to a greater depth.
o    If the  RVLIS  indication is between 3.5 ft collapsed  liquid level in the core and the top of the core, then the CETCs      should be monitored for superheated steam temperatures to determine    if the  core has uncovered.
As many  thermocouples as possible should be used for evaluation of the core (11) recommend temperature conditions. The Emergency Response Guidelines that a minimum of one'thermocouple near the center of the core and one in each quadrant be monitored at identified high power assemblies.         Caution should be taken  if a thermocouple reads greater than 1650'F or is reading considerably different than neighboring CETCs. This may indicate that the thermocouple has failed. Caution should also be used when looking at CETCs near the vessel walls because reflux cooling from the hot legs may cool the fluid in this area. CETCs can also be used as an indicator of hot areas in the core and may be used to determine radial location of possible local core damage.
Therefore, core exit thermocouples and RVLIS are generally regarded as reliable indicators of RCS conditions that may cause core damage. They can predict the time of core uncovery to within a few minutes by monitoring the core exit thermocouples for superheat after RVLIS indicates collapsed liquid level at the top of the core. The onset and extent of fuel damage after core uncovery depend on the heat generation in the fuel and the rapidity and duration of uncovery. However,      if the core has not uncovered, no generalized fuel damage has occurred. Core exit thermocouples reading 1300'F or larger indicate the likelihood of clad damage.
59


TABLE 3-2A INSTANTANEOUS)AMMA RAY FLUXES OUE TO 100'A RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIDENT Ener Grou/2~Mev/amaa 0 Hours 0.5 Hours'I Hour 2 Hours 8 Hours 0.3 0.65 1,13 1.58 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.5 4.5 1.1 x 10 1.0 x 10 3.3 x 10 3.3 x 10 2.0 x 10 1.5 x 10 4.1 x 10 2.9 x 10 12 1.9 x 10 ll 2.7 x 10 2.3 x 10 2.4 x 10 6.2 x 10 7.7 x 10 1.0 x 10 6.7 x 10 5.3 x 10 2.8 x 10 8 2.4 x 10 1.7 x 10 1.7 x 10 3.8 x 10 5.1 x 10 8.4 x 10 5.2 x 10 3.8 x 10 2;3 x 10 2.2 x 10 1.3 x 10 1.2 x 10 2.5 x 10 11 3.4 x 10 6.3 x 10 3.6 x 10 2.2 x 10 1.8 x 10 3.9 x 10 12 2.5 x 10 5.3 x 10 7.4 x 10 1.3 x 10 5.1 x 10 8.1 x 10 0~Hev/amma~10a 1 Week 1 Heath 6 Months 1 Year 0.3 0.65 1.13 1.58 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.5 4.5 1.2 x 10 7.3 x 10 11 4.5 x 10 1.0 x 10 1.4 x 10 2.4 x 10 8.7 x 10 7 2.7 x 10 1.0 x 10 1.4 x 10 11 1.0 x 10 9 0 0 1.0 x 10 9 0 1.0 x 10 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 062
3.3    CONTAINHENT RADIATION HONITORS ANO CORE DAMAGE I
post accident radiation monitors in nuclear plants can be used to estimate the xenon and krypton concentrations in the containment.
An  analysis has been made to correlate these monitor readings in R/hr to estimate gaseous radioactivity concentrations.         For this analysis the following assumptions were made:
: 1. Radiogases  released  from the fuel are  all  released  to containment.
: 2. Accidents were considered in which 100K of the noble gases, 52K of noble gases, and 0.3$ of the noble gases were released to the containment.
: 3. Halogens and other    fission products are considered not to    be significant contributors to the containment monitor readings.
A  relation    can be developed which describes    the gamma ray exposure rate of a detector with time, based on the amount of noble gases released. The exposure rate reading of a detector is dependent on plant specific parameters: the operating power of the core, the efficiency of the monitor, and the volume seen by the monitor. The plant specific response of the detector as a function of time following the accident can be calculated from the instantaneous gamma ray source strengths due to noble gas release, Table 3-2, and the plant characteristics oF the detector.         The gamma.ray source strengths presented in Table 3-2 are based on 100 percent release of the noble gases.
To determine the exposure rate of the detector based on 52 percent and 0.3 percent noble gas release, 52 percent and 0.3 percent, respectively, of the gambia ray source strength are used.
Alternately, the energy rates in Mev/watt-sec given in Table 3-2 can be expressed in terms of an instaneous flux by assuming the energy is absorbed in 3                                                             3 a cm oF air.       These energy rate values, in Mev/watt-sec-cm , when divided by discrete values of Mev/photon and the gambia absorption coefficient for air,
          ]                              -5   -1 p, considered as a constant (3.5 x 10         cm ), provide values of the 2
photon flux, photons/watt-cm -sec, as shown in Table 3-2A. The discrete values of Hev/photon were obtained by'using the average values of the energy groups, Hev/game, from Table 3-2.
60


In general, values below 0.3$releases are indicative of clad failures, values between 0.3$and 525 release are in the Fuel pellet overtemperature regions, while values between 525-release and 100$release are in the core melt regime.To represent the release of the normal operating noble gas activity in the primary coolant as obtained from ANS 18.1, 1.0 x 10 5 of the (6)-3 gamma ray source strength is used.In actual practice it must be recognized that there is overlap between the regimes because of the nature in which core heating occurs.The hottest portion oF the core is in the center due to flux distribution and hence greater fission product inventory.
TABLE  3-2 INSTANTANEOUS GAMMA RAY SOURCE STRENGTHS OUE TO A 100 PERCENT RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIOENT Ener    Grou          Source Stren    th at  Time    After Release    Me'v/watt-sec
Additionally heat transfer is greater at the core periphery due to proximity of pressure vessel walls.Thus conditions could exist where there is some molten fuel in the center of the core and overtemperature conditions elsewhere.
~mev/ amma        0 Hours    0.5 Hours            1  Hour        2 Hours          8 Hours 9                                8              8                8 0.20  0.40    1.2 x 10    3.0 x 10        2.6 x 10          2.4 x 10        2.0    x 10 9                                8              8                7 0.40  0.90    1.5 x 10    3.4 x 10          2.6 x 10        1.9 x 10        5.9    x 10-9              7                7              7                6 0.90  1.35    1.3 x 10    9.4 x 10          6.7 x 10        4.7 x 10        9.8    x 10 9                                8              7                7 1.35  1.80    1.8 x 10    3.4 x 10          2.1 x 10        1.4  x 10      2.9    x 10 9              8                8              8                7 1.80  2.20    1.4 x 10      5.4 x 10        3.6  x 10      2.4  x 10      5.2    x 10 9              8                8              8                8 2.20  2.60    1.3 x 10    8.5 x 10          7.1 x 10         5.3  x 10      1.1 x 10 8              6               6              6                5 2.60  3.00    4.0 x 10      6.6 x 10        5.1 x 10        3.5  x 10      5.0 x 10 8              5                6              6                4 3.00  4.00    3.5 x 10      6.3 x 10        4'    x 10      2.6  x 10      9.7 x 10 7                                2 4..00  5.00    3.1 x 10    4.4 x 10          3.6  x 10                              0 5.00  6.00
Similar conditions can occur which lead to overtemperature in the central portions of the core, and clad damage elsewhere.
  ~      ~        0              0                0                                0 m~ev/ amma                    1  Week          1  Month        6  Months        1  Year 8              7               6 0.20  0.40    1.3 x 10      3.0 x 10        1.5   x 10            0                0 7              4                                4                  4 0.40  0.90    1.1 x 10      1.5  x 10        1.5  x 10      1.5 x 10        1.4  x 10 5
Thus, estimation of extent of core damage with containment radiation readings must be used in a confirmatory sense-as backup to other measurements of fission product release and other indicators such as pressure vessel water levels and core exit thermocouples.
0.90  1.35     1.8 x 10                                                              0 5
Figure 3-3 presents the relationship of the reading (R/hr)of Unit 1 and Unit 2 high range containment area radiation monitors as a function of time following reactor shutdown.Each unit has two high range monitors with one monitor mounted approximately 7 feet above the operating floor between loop 2 and loop 3 steam generator doghouses and the other monitor mounted in the lower compartment on the outside containment wall.63 1.0+7 1005 NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0+5 52&#xc3;NOBLE GAS RELEAS 1.0+3 0.35 NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1 NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 1.0-2"1.0 10.0 100.0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS)fIGURE 3-3 PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 64
1.35  1.80    5.5 x 10                                                              0 5
1.80  2.20    9.9 x 10                                                              0 6
2.20  2.60    2.0 x 10                                                              0 3
2.60  3.00    8.5 x 10                                                               0 3.00  4.00                                                                            0 4.00  5.00                                                                             0 5.00  6.00                                                                             0 61


==4.0 GENERALIZED==
TABLE 3-2A INSTANTANEOUS )AMMA RAY FLUXES OUE TO 100'A RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIDENT Ener    Grou                                                            / 2
CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT APPROACH II Selected results of various analyses of fission product release, core exit thermocouple readings, pressure vessel water level, containment radiogas monitor readings and hydrogen monitor readings have been summarized in Table 4-1.The intent of the summary is to provide a quick look at various criteria intended to define core damage over the broad ranges of: No Core Damage 0-50K 50-100%0-50$50-100%0-505 50-100'X clad failure clad failure fuel pellet overtemperature fuel pellet overtemperature fuel melt fuel melt I Although this table is intended for generic applicability to most Mestinghouse pressurized water reactors, except where noted, various prior calculations are required to ascertain percentage release fractions, power, and containment volume corrections.
~Mev/ amaa        0 Hours    0.5 Hours      'I   Hour      2  Hours        8  Hours 0.3          1.1 x 10      2.7  x 10        2.4 x 10    2.2  x 10      1.8  x 10 12 0.65          1.0 x 10    2.3 x 10        1.7 x 10    1.3   x 10      3.9  x 10 1,13          3.3 x 10    2.4  x 10        1.7 x 10   1.2  x 10       2.5  x 10 11 1.58          3.3 x 10    6.2  x 10       3.8 x 10    2.5  x 10      5.3  x 10 2.0           2.0 x 10    7.7  x 10        5.1 x 10    3.4  x 10      7.4  x 10 2.4          1.5 x 10    1.0 x 10        8.4  x 10  6.3  x 10      1.3  x 10 2.8          4.1 x 10      6.7  x 10        5.2  x 10  3.6  x 10      5.1 x 10 3.5          2.9 x 10 12  5.3  x 10        3.8  x 10  2.2   x 10      8.1 x 10 4.5          1.9 x 10 ll  2.8 x 10 8
These corrections are given within the prior text of this technical basis report.The user should use as many indicators as possible to differentiate between the various core damage states.Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.II 65 TABLE 4-1 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*Core Damage Indicator Core Damage Category Percent and Type of Fission Products Released Fission Product Ratio Containment Radiogas Honitor (R/hr)10 hrs after shutdown**
2;3  x 10                          0
Core Exit Thermocouples Readings (oeg F)Core Uncovery Indication Nydrogen Honitor (Vol y H2)***6 Plant Type No clad damage 0-50$clad damage 50-100K clad damage Kr-87<lx10 3 Xe-133<lxl0 3 l-131<lxl0"3 I-133<lx'10 3 Kr-87 10-3-0.01 Xe-133 10 3-O.l I-131 10 3-0.3 l-133 10 3-0.1 Kr-87 D.Dl-0.02 Xe-133 O.l-0.2 1-131 0.3-0.5 1-133 0.1-0.2 Not Applicable Kr-$7 0.022 1-133 0.71 Kr-87~0.022 I"133~0.71 0-660 660 to 1325<750 750-1300 1300-1650 No uncovery Core uncovery Core unqovery Neg 1 I g ibl e 0-\3 13-24 0-50$fuel pellet overtemperature 50-TOOL fuel pellet overtemperature 0-50K fuel melt 50-100K fuel melt Xe-Kr.Cs,I 1" 20 Sr-Ba 0-O.l Xe-Kr,Cs, I 2D-40 Sr-Ba O.l-0.2 Xe,Kr,Cs, I 4D-7D Sr-Ba 0.2-0.8 Pr 0.1-0.8 Xe,Kr,Cs, I, Te>70 Sr,Ba>24 Pr>0.8 Kr-87 0.22 1-133 R 2.1 Kr-87 0.22 1-133 0 2.1 Kr-87~0.22 1-133~2.1 Kr-87~0.22 I-133~2.1 1325 to 1.7(5)>1650 1.7(5)to 3.4(5)>165D 5.8(5)>\650 3.4{5)to 5.8{5)>1650 Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery 13-24 13-24 13-24 13-24" This table is intended to supplement the methodology outlined in this report and should not be used Mithout referring to this report and without considerable engineering)udgement.
~Hev/ amma          ~10a      1  Week          1  Heath    6  Months      1  Year 0.3          1.2  x 10    2.7 x 10        1.4 x 10 11        0              0 11                                                          9 0.65          7.3  x 10    1.0 x 10        1.0 x 10 9  1.0   x 10 9
"" Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours.***Ignitors may obviate these values.Ail*-L rr-87~-133 Xe-133'-131
1.0  x 10 1.13          4.5  x 10                                                        0 1.58          1.0  x 10                                                        0 2.0          1.4  x 10                                                        0 2.4           2.4 x 10                                                        0 7
2.8           8.7  x 10                                                         0 3.5                                              0                            0 4.5                                                                            0 62


===5.0 LIHITAT===
In general, values below 0.3$ releases are indicative of clad failures, values between 0.3$ and 525 release are in the Fuel pellet overtemperature regions, while values between 525- release and 100$ release are in the core melt regime. To represent the release of the normal operating noble gas activity in the primary coolant as obtained from ANS      (6) 1.0 x 10 -3 5 of the 18.1, gamma ray source strength is used. In actual practice it must be recognized that there is overlap between the regimes because of the nature in which core heating occurs. The hottest portion oF the core is in the center due to flux distribution and hence greater fission product inventory. Additionally heat transfer is greater at the core periphery due to proximity of pressure vessel walls. Thus conditions could exist where there is some molten fuel in the center of the core and overtemperature conditions elsewhere. Similar conditions can occur which lead to overtemperature in the central portions of the core, and clad damage elsewhere. Thus, estimation of extent of core damage with containment radiation readings must be used in a confirmatory sense as backup to other measurements of fission product release and other indicators such as pressure vessel water levels and core exit thermocouples.
IONS The emphasis of this methodology is on radiochemical analysis of appropriate liquid and gaseous samples.The assumption has been made that appropriate post-accident systems are in place and functional and that representative samples are obtained.Of particular concern, in the area of representative sampling, is the potential for plateout in the sample lines.In order to preclude such plateout, it is assumed that proper attention to heat tracing of the sample lines and maintenance of sufficient purge velocities is inherent in the sampling system design.Having obtained a representive sample, radiochemical analysis via gamma spectrometry are used to calculate the specific activity of various fission products released.Radiochemical analyses of fission products under normal plant operating conditions are accurate to+10 percent.Radiochemical analyses of post accident samples which may be much more concentrated, and contain unfamiliar nuclides, and which must be performed expeditiously may have an error band of 20 to 50 percent.Having obtained specific activity-analysis, the calculation of total release requires knowledge of the total water volume from which the samples were taken.Care must thus be exercised in accounting for volumes of any water added.via ECCS and spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and melting ice of ice condenser plants.Additionally estimates of total sump water volumes have to be determined with data from sump level indicators.
Figure 3-3 presents the relationship of the reading (R/hr) of Unit 1 and Unit 2 high range containment area radiation monitors as a function of time following reactor shutdown. Each unit has two high range monitors with one monitor mounted approximately 7 feet above the operating floor between loop 2 and loop 3 steam generator doghouses and the other monitor mounted in the lower compartment on the outside containment wall.
Such estimates of water volume are probably accurate to+10 percent.The specific activity also requires a correction to adjust for the decay of the nuclide in which the measured specific activity is decay corrected to time.of reactor shutdown.For some nuclides, precursor effects must be considered in the decay correction calculations.
63
The precursor effect is limited to parent-daughter relationships for this methodology.
A major assumption is made that the release percentages of the parent and daughter are equal.For overtemperature and melt releases, this assumption is consistent with the technical basis presented in Sections 2.5 and 2.6, but the gap releases could be different by as much as a factor of 2.67 The models used for estimation of fission product release from the gap activity are based on the ANS 5.4 standard.Background material for this , report indicate the mode(, though empirical, is believed to have an accuracy of 20-25 percent.In our application of these models to core wide conditions, the core has arbitrarily been divided into three regions of low, intermediate, and high burnup.This representation predicted nominal values of release with maximum and minimum values that approach+100 percent of the nominal value.Therefore these estimates of core damage should only be considered accurate to a factor of 2.The models employed for estimates of release at higher temperature have not been completely verified by experiment.
Additionally, calculations of expected core temperatures for severe accident conditions are still being'efined.
These uncertainties are exacerbated by the manner in which various accident scenarios leading to core melt have been combined to produce fission product release predictions for the core melt condition.
Consideration of the melt release estimates shown in Table 2-11 for the refractory nuclides indicate a range of approximately
+70 percent.From these considerations it is clear that the combined uncertainties are such that core damage estimates using this methodology are sufficient only to establish major categories of fuel damage.This categorization, and confirmation of subcategorization will require extensive additional analysis for some several days past the accident date.68


==7.0 REFERENCES==
1.0 +7 1005 NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 +5        52&#xc3; NOBLE GAS RELEAS 1.0 +3                                0.35 NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1  NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 1.0 -2 "1.0                  10.0                100.0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS) fIGURE 3-3  PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 64


1."Clarification of THI Action Plan Requirements," NUREG-0737, USNRC, November 1980.2."A Report to the Commission and to Public, NRC Special Inquiry Group," H.Rogovin, 1980.3."ORIGEN Isotope Generation and Depletion Code," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, CCC-217.4.Method of calculating the fractional release of fission products from oxide fuel, ANSI/ANS 5.4-1982.5."Iodine and Cesium Spiking Source Terms for Accident Analyses," WCAP-9964, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, July 1981.6."Source Term Specification," ANS 18.1 Standard 1976.7."Radionuclide Release Under Specific LWR Accident Conditions," Draft NUREG-0956, USNRC, January 1983.8."Release of Fission Products From Fuel in Postulated Degraded Accidents," IOCOR DRAFT Report, July 1982.9."THI-2 Accident: Core Heat-up Analysis," NSAC/24, January 1981.10."Light Water Reactor Hydrogen Manual," NUREG/CR-2726, August 1983.11."Westinghouse Owners Group Transmittal of Volume III for High Pressure of Emergency Response Guidelines," 0.0.Kingsley, Jr.to 0.G.Eisenhut, Letter No.OG83, Section FR-C.l, January 1983.69 12.Analysis of the Three Mile Island Accident and Alternative Sequences, Prepared for NRC by Battelle, Columbus Laboratories, NUREG/CR-1219, January 1980.13.Westinghouse Owner's Group Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodo1ogy, Revision 1, March, 1984.70 INDIANA h MICHIGAN ELECTRIC COMPANY DONALD C.COOK NUCLEAR.PLANT UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
4.0  GENERALIZED CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT APPROACH II Selected results of various analyses of fission product release, core exit thermocouple readings, pressure vessel water level, containment radiogas monitor readings and hydrogen monitor readings have been summarized in Table 4-1. The intent of the summary is to provide a quick look at various criteria intended to define core damage over the broad ranges of:
No  Core Damage 0-50K                clad failure 50-100%              clad failure 0-50$                fuel pellet overtemperature 50-100%              fuel pellet overtemperature 0-505                fuel melt 50-100'X            fuel melt I
Although  this table is intended for generic applicability to most Mestinghouse pressurized water reactors, except where noted, various prior calculations are required to ascertain percentage release fractions, power, and containment volume corrections. These corrections are given within the prior text of this technical basis report.
The user should use as many    indicators as possible to differentiate between the various core damage states. Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.
II 65


===1.0 OBJECTIVE===
TABLE 4-1 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*
1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to'rovide a method to classify and estimate the extent of core damage through measurement of fission products released to the coolant and containment atmosphere together with auxiliary measurements of core exit thermocouple temperature, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and containment atmosphere hydrogen monitors.
Core Damage                                                        Containment Indicator                Percent                                  Radiogas and Type                                  Honitor            Core Exit                                        Nydrogen Core                              of Fission              Fission            (R/hr)            Thermocouples          Core                      Honitor Damage                            Products                Product            10  hrs after    Readings              Uncovery                  (Vol y H2)***
Category                          Released                Ratio              shutdown**        (oeg F)              Indication                6 Plant Type No clad  damage            Kr-87      <  lx10  3      Not Applicable                            < 750            No  uncovery          Neg 1 I g ibl e Xe-133 < lxl0 3 l-131 < lxl0"3 I-133 < lx'10 3 0-50$ clad damage          Kr-87      10-3    - 0.01  Kr-$7    0.022        0  -  660          750  -  1300      Core uncovery                    0-    \3 Xe-133 10 3        - O.l I-131      10 3    - 0.3    1-133    0.71 l-133      10 3    - 0.1 50-100K clad damage        Kr-87      D.Dl    - 0.02  Kr-87  ~ 0.022      660  to 1325      1300  -  1650      Core unqovery                    13  - 24 Xe-133 O.l        - 0.2 1-131 0.3          - 0.5    I"133 ~ 0.71 1-133 0.1          - 0.2 0-50$ fuel pellet          Xe-Kr.Cs,I                  Kr-87    0.22        1325  to 1.7(5)    > 1650            Core uncovery                    13  - 24 overtemperature            1  "  20 Sr-Ba 0      -  O.l        1-133  R 2.1 50-TOOL  fuel pellet        Xe-Kr,Cs, I                Kr-87    0.22        1.7(5) to 3.4(5)    > 165D            Core uncovery                    13  - 24 overtemperature            2D  -  40 Sr-Ba O.l      -  0.2      1-133 0 2.1 0-50K fuel melt            Xe,Kr,Cs, I 4D -        7D  Kr-87  ~ 0.22        3.4{5) to 5.8{5)    > 1650            Core uncovery                    13  - 24 Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr 0.1 - 0.8                1-133 ~ 2.1 50-100K  fuel melt        Xe,Kr,Cs,      I, Te        Kr-87  ~ 0.22        5.8(5)              >  \650          Core uncovery                    13  - 24
                            > 70 Sr,Ba > 24                  I-133 ~ 2.1 Pr > 0.8
    " This table is intended to    supplement the methodology outlined in this report and should not be used Mithout referring to this report and without considerable engineering )udgement.
  "" Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours.
  *** Ignitors may obviate these values.
Ail* rr-87    L
                ~-133 Xe-133'-131
: 5. 0  LIHITATIONS The emphasis  of this methodology is      on  radiochemical analysis of appropriate liquid and gaseous samples. The assumption has been made that appropriate post-accident systems are in place and functional and that representative samples are obtained.      Of particular concern, in the area of representative sampling, is the potential for plateout in the sample lines. In order to preclude such plateout,    it is assumed that proper attention to heat tracing of the sample lines and maintenance of sufficient purge velocities is inherent in the sampling system design.
Having obtained a representive    sample,    radiochemical analysis via gamma spectrometry are used to calculate the specific activity of various fission products released.
Radiochemical analyses of fission products under normal plant operating conditions are accurate to +10 percent. Radiochemical analyses of post accident samples which may be much more concentrated, and contain unfamiliar nuclides, and which must be performed expeditiously may have an error band of 20  to  50 percent.
Having obtained    specific activity-analysis, the calculation of total release requires knowledge of the total water volume from which the samples were taken. Care must thus be exercised in accounting for volumes of any water added. via ECCS and spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and melting ice of ice condenser plants. Additionally estimates of total sump water volumes have to be determined with data from sump level indicators.
Such estimates of water volume are probably accurate to +10 percent.
The  specific activity also requires a correction to adjust for the decay of the nuclide in which the measured specific activity is decay corrected to time.
of reactor shutdown. For some nuclides, precursor effects must be considered in the decay correction calculations. The precursor effect is limited to parent-daughter relationships for this methodology. A major assumption is made that the release percentages        of the parent and daughter are equal. For overtemperature and melt releases, this assumption is consistent with the technical basis presented in Sections 2.5 and 2.6, but the gap releases could be different by as much as a factor of 2.
67
 
The models used  for estimation of fission product release    from the gap activity  are based on the  ANS  5.4 standard. Background material for this
, report indicate the mode(, though empirical, is believed to have an accuracy of 20-25 percent. In our application of these models to core wide conditions, the core has arbitrarily been divided into three regions of low, intermediate, and high burnup. This representation predicted nominal values of release with maximum and minimum values that approach +100 percent of the nominal value.
Therefore these estimates of core damage should only be considered accurate to a factor of 2.
The models employed    for estimates of release at higher temperature have not been completely verified by experiment.      Additionally, calculations of expected core temperatures for severe accident conditions are still uncertainties are exacerbated by the manner in which various being'efined.
These accident scenarios leading to core melt have been combined to produce fission product release predictions for the core melt condition. Consideration of the melt release estimates shown in Table 2-11 for the refractory nuclides indicate a range of approximately + 70 percent.
From these  considerations  it is  clear that the combined uncertainties are such that core damage estimates using this methodology are sufficient only to establish major categories of fuel damage. This categorization, and confirmation of subcategorization will require extensive additional analysis for some several days past the accident date.
68
 
==7.0    REFERENCES==
: 1.  "Clarification of  THI  Action Plan Requirements,"    NUREG-0737, USNRC, November 1980.
: 2.  "A Report to the  Commission and    to Public,  NRC Special Inquiry Group,"
H. Rogovin, 1980.
: 3.  "ORIGEN  Isotope Generation and Depletion Code,"      Oak  Ridge National Laboratory, CCC-217.
: 4. Method  of calculating the fractional release of fission products from oxide  fuel,  ANSI/ANS 5.4  1982.
: 5.  "Iodine  and Cesium  Spiking Source Terms for Accident Analyses," WCAP-9964, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, July 1981.
: 6.  "Source Term  Specification,"  ANS  18.1 Standard  1976.
: 7.  "Radionuclide Release Under Specific      LWR Accident Conditions," Draft NUREG-0956, USNRC, January    1983.
: 8.  "Release of Fission Products From Fuel in Postulated        Degraded  Accidents,"
IOCOR DRAFT Report, July 1982.
: 9.  "THI-2 Accident:    Core Heat-up  Analysis,"  NSAC/24, January 1981.
: 10. "Light Water Reactor Hydrogen Manual,"      NUREG/CR-2726,  August 1983.
: 11. "Westinghouse Owners Group Transmittal of Volume        III for High  Pressure of Emergency Response Guidelines," 0. 0. Kingsley, Jr.        to 0. G. Eisenhut, Letter  No. OG83,  Section FR-C.l, January 1983.
69
: 12. Analysis of the Three Mile Island Accident and Alternative Sequences, Prepared for NRC by Battelle, Columbus Laboratories, NUREG/CR-1219, January 1980.
: 13. Westinghouse  Owner's Group Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodo1ogy, Revision 1, March, 1984.
70
 
INDIANA h MICHIGAN ELECTRIC COMPANY DONALD C. COOK NUCLEAR .PLANT UNIT  1 AND  UNIT 2 POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT 1.0 OBJECTIVE 1.1 The purpose of   this procedure is to'rovide   a method to classify   and estimate the extent of core damage through measurement of fission products released to the coolant and containment atmosphere together with auxiliary measurements of core exit thermocouple temperature, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and containment atmosphere hydrogen monitors.


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


===2.1 Mestinghouse===
2.1 Mestinghouse   Owner Group Post   Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology, Revision 1, March 1984.
Owner Group Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology, Revision 1, March 1984.3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Plant Evaluation Team in the Technical Support Center will be responsible for core damage assessment based on radionuclide analysis and auxiliary measurements.
3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Plant Evaluation Team     in the Technical Support Center will be responsible for core damage assessment based on radionuclide analysis and auxiliary measurements.
4.0 APPLICABILITY 4.1 Any plant. condition in which the operator would suspect      a loss of reactor core cooling or reactor core cooling      can no longer be maintained.
4.2 Any plant condition in which the operator would suspect failed fuel, and an estimate of the amount of failed fuel is required.
 
5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Nuclide Sampling 5 '.1  Request samples    of reactor coolant, containment atmosphere, and containment sump as indicated in Table 2. Table 1 1'ists the selected nuclides for core damage assessment.
5.1.2  Analyze the selected      samples  for isotopic specific activity with  no decay    correction applied to  sample  activities.
5.1.3  Complete Table 3A,    RCS  Activity Worksheet,  if sample was available  as  follows:
5.1.3.1 Record elapsed time from reactor shutdown to sample count.
5.1.3.2  Record    specific activities of nuclides in Ci/gm.
5.1.3.3 Determine    and record decay  correction factor using Table.4, Decay Correction Factor With Parent-Daughter Effect.
9 5.1.3.4 Determine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.
5.1.4  Complete Table 3B, Containment Sump      Activity Worksheet,  if sample was  available,    as follows:
5.1.4.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample.
count.
 
5.1.4.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.
5.1.4.3 Oetermine    and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.
5.1.4.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.
5.1.5  Complete Table 3C, Containment Atmosphere    Activity Worksheet as fol 1 ows:
5.1.5.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample count.
5.1.5.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.
5.1.5.3 Oetermine    and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.
5.1.5.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.
5.2 Liquid Mass 5.2.1  Estimate the total liquid mass by completing Table 5, Estimate of Total Liquid Mass Worksheet.
5.2.2  If both    a RCS sample and a containment sump sample was obtained, an estimate of the RCS water mass and containment water mass is needed. Use Table 6, Estimate of RCS Water Mass
 
and Containment Water Mass Worksheet      to estimate the distribution of the water.      Record the RCS mass in Table 3A and the containment    mass  in Table 3B.
5.2.3  If only  one  of the liquid samples (RCS or containment sump) was obtained, use the total liquid mass calculated in 5.2.1 as the water mass associated with that sample. Record water in either Table 3A (RCS) or Table 3B (containment sump).
t 5.3 Containment Volume 5.3.1  Since the containment atmosphere sample is collected at the containment building pressure and the sample volume is not corrected to standard conditions, no adjustment factor is needed to the known containment volume. The known containment volume  (3.5xl0 10 cc) is recorded in Table  3C.
5.4 Total Activity Released 5.4.1  RCS 5.4.1.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the RCS by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the RCS mass. Record in Table 3A.
5.4.2  Containment    Sump 5.4.2.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment water by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment water mass. Record in Table 3B.
 
5.4.3  Containment Atmosphere 5.4.3.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment atmosphere by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment volume.
Record in Table 3C.
5.4.4  Total Activity Released of  Each  Nuclide 5.4.4.1 Record in Table 7, Total Release Activity/Percent Released, the activity of each nuclide of each sample location.
5.4.4.2  Sum  the activities of each nuclide of each sample to determine total activity released of each nuclide, Record in Table 7.
5.5 Total Core Inventory 5.5.1  Power  History 5.S.1.1 Record in Table 8, Power Correction Factor, the plant power history during the 30 days prior to shutdown.
5.5.2  Power  Correction Factor 5.5.2.1  If power  history indicates steady state  power level during the  30 days or 4 days  (depending on the nuclide) prior to shutdown, use the steady state power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF). Record in Table 7.
5.S.2.2 If power  history indicates fluctuating power levels during the 30 days prior to shutdown, use the transient power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF). Record in Table 7.
 
5.5.2.3 To  determine the power correction factor for Cs-134 first determine the average power during the entire operating period during the cycle prior to shutdown.
Use this average power and Figure 4 to estimate power correction factor. Record in Table 7.
5.5.3  Adjusted Core Inventory 5.5.3.1 Determine and record in Table 7 the adjusted core inventory for each nuclide by multiplying the equilibrium full-power inventory (listed in Table 7) by the power correction factor.
5.6 Estimation of Percent Fuel      Damage 5.6.1  Determine the percentage      of the corrected core inventory released of each nuclide by dividing the total activity released by the corrected core inventory. Record in Table 7.
5.6.2  Using the appropriate core damage graphs,        Figures 5 through 17, determine the percent clad failure, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt as a function of the nuclide release percentage. Use the curve that best represents core burnup. Record the percentages of clad damage, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt in Table 10, Core Damage Assessment Evaluation Sheet.
Note:    Iodine spiking should    be  considered  for  cases  where the assessment  is between  no  fuel  damage  and minor    clad failure. If percent  clad  failure is not in    agreement with values obtained from other nuclides, spiking may have occurred. Refer to Figure 8 if this is the case..
5.7 Nuclide  Activity Ratios 5.7.1  Determine the activity ratios for noble gases and iodines by completing Table  ll,  Nuclide Activity Ratios.
 
5.7.2  Compare  the calculated    activity ratios with the gap activity ratios and fuel pellet ratios listed in Table ll. Calculated activity ratios less than gap activity ratios are indicative of clad failures. Calculated activity ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures (fuel overheat and fuel melt).
5.7.3  Record  in Table  10  the calculated core  damage  state.
5.8 Auxiliary Indicators 5.8.1  Oetermine from reactor vessel level instrumentation or other sources  if  at any time the core became uncovered. No uncovery is indicative of no fuel damage, and core uncovery is indicative of all core    damage states. Record uncovery  history in Table 10.
5.8.2  Obtain core exit thermocouple readings and compare these values with those listed in Table 12. 8ased on Table 12, Characteristics of Categories of Fuel Oamage, record temperature in Table 10 under appropriate core damage state.
5.8.3  Obtain containment hydrogen concentration.        Compare hydrogen concentration hydrogen concentration under appropriate core damage  state.
5.8.4  Use hydrogen  concentration with Figure 18 to determine extent of zirconium-water reaction. Record percentage of zirconium water reaction in Table 10.
Note:    If ignitors    have been activated or a burn has been indicated, quantitative use of the hydrogen concentration is limited. It can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed. This assumption can
 
be used  qualitatively to indicate that    some  percentage of zirconium has reacted, but    it  is difficult to determine extent of the reaction.
5.8.5  Obtain the containment high range area radiation monitor readings and the time after shutdown the readings were obtained. Compare the readings with Figure 19 to estimate the corresponding extent of core damage.      Record the monitor reading in Table 10 under the appropriate core damage state.
5.9 Core Damage Assessment 5.9.1  Perform the  final  core damage assessment by evaluating the data in Table 10. It  is unlikely that complete agreement between the indicators will result in the same estimate of core damage. The evaluation should be the best estimate based on all parameters, thei r interrelationship, and engineering judgment.
The user should use as many    indicators  as  possible to differentiate  between the various core damage    states. Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.
 
TABLE 1 SELECTEO NUCLIOES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State        Nuclide      Half-Life*      Predominant Gamas  Kev  Yield  X
* Clad  Failure    Kr-85m**    4.4  h      150(74), 305(13)
Kr-87        76  m        403(84), 2570(35)
Kr-88**      2.8 h        191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)
Xe-131m      11.8 d      164(2)
Xe-133      5.27    d    81(37)
Xe-133m**    2.26    d    233 (14)
Xe-135*+    9.14    h    250(91)
I-131        8.05    d    364(82)
I-132      ,2.26    h    773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)
I-133        20.3    h    530(90)
I-135        6.68    h    1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)
Rb-88        17.8    m    898(13), 1863(21)
Fuel Overheat    Cs-134      2  yl        605(98), 796(99)
Cs-137      30  yr      662(85)
Te-129      68.7    m    455(15)
Te-132      77.7    h    230(90)
Fuel Melt        Sr-89        52.7    d    (beta emitter) 9 0**    28  yr      (beta emitter)
Ba-140      12.8 d      537(34)
La-140      40.22 h      487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)
La-142      92.5 m      650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)
Pr-144      17.27 m      695(1.5)
* Val.ues obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman,
  -Sixth Edition.
** These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides,
 
TABLE    2 Su  ested  Sam  lin  Locations Principal                        Other Scenario                  Sam  lin  Locations            Sam lin  Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power > lg*    RCS Hot Leg, Containment              RCS Pressurizer Atmosphere Reactor Power < lg*    RCS Hot Leg                            RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > lg*    Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Reactor Power < lX*    Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Steam Line Break          RCS  Hot Leg,                          RCS Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube      RCS Hot Leg, Secondary                Containment Rupture                    System                                Atmosphere Indication of Signifi-    Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump      Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building      Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm    Containment Sump Safety Injection          RCS  Hot Leg                          RCS Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High        RCS  Hot Leg                          RCS Pressurizer Radiation Level in  RCS
* Assume operating at that level for    some l'I appreciable time.
 
TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY MORKSMEEl Elapse Time              Measured                              Corrected Shutdown  to  Sample Count Specific Activity    Oecay  Correction Specific Activity RCS Mass RCS Activity Nuclide          t    hours                                    Factor          Ci/  m      ~ms          Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1  131 1  132 I  133 1  135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La  \40 La 142 Pr 144
 
TABLE 38 CONTAINHEHT SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time              Measured                              Corrected      Containment Containment Shutdown  to  Sample Count Specific Activity    Oecay Correction  Specific Activity Water Hass  Mater Activity Huc 1 ide          t    hours              Ci/ ms              Factor                        ~IIIS            Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I  131 I  132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144
 
TABLE 3C CONTAIHHEHT ATHOSPHERE ACTIVITY NDRKSHEET Elapse Time              Heasured                              Corrected    Containment Containment Shutdown  to  Sample Count Specific Activity    Decay  Correction  Specific Activity Volume        Activity Huc  de          t    hours                                    Factor          ~CI  cc          CC            Ci Kr 85m Kr BT Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144
 
TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR*
WITH PARENT-DAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide    Correction Factor 0.158t Kr 85m      e
              '.547t Kr 87      e 0.248t Kr 88      e
(-3.59E-3)t          6
(-2.45E-3)t Xe 131m 5.48E-3)t + 1        (-1.2 E-2)t Xe 133      1/-0 187 3.41E-2)t            0 10                      287 3.41E-2)t                  1.28E-2)t
                          '0 Xe 133m    1/ 0 10                      1 11
(-1.04E-1)t                  2.67)t + 10 17      7 .58E-2)t Xe 135      1/ 9 14                      0 033 (
(3.59E-3)t I 131      e I 132      1/1 03                        03 (3.41E-2)t I 133      e e
0.104t Rb 88          1  10 (
0 248  t  0 10 2 34  t Cs 134      1.0 Cs 134      1.0
(-0.161)t      0 167
(-8.47E-4)t    0 257  (0.605)t Te 129      1/1 09 (8.92E-3)t Te 132      e (2.26E-3)t Ba 140      e La 140            08 (
2e26E 3)t 0 08 (
1  a72E 2)t 3 78)t              ( 0  450)t La 142      1/ 0 145                  1  14 Pr 144      1/0 909 1  02E  4)t    0 091
(  2.41)t
*Time,  t, is the  number of hours between shutdown and time of sample count.
 
TABLE 5
                            'ESTIMATE  OF TOTAL  LIgUIO HASS
: l. Estimate the volume added      for the following:
Estimated Volume        Maximum Volume Tank                            Added              ~d
: a. Refueling Water Storage Tank                                      372,250
: b. Accumulator A                                                      -7,263
: c. Accumulator B                                                        7,263
: d. Accumulator C                                                        7,263
: e. Accumulator 0                                                        7,263
: f. Boron Injection  Tank                                                  900
: g. Spray Additive Tank                                                  4,000
: h. Other source Total
: i. Melted Ice                            Estimated  Mass Added        Haximum Hass Added ( ibm) 2.7xl0 6
: 2. Convert estimated volume added from gallons to grams.
Added volume:
                          , gallons  x 3785 gms/gal  =                        gms
: 3. Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains
                          ,  ibm x 454 grams/ibm =                    gms 8
: 4. The average  Reactor Coolant System Mass is 2.40 x 10        gms.
: 5. Oetermine the Total Liquid Mass as        follows:
Mass added                        gms  + melted ice mass                        gms 8
  + RCS  mass  2.4 x  10    gms =                          gms
 
TABLE 6 KSTIHATE    OF. RCS MATER HASS~ AND CONTAINHENT MATER HASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE =        ll,780  ft3
: 1. Record the  reactor vessel level, pressuri zer        1 evel,  and  RCS temperature at time when sample was taken.
Reactor vessel    level      =
Pressurizer level RCS  temperature                                    oF
: 2. Determine  RCS  volume      at time 'of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.
ft    x                  X+  100
: 3. Determine  RCS  specific gravity from Figure        l.
RCS  specific gravity        =
: 4. Determine  RCS mass    as    follows:
RCS  volume  (ft3 )  x  specific gravity    x ~
                                                  ~1.0 cc x
28.3 ft3 3
x 10 cc 3
28.3 x 10 cc ft  x                  x
                                        ~1.0 cc x
ft3
: 5. Record the Containment Sump          level indication  and  the containment level indication.
Containment Sump Level =
Containment Level
 
TABLE 6    (Continued)
ESTIMATE OF RCS WATER MASS* AND CONTAINMENT WATER HASS r
3 AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME =        11,780 ft,
: 6. Determine containment water volume from Figures              2  and 3 using  the levels from Step 5.
Note:  If sump  level indicates    sump  is  full  use Figure 3.
Containment Water Volume      =
: 7. Determine containment water      specific gravity from Figure          l.
Containment water    specific activity      =
: 8. Determine containment water mass as follows:
3 1.0
                                                              '      m  28.3  x 10  cc Containment water volume x      specific gravity    x cc          ft3 3
1.0          28.3  x 10 cc ft  x                        X CC gm X
gms "If a  reactor vessel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5) to determine RCS water mass.
Total Water Hass                gms  containment water mass                          gills
= RCS mass                gIllS
 
TOTAL RELEASE ACT IVITY/PERCEHT RELEASED  UHIT  1 RCS          Containment          Containment          Total        Equilibrium                          Corrected Activity      Sump  Activity    Atmosphere  Activity    Activity    Core  Inventory*  Power  Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*
guuc) de      cl          ~c                        Ci                C%                Ci              Factor            Ci Kr  85m                                                                            2.0 (7)
KR 87                                                                                3.6 (7)
Kr 88                                                                                5.2 (7)
Xe 131m                                                                              5.7 (5)
Xe 133                                                                              1.8 (8)
Xe 133m                                                                              2.5 (7)
Xe 135                                                                              3.4 (7)
I  'l31                                                                              8.9 (7)
I  132                                                                              1.3 (8)
I  133                                                                              1.8 (8)
I  135                                                                              1.6 (8)
Rb 88                                                                                5.3 (7)
Cs 134                                                                              2.1 (7)
Cs 137                                                                              1.0  (7)
Te 129                                                                              3.0  (7)
Te 132                                                                              1.3  (8)
Ba 140                                                                              1.5  (8)
La 140                                                                              1.6  (8)
La 142                                                                              1.4  (8)
Pr 144                                                                              1.1 (8)
* 2.0 (7)  2.0 x 10 7 . This notation is used throughout the procedure.
**Release Percentage            Total Activit        x 100 Corrected Core Inventory
 
TABLE 78 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASED -  UNIT 2 RCS    Containment        Containment            Total      Equilibrium                            Corrected Activity  Sump  Activity  Atmosphere  Activity    Activity    Core  Inventory*    Power  Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage" I~tuel de    Cl          Ci                  Ci                Ci              Ci                Factor            Ci Kr  85m                                                                      2.1 (7)
Kr 87                                                                        3.8  (7)
Kr 88                                                                        5.4  (7)
Xe 131m                                                                      6.0  (5)
Xe 133                                                                        1.9  (8)
Xe 133m                                                                      2.7  (7)
Xe 135                                                                        3.5  (7)
I  131                                                                        9.3  (7)
I 132                                                                        1.3  (8)
I 133                                                                        1.9  (8)
I  135                                                                        1.7  (8)
Rb 88                                                                        5.5  (7)
Cs 134                                                                        2.2  (7)
Cs 137                                                                        1.0  (7)
Te 129                                                                        3.1  (7)
Te 132                                                                        1.3  (8)
Ba  140                                                                      1.6  (8)
La 140                                                                        1.7  (8)
La 142                                                                        1.4  (8)
Pr 144                                                                        1.1  (8)
**Release Percentage      Total Activit Corrected Core Inventory  x 100
 
TABLE 8 POWER    HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Interval      Average Power Level*        Operating Period at Pj Period Between end of and Reactor Shutdown tj Pj                            tj  hours                          tj    hours Power  Correction Factor        PCF  **
Stead -State Power Condition  PCF                                  Transient Power Condition        PCF I. Half-Life of        Nuclide  <  1  Da
                                                                                    -X t      -Lit '
Avera  e Power Level HWt for    rior    4 da s                        P    (1  e      j)  e Rated Power Level (Hwt)
Rated Power Level (HWt)
I I. Hal f-Lif e  of  Nuc1 ide  >  1  Da Avera e Power Level HWt for      rior    30 da    s                  K P    (1  e  j j)  e i j Rated Power Level (Hwt)
Rated Power Level (HWt)
III. Half-Life of Nuclide  1          Year Avera e Power Level HWt for      rior    1    ear                          Effective Full    Power Da s    EFPD Rated Power Level (HWt)                                      Total Calendar      Days of Cycle    Operation
* Average Power Level is defined as the power level at which the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.
**)i  = decay constant in hours  1  .of each nuclide.      Xi of each nuclide      is listed in Table 9.
 
TABLE 9 OEGAY CONSTANTS  (ki) OF EACH NUCLIOE
                                                          -1 Nuc 1 i de        Half-Life                      hours Kr 85m              4.4  h                      0.158 Kr 87              76  m                          0.547 Kr 88                2.8  h                      0.248 Xe 131m            11.8d                          2.45{-3)
Xe 133              5.27d                        5.48{-3)
Xe 133m              2.26d                        1.28{-2)
Xe 135              9.14h                        7.58(-2)
I  131              8.05d                        3.59(-3)
, I  132              2.26h                        0.307 I  133              20.3 h                        3.41(-2)
I  135              6.68 h                        0.104 Rb 88              17.8 m                        2.34 Cs  134              2  yr                        3.96(-5)
Cs 137              30  yr                        2.64(-6)
Te 129              68.6 m                        0.605 Te 132              77.7 h                        8.92(-3)
Ba 140              12.8 d                        2.26( -3)
La 140              40.22 h                        1.72(-2)
La 142              92.5 m                        0.450 Pr 144              17.27 m                        2. 41
 
TABLE 10 CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT  EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad          Percent          Percent Indicator              Dama e        Overtem erature      Fuel Melt
                          < 505    > 50%    < 50'A    > 505  < 50%    > 50$
Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I  131 I  132 I 133 I 135 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133 Xe 131m/Xe 133
 
TABLE 10  (Continued)
CORE'AMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad              Percent        Percent Indicator                Dama  e          Overtem  erature    Fuel Melt 505    > 505'        50'g    > 50'A < 50%    > 505 Ratio (Con't)
Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe 135/Xe 133 I 132/I  131 I 133/I  131 I 135/I  131 Auxi liar    Indicators Core Uncovered Core  Exit  Temp    'F Containment    H  5 Zirc  Water    Reaction 5 Ignitors  On?
High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr
 
TABLE 11 NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Gap                  Fuel  Pellet  Calculated Nuclide                            Activit Ratio  Activit Ratio+
Kr 85m      0.022                      0.11 Kr 87        0.022                      0.22 Kr 88        0.045                      0.29 Xe 131m      0.004                      0.004 Xe 133      1.0                        1.0 Xe 133m      0.096                      0.14 Xe 135      0.051                      0.19 I 131        1.0                        1.0 I 132      0.17                        1.5 I 133      0.71                        2.1 I 135      0.39                        1.9 Noble Gas Nuclide Released      Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci)
Iodine Nuclide Released    Ci I-131 Released (Ci)
 
TABLE    12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*
Core Oamage                                                  Containment Indicator              Percent                                Radiogas and Type                              Noni tor              Core  Exit                                      Hydrogen Core                            of Fission          Fission          (R/hr)                Thermocouples          Core                    Honitor Oamage                            Products            Product          10  hrs after        Readings                Uncovery                (Vol  K Hq)**~
Category                        Released            Ratio            shutdown*"            (Beg F)                Indi cat ion            6 Plant Type Ko  clad  damage            Kr-BT < lxl0 3        Hot Applicable                              < 750            Ho  uncovery          Negligible Xe-133 < lx10 3 1-131 < lx10 3 I-133 < lxl0 3 0-50K clad damage            Kr-81  10 3  - 0.0)  Kr-BT    0.022        0 -  660            150  -  1300        Core uncovery                  0 - 13 Xe-133 10 3  O.l I"131  10 3  - 0.3    1-133    0.11 1-133  10 3  - 0.1 50-100K clad damage          Kr-81 0.01  0.02      Kr-81    0.022      660  to 1325        1300  1650          Core uncovery                13-2i Xe-133 D.l    - 0.2 1-131 0.3      0.5    I-133    0.71 I-133 0.1      0.2 0-50$ fuel pellet            Xe-Kr,Cs,I            Kr-87 ~ 0.22        1325  to 1.1(5)      > 1650              Core uncovery                13  - 2i overtemperature              ) -20 Sr-Ba 0  - O.l        l-133 ~ 2.1 50-100K fuel    pellet      Xe-Kr,Cs,l            Kr-BT    0.22      1.1(5) to 3.I(5)      > 1650              Core uncovery                13 - 24 overtemperature              20  40 Sr-Ba O.l  -  0.2      I-133    2.1 0-50$ fuel melt              Xe,Kr,Cs,l 10 - 70    Kr-81 ~ 0.22        3.4(5) to 5.8(5)      > 1650              Core uncovery                13  - 24 I        Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr O.l - 0.8          I-133    2.1 50-IOOX  fuel melt          Xe,Kr,Cs,I,Te          Kr-87    0.22        5.8(5)                > 1650              Core uncovery                13-21
                            > TO Sr,Ba > 2i            1-133    2.1 Pr > 0.8
* This table is intended to supplement the methodology outlined in this report    and should  not be used without referring to this report and without considerable engineering )udgement.
  ** Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours.
"** Ignitors may obviate these values.
**@a KLOL LlR Xe-133'-131
 
800.
700.
600
    .500 ~
A 400 Cl Cl 300 8
I 200
                              ~/o STP FiGURE 1 MATER OENSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS STP)
 
90
  '0
    'O
    ~
50
    '0, 30    ~
20
      'p.
0    ~
                                'IOLVNE. Ft3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION
 
90..
80.
70 '
4 60 ~
CD 50 ~
CD I
CD 40, 20
      'D CD        CD                  CD      CD CD      CD        CD        CD        CD      CD CD      CD        CD        O        CD      CD CD      CD        CD        CD        CD      CD
                  'N                CQ        Ca        CD FIGURE 3    CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION
 
1.0 0.9                                                                              90K POWER O.e
;R CORRECTION
-ACTOR                                                                                        75$ POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 200              400                600              800              1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR .DAYS)
FIGURE 4 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR CS-134 BASED  ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION
 
0.1 F 07 F 05
          ~ 03
          ~ 02 F 01
        .007                                                        J'
        .005
        .003
        .002 o
CIJ 001 J'C u)    ~
t5 7 '-4 Ol 5 '-4                                      <e                ~
                                                                    /
o 3.0-4
~)  ,2.0-C                                          ~o+
P 0
1 '-4 7 ~ 0-5 3 '-5 2  0-5 1 ~ 0" 5 CV O'
Y)  Ih O
h.
O CV '6    0  h. O    O CV
                                                                ~  0  0 lh O
h 00 Clad Damage (5)
FIGURE 5  RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INYENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87
 
0.7 0.5 0.3                                                                          /
0'
                                                                            /
0,1
                                                                      / /
Ol F 07                                                        /
F 05
                                                            / /
CJ                                                      r
    ~ 03 5
O
    ~ 02 CP e
(a%
e F 01 O
  ~ 007 eo~        r
  .005                                          o+
  .003 002
  .001 l    CV
                  ~
                    ')~
Ill
                          ~  ~  ~
                                                  ~
IA  h
                                                      ~
0
                                                          ~        ~
0CV    0
                                                                          ~
0
                                                                                ' i 0 0Q
                                                                                    ~
0
              ~
                ~ 0  0  0 0                                            Yl  Ih h Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE  6  RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M
 
0.7 0 5~
0.3 0~2                                                                              /
F 1
      ~ 07 05
                                                                        //
03
      ~
                                                                    /
e .02 CY o
apl                                                                          r
    ,ppr                                ~~0) r        ~a~
r Ol
    . 005                                          e<
~o r
    .003                                                      q4 io
    .002 F 001 o
CV 0
                    ~
Y) 0
                        ~
                              ~ Ih 0
                                ~
                                  ~ o,,
h
                                      ~
                                        ~
                                            ~
                                              . ~,
cv    Y) '
                                                            ~  ~
vl h ' o~
                                                                      ~  ~
ocv o
                                                                                ~
r)
                                                                                    ~
0 0 o.
In t 0
                                                                                        ~
Clad Damage (5)
FIGURE    7    RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE MITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133
 
I ~
0 T
        .0. 5 0'
0.2 0 I~
        ~ OT
        .05
        ~ 03
        .02                                                          r F 01
                                    ~~0)
      .OOT F 005                                          gQ r
      ~ 003 gO 002 S
o F  001 QJ T ~  0-4 5 '-4 c
s  3 '-4 o
2 '-4 I 0-4
    ~
T.O"5 5'. 0-5 3 '"5 2 '-5 1.0-5 cv                    ~  ~  ~  ~
Yl  IO h.      o  n0  eo r0 oo
                      ~  0    ~
o    o  o    0 0
                                  ~        CV cv Clad Damage (g)
FIGURE    8 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF  I-131
 
I ~
0' 0.5 0.3 0 2 0~ I
              ~ 07
              ~ 05 03
              ~ 02                            qO  r
                                                  ~go9
              ~ 01
          .007 e
          .005 r
          ~ 003                                  gO+ r
          .002 S-O F  001 7  '-4 5 '-4 CJ
  ~  3.0-<
0 2  '-4 I ~  0-4 7  '-5 5 '"5 3 '-5 2 '-5
    'I  ~  0-. 5 C
IA h.  ~    ~    ~  ~ ~  ~
0
                            ~
0  O
                                    ~      CV    Yl  N h  0    0cv n0  n0 D
                                                                            ~
O o
Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE  9 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-131 WITH SPIKING
 
O.I
          .07 F 05
          ~ 03
          ~ 02
          ~ OI F 007
        .005
      .003
      ~  002
'a
      .OOI e T.0-4 5.0-<                                                +e O 3    0"4
                                                  ~O 2    0-4 5
I.0-4 o0  ~ F  0-5 5.0-5 3 '-5 2 '-S I'-5 CV    Y)    IA h.  ~
0    O    O
                                    ~
O
                                      ~
0CV 0 A
O Ill Q
h 0
Q Clad Damage (5)
FIGURE    10    RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-132
 
1 ~
0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0  ~ 1
        ~ 07
        ~ 05
        ~ 03
        ~ 02
        ~  01 F 007                                      r 005 003                                      ~qS g<~r s
0 002 qO~  r F  001                                              gO 7.O-C 5
5 '"I o  3.0-4 2 '-4 1 '"4 7 '-5 5 '"5 3.0-5 2 '"5 1 '"5 CV, Yl  n            ~
6~
0
                                                          ~  ~
: h. 0
                                                                ~
O O
                                                                          ~
0
                                                                              ~ J O
                                                                                    ~
O  . 0  Q    0  O CV    ~
                                                      ~            OJ  lO h    0 Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE 11    RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF, I-133
 
1 ~
0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 0~1
        ~ 07
        .05 03                                                            r r F
        .02                                                          r
        ~ 01
      .007
      .005 r
                                                  'Pr                          r I    .003
      .002 e
o    .001                            r                      gO 7.0-4 5  '-4 S-3.0-4 o  2.0-4 1 ~  0-4 7  ~  0" 5 5  ~  0-5
  '3. 0-5 2  ~  0-5 1  ~
r 0-5 CV    Y)    N~ h    ~      ~  \    0  ~    ~
Q
                        ~
0
                              ~
Q  Q
                                        ~ y        Ol l9  lA  h  . Q    Q OJ o
t9 Q
lh o Q0 h
CIad Damage (X)
FIGURE    12  RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF    1-135
 
0 ~
0~
0 ~
0 ~
r
      ~ 0
      ~ 0 gQ F 01 F 00
                                        ~~0)
F 00                                      8 00 r
    ~
:00                                          ~a~Q r  r O                                            gQ Cl 7 '"0-a
    ~001 5
3 ~ 0-~
S o  2.0->
    '"~
1 7 '"0-5 ~
3 ~ 0" 2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-CV W  V)            ~    ~
                            ~ ~    hl  A  N  N O      O  O  O  O  O O  O  O  O                            CV Yl  V) W  O Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE 12  RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH ~ CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-135
 
100    ~
70
          '0
        '0
        '0
        '0 5
re 3 ~
(D 1
CJ o  0.7 0 ~
0 ~
0~
0 ~ 1 O    O Fuel Overtemperature (X)
FIGURE 13 RELATIONSHIP OF ~~'UEL OVERTEMPERATURE- WITH 'X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I,  OR CS
 
1 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0.1
      ~ 0
                                      .~gC'
      ~ 0 r
r    gO+
      ~ 01 CC
    ~ 00 S
F 00 F 00 F 00 S
0 F 001 7 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 ~ 0-2 '"
1 ~ 0-0                  O    0  " O N  h lh  h    Q Fuel Overtemperature  (X)
FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR
 
)00
        '0.
r 50
        '0
      ~
20
    '0
    ~
o+r 5
r r
    ~
y~+
2 ~
0.7        r 0.
0~
0 ~
O.l lA  h    0                    O N
0 h
O Q
Fuel Melt (5)
FIGURE 15  RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, CS, OR TE
 
100. 0
: 10. 0 1.0 0.1
: 0. 01 1.0                              10.0                        100.0 fuel MeIt P)
FIGURE 16 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL MELT WITH ~o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR
 
100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0                                10. 0                      100.0 Fuel Melt (5)
FIGURE 17 RELATIONSHIP OF  'X 'FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR
 
30..
25  ~
20
  '5 UNIT 2
  ~
UNIT  1
              /
            /
          /
a            a      a      a      a      a        a    aC) aC'. aa CV                            EO Z IRC-MAl'ER REAC t' ON PKRCc.H f.hGK FIGURE  18  CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION
 
100% NOBLE GAS RELEASE 52K NOBLE GAS RELEAS 0.3% NOBLE  GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1 NORtQL  OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0                  10.0                  100. 0  1000. 0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS)
FIGURE 19  PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2
 
APPENOIX 8 EXAMPLE OF CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT The  following example    is, presented to illustrate      the use of this procedure.
SIMULATED ACCIDENT SCENARIO For  this example, Unit    1  has  experienced an accident where the plant's monitoring systems indicated that safety injection had initiated and a significant amount of water had accumulated in the containment. Samples were available from the primary coolant (hot leg), the containment sump, and the containment atmosphere.
NUCLIDE SAMPLING Samples  were counted  6  hours    after reactor  shutdown. The  results of the sample counts are presented        in Tables  3A, 38, and 3C.
All  sample  activities reported represent        the activity of  the sample at the time of analysis and have not undergone a decay correction back to time of shutdown. The decay correction factors are determined from Table 4 and recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C. The corrected sample activities are then determined by multiplying the sample activity by the correction factor. The corrected sample activities are recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C.
LI  UID MASS Table  5 was  completed to determine      total liquid  mass available for distribution in the    RCS  and  containment. All 4  accumulators had discharged, the RNST had supplied 350,000 gallons, and the boron injection tank (900 gallons) had depleted.. Also,        it  is assumed that all of the ice had melted 6                                                        9 supplying 2.7 x 10 ibm of water. A total water mass of 2.91 x 10 gram was  calculated.
At the time of sampling, the RCS temperature was 350'F, and the containment water temperatture was 150'F. The reactor vessel level indication system was not functioning properly at time of sampling, and no indication was able to be
 
recorded.      As  such, the containment water was then determined. The containment    sump  level indicated the sump was full while the containment level indicated an 87'X height. r Referring to Figure 3, 87 percent corresponds to a range of possible volumes for the containment.        A containment water volume of 98,000 ft was then estimated by taking the average of the range; 98,000 3
ft3 of containment water at 1504F corresponds to 2.77 x 10 9 grams.
8 Subtracting this from the total water mass, a RCS water mass of 1.4 x 10 grams was determined.      The RCS and containment water masses were recorded in Table  3A and    38, respectively.
TOTAL ACTIVITY RELEASED The  total activity released of each nuclide for each sample location        was  then calculated by multiplying the corrected sample activity by the water          mass  or containment volume and recorded in Tables 3A, 38, and 3C.
These values were again recorded        in Table 7A. The total activity of  each nuclide    was  calculated  by summing the  activity for each sample  location  and was  recorded in Table    7A.
TOTAL CORE INVENTORY The power      history for the  30 days  prior to reactor shutdown was recorded in Table 8. The power correction factors for Kr-87 and I-132 were determined by the steady-state power correction equation For nuclide with half-lives less than  1  day. The power correction factors for Xe-133, I-131, and Ba-140 were determined by the transient power correction factor for nuclides with half-lives greater than day. For Cs-137, the transient power correction 1
factor uti.lizing effective full power days of operation during the cycle was used. In this example, the core had operated for 240 effective full power days during the 400 days of cycle operation.        The power correction factor for Cs-137    is 240 EFPD 400 Days The power    correction factors were recorded in Table    7A.
 
The  total corrected inventory was then calculated by multiplying the equilibrium core inventory (listed in Table 7A) by the power correction factor. The total corrected core inventory was recorded in Table 7A.
ESTIMATION OF PERCENT FUEL OAHAGE Completing Table 7A, the percentage of corrected core inventory released of each nuclide was calculated from the corrected activity released and the corrected core inventory. The percent released for each nuclide was used with the appropriate graphs of Figures 4 through 16 to determine the category and estimate of core damage. Estimates were entered in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Table  ll was  completed to determine the nuclide  activity ratios. The ratios were compared    to the gap and  fuel pellet activity ratios listed in Table 11 and  then recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
AUXILIARY INOICATORS It was    determined that the core had uncovered for approximately 30 minutes during the accident. The core exit thermocouple readings reached 1750'F.
These values were compared with Table 12 and recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
The  containment hydrogen monitor indicated    a 4X  hydrogen concentration, but the ignitors had    initiated and some hydrogen burning had taken place.
The high range containment area      monitor indicated a reading of 2.5E4 R/hr at 6 hours after the shutdown. Comparing 2.5E4 R/hr with Figure 18 and Table 12, this value was recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
 
CORE OAHAGE ASSESSMENT All data collected in    Tab)e 10 was evaluated to estimate the extent of core damage.
The  nuclides analyzed for this. assessment  were Kr-87, Xe-133, I-'131,  I-132, Cs-137, and Ba-140. The noble gases,  iodine,  and cesium are released during all  stages  of core damage with Ba-140 being a characteristic fission product of fuel overtemperature and fuel melt. Based on the Ba-140 data, the damage had progressed to approximately 20$ fuel overtemperature and minor fuel melt
(< 1$ ). The noble gas and iodine data indicated greater than 100 percent clad damage had occurred. However, it  is recognized that in actuality there is an overlap between the regimes of core damage states.      The release due to overtemperature dominated the release due to clad damage, and      it is estimated that a large amount {>50%) clad damage had occurred.
J The  auxiliary indicators supported the radionuclide analysis. The fact that the core uncovered and the core exit thermocouples reached around 1750'F are indicative that fuel overtemperature had occurred. The hydrogen concentration of 4X, was inconclusive due to the ignitors forcing some hydrogen burns.
However, the fact that there was a significant amount of hydrogen produced for burning to occur supports the assessment that the core experienced clad damage and  fuel overtemperature. The high range containment area monitor readings of 3.5E4 supports the less than 50$ fuel overtemperature damage state.
Thus,  for this example, the final fuel damage assessment is greater than      50%
clad failure, less than 50K fuel overtemperature, and the possibility of      some very minor fuel melting (< lA).
 
TABLE    1 SELECTE NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State        Nuclide      Ha 1 f -Li f e>    Predominant  Gammas K'ev  Yi el d Clad  Failure    Kr-85m>>      4.4    h        150(74), 305(13)
Kr-87        76  m          403(84), 2570(35)
Kr-88>>      2.8 h          191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)
Xe-131m      11.8 d          164(2)
Xe-133      5.27 d          81(37)
Xe-133m>>    2.26 d          233 (14)
Xe-135>>      9.14 h          250(91)
I-131        8.05 d          364(82)
I-132        2.26 h          773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)
I-133        20.3            530(90)
I-135        6.68 h          1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)
Rb-88        17.8 m          898(13), 1863(21)
Fuel Overheat    Cs-134      2  yr          605(98), 796(99)
Cs-137      30,  yr        662(85)
Te-129      68.7    m      455(15)
Te-132      77.7    h      230(90)
Fuel Melt        Sr-89        52.7 d          (beta emitter)
Sr -90>>      28 yr          (beta emitter)
Ba-140      12.8 d          537(34)
La-1 40      40.22 h        487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)
La-1 42      92.5 m          650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)
Pr-144      17.27 m        695(1.5)
Values obtained f rom Table of I soto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition.
"" These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for.
candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides.
 
TABLE 2 Su  ested  Sam  lin  Locations Principal                        Other Scenario                  Sam  lin  Locations            Sam  lin  Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power > lN*    RCS Hot Leg, Containment              RCS  Pressuri zer Atmosphere Reactor Power  < 1~+  RCS Hot Leg                            RCS  Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > 1~*    Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Reactor Power  < l~+  Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Steam Line Break          RCS  Hot Leg,                          RCS  Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube      RCS  Hot Leg, Secondary    .          Containment Rupture                    System                                Atmosphere Indication of Signifi-    Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump      Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building      Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm    Containment Sump Safety Injection          RCS  Hot Leg                          RCS  Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High        RCS  Hot Leg                            RCS Pressuri zer Radiation Level in  RCS Assume operating at that level for    some  appreciable time.
 
TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY WORKSHEET Elapse Time              Heasured                              Corrected Shutdown  to Sample Count Specific Activity    Decay  Correction Specific Activity RCS Hass    RCS Activity gu Jc i~e          t    ours                                    Factor                        ~laS              Ci Kr 85m Kr B>
Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1  131                                                          /.DZ T  132                                  /. 7(~)                  g. 03 T  133 I  135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137
                                          /. o(-3)
Te 129 Te 132
                                                                    /. 0/            ~.C )              r- V(B)
Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144
 
TABLE 38 CONTAINHENT,SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time              Heasured                              Corrected      Containment Containment Shutdown  to  Sample Count Specific Activity    Oecay  Correction  Specific Activity Water Hass  Water  Activity uc ide          t    hour                                    factor                        ~SS              Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I  131 I  132 I  133 I  135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144
 
TABLE 3C COHIAIHHEHT ATHOSPIIERE ACT IVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time            Heasured                                Corrected      Containment Containment
+decide Shutdown  to Sample Count Specific Activity    Oecay  Correction    Specific Activity Volume        Activity our              Ci/cc                Factor              Ci cc          CC            Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr  Ihl
 
TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR' WITH PARENT-OAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide    Correction Factor Kr 85m      e 0.158t Kr 87      e 0.547t
                    '.248t Kr 88      e
                                ' E )t                        E 3)t Xe 131m    1/-2.66e ( 3'5                        66 (
3.66e 4
Xe 133      1/-0.187e (-3.41E-2)t'
                                                ,  0.10e
(-5.48E-3)t
                                                              '              1.287e 1  287
{-1.28E-2)t Xe 133m    1/-0.10e (-3.41E-2)t l.lie {-1.28E-2)t Xe 135 (3.59E-3)t
                                '0.033e 1/-9.14e { 1 04E 1 )t                    ( 2  67)t  + 10.17e 1 0 1 7
(  7  58E 2)t I
I 131 132 e
1/1.03e (3.41E-2)t
                              '0.03e
( 8 92'E    3)t    0 03 (
3 07E  1 )t I 133      e 0.104t I 135      e Rb 88
                  '/1 10 248    t  -0  10 (
2 34)t Cs 134    1.0 Cs 134    1  ~ 0 Te 129    1/1.09e      ( 0'161)t
                              '              0.167e    8 47E 4    t-    00.257e 257 (0'605)
Te 132    e
{8.92E-3)t Ba 140    e (2.26E-3)t
. La 140    1/1.08e (      2 26E      }t  00.08e 08 (
1'7      )
La 142    1/-0.145e            '          1.145e Pr 144    1/0.909e          '                0.09le
  *Time, t, is the        number    of hours between shutdown            and time    of sample count.
 
TABLE  5 ESTIMATE OF TOTAL LIgUIO HASS
: l. Estimate the volume added        for the following:
Estimated Volume          Maximum Volume Tank                            Added                ~dd
: a. Refueling Water Stor age Tank              3~c    oc  C              372,250
: b. Accumulator A                                ~,  z<3                  7,263
: c. Accumulator 8                                T                        7,263
: d. Accumulator C                                  7 Z.CS                    7,263
: e. Accumulator 0                                                            7,263
: f. Boron  Injection Tank                                                        900
: g. Spray    Additive Tank                                                  4,000
: h. Other source av9, ps-Z.
: i. Melted Ice                              Estimated  Mass Added          Maximum Mass Q.7 pre                  Added      (ibm) 6 2.7xl0
: 2. Convert estimated 'volume added from gallons to grams.
Added volume:
                              , gallons  x 3785 gms/gal    =  /-<~~  i                gms
: 3. Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains 2 7x/~
          ~
ibm x 454 grams/ibm ~            ~ ~9
                                                                    +    gms
: 4. The average    Reactor Coolant System Hass is 2.40 x 10 8 gms.
: 5. Oetermine the Total Liquid.Mass as Follows:
added      /- //<~~            gms  + melted ice mass              5'ass
    + RCS    mass  2.4  x 10 8
gms =    ~-  9l v />            gms
 
TABLE 6 ESTIHATE    OF- RCS MATER    HASS* ANO CONTAINHENT MATER MASS AYERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE =            11,780    ft3
: 1. Record the  reactor vessel level, pressurizer level,                and  RCS  temperature at time when sample was taken.
in dice'A 0>>    s'y'5 ~.~
I nq>    uori<ina Reactor vessel    level    =
Qc    ao Pressurizer level RCS  temperature                                        oF
: 2. Oetermine  RCS  volume    at time of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.
ft    x                      f+    100 =
: 3. Oetermine  RCS  specific gravity from Figure            l.
RCS  specific gravity      =
: 4. Determine  RCS mass    as    follows:
3
                                                      '        28.3  x 10 cc RCS volume  (ft )  x  specific gravity      x
                                                    ~1.0 cc              ft3 3
ft  x                x
                                      ~1.
cc 0
x
: 28. 3 x ft3 1 0 cc
: 5. Record the Containment Sump          level indication      and  the containment level indication.
Containment Sump Level =                  /yO Containment Level                          S7
 
TABLE 6  (Continued)
                                                                                'I ESTIMATE OF,RCS WATER MASS~ ANQ CONTAINMENT WATER MASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME =      11,780      ft3
: 6. Determine containment water volume from Figures          2  and 3 using      the levels from Step 5.
Note:  If sump  level indicates  sump  is  full  use Figure 3.
Containment Water Volume  =
: 7. Oetermine containment water    specific gravity from Figure          l.
Containment water  specific activity  =                        f~o P
: 8. Determine containment water mass as follows:
3 1.0
                                                            '      m    28.3 x 10    cc Containment water volume    x specific gravity    x cc            ft3 3
1.0  gm -x  28.3 x 10 cc x                                  Z-77~/5 CC ft3      a            gms
*If a  reactor ve'ssel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5) to determine RCS water mass.
Total Water Pass    +-~~~~~    gms  containment    water    mass    ~  .7><<~          gms RCS mass    ~-~~~<      gms
 
1A T01AL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO -  UNIT 1 RCS        Containment          Containment          Total        Equi ) lbr 1um                      Corrected Actlvlty    Sump  Actlvlty    Atmosphere Act lvlty    Actlvlty    Core Inventory*    Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*
ii~uc  (Qe ~c          ~c                        C                                                                      CI                      t Kr    85m                                                                          2.0  (7)
KR 87                                                                              3.6  (7)                                              &./
Xr 88                                                                              5.2  (7)
Xe 131m                                                                            5.7  (5)
Xe 133                                                                            1.8  (8)
Xe 133m                                                                            2.5  (7)
Xe 135                                                                            3.4  (7) 8.9  (7) 1.3  (8)
                            ~a(d)                                  e  i(c)
I  133                                                                            1.8  (8)
I  135                                                                            1.6  (8)
Rb 88                                                                            5.3  (7)
Cs 134                                                                            2.1  (7)
Cs 137                                                                            1.0  (7)            o. {'.                            7. &
Te 129                                                                            3.0  (7)
Te 132                                                                            1.3  (8)
Ba 140                                                                            1.5  (8)
La 140                                                                            1.6  (8)
I.a 112                                                                          I.I  (8)
Pr 144                                                                            1.1  (8)
" 2.0 (7)  2.0 x    7 10 . This notation ls used throughout the procedure.
Total Actlvlt
  >>Release Percentage      Corrected Core Inventory x 100
 
TABLE 78 UNIT 2 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO RCS        Containment          Containment          Total      Equilibrium                          Corrected Activity    Activity    Core Inventory*    Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*
Activity    Sump  Activity    Atmosphere g~ucl 4    ~C          ~C                        ci                CI              Ci              Factor            Ci Kr 85m                                                                          2.1 (7)
Kr 87                                                                            3.8 (7)
Kr 88                                                                            5.4 (7)
Xe 131m                                                                          6.0 (5)
Xe 133                                                                          1.9 (8)
Xe 133m                                                                          2.7 (7)
Xe 135                                                                          3.5 (7)
I 131                                                                          9.3 (7)
I  132                                                                          1.3 (8)
I  133                                                                          1.9 (8)
I  135                                                                          1.7 (8)
Rb 88                                                                          5.5 (7)
Cs 134                                                                          2.2 (7)
Cs 137                                                                          1.0 (7)
Te 129                                                                          3.1 (7)
Te 132                                                                          1.3 (8)
Ba 140 1.6 (8)
La 140 1.7 (8)
La 142                                                                          1.4 (8)
Pr 144                                                                          1.1 (8)
Total Activit        x 100
  **Release Percentage ~
Corrected Core Inventory
 
TABLE 8 POWER  HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Period Between end of tg Interval      Average Power Level*        Operating Period at    P~        and Reactor Shutdown P)                        t~ hours                            t    hours
    /              z y37 Z              $ 2$ 0 JC 2~                                                              >< 8/"- /2    0 ZV37                            x Zf    I'20.
Power  Correction Factor    PCF  **
Stead -State Power Condition    PCF                              Transient Power Condition          PCF I. Half-Life of    Nuclide  <  1  Da
                                                                                -l. t      -X,it Avera  e Power Level HWt for      rior  4 da s                          (1-e          ) e
                                                                                                'P Rated Power Level (Hwt)                                          Rated Power Level (HWt)
II. Half-Life of Nuclide    >  1  Da
                                                                                -X jt      -)it '
Avera  e Pbwer Level HWt for      rior  30 da s                    P  (1  e      ~) e Rated Power Level (Hwt)                                          Rated Power Leve] (HWt)
III. Half-Life of Nuclide    1 Year Avera  e Power Level HWt for      rior  1  ear                      Effective Full    Power Da s    EFPD Rated Power Level (HWt)                                  Total Calendar      Days  of Cycle Operation
* Average Power Level  is defined  as  the power level at which the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.
**I~ = decay constant in hours    1  of each nuclide.  ) i of  each    nuclide is listed in
 
TABLE 9 DECAY CONSTANTS      (7ii) OF EACH NUCLIOE r
                                                          -1 Half-Life                          hours Nuclide 4.4 h                            0.158 Kr 85m 76  m                              0.547 Kr 87 2.8 h                            0.248 Kr 88 Xe 131m          11.8d                              2.45(-3)
Xe 133            5.27d                            5.48(-3)
Xe 133m            2.26d                            1.28(-2)
Xe 135            9.14h                            7.58(-2)
I  131            8.05d                            3.59(-3) 2.26h                            0.307 I  132 I  133          20.3 h                              3.41(-2)
I  135            6.68 h                            0.104 Rb 88            17.8 m                            2.34 Cs  134            2  yr                            3.96(-5)
Cs 137            30  yr                            2.64(-6) m
                          '8.6 0.605 Te 129 Te 132            77.7 h                            8.92(-3)
Ba 140            12.8 d                            2.26(-3)
La 140            40.22 h                            1.72(-2)
La 142            92.5 m                              0.450 17.27 m                            2.41 Pr 144
 
TABLE 10 CORE  DAMAGE ASSESSMENT  EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad            Percent          Percent Indi cator                Dama e        Overtem  erature      Fuel Melt
                              < 50'A    > 505    < 505    > 505  < 505    > 50%
Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87                                SC+g.gf Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133
                                                                    -ed Xe 133m Xe 135 I  131 I  132 I  135 Cs  134 Cs  137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133
                                                    ~ 0.2+
Xe 131m/Xe 133
 
TASLE 10  (Continued)
CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT  EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad            Percent            Percent Indicator                                Overtem  erature  .. Fuel Melt
                            < 50%    > 50K    < 50%    > 50'I    < 501    > 50%
Ratio (Con't)
Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe  135/Xe 133 I 132/I  131 I 133/I  131 I 135/I  131 Auxi liar    Indicators Core Uncovered                              QE5 Core  Exit  Temp  'F Containment    H 5 Zirc -  Mater Reaction 5 Ignitors  On?
High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr                            3.XP-Q
 
TABLE  ll NUCLIDE ACTIVITY RATIOS Gap                  Fuel  Pellet  Gal c ul ated Nuclide                            Activit Ratio  Activit Ratio" Kr 85m      0.022                      0.11 Kr 87        0.022                      0.22 Kr 88        0.045                      0.29 Xe 131m      0.004                      0.004 Xe 133      1.0                        1.0          /.o Xe 133m    0. 096                      0.14 Xe 135      0.051                        0.19 I 131      1.0                          1.0          /. O I 132      0.17                        1.5 I 133      0. 71                        2.1 I 135      0.39                        1.9 Noble Gas Nuclide Released      Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci}
Iodine Nuclide Released    Ci I-131 Released (Ci)
 
TABLEe 12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL DAHAGE*
Core Damage                                                      Containment Indicator                Percent                                Radlogas and Type                                Honl tor            Core Exit                                          Hydrogen Core                                oF  Fission          Fission            (R/hr)            Thermocouplas            Core                      Honltor Damage                              Products            Product                                Readings                Uncovery                  (Vol II H2)"**
Category                            Released            Ratio                                  (Deg F)                  Indication                6 Plant Type Ho  clad  damage              Kr-87    <  lxl0  3    Hot Applicable                              < 750              Ho  uncovery          Hag 1 ig lbl e Xe-133 < lxlO 3 1-131 < lx10 3 l-133 < lxl0      3 0-50%  clad  damage          Kt-87    10 3  -
0.01  Kr-87    0.022      0- /E~              750  -  1300        Core uncovery                    0-)3 Xe-133 10 3        O.l I "131 10 3      - 0.3  1-133 ~ 0.71 1-133 10 3      - 0.1 50-100X clad damage            KI-87 0.01 Xe-133 0.1
                                              -  0.02 0;2 Kl'-87 ~ 0.022
                                                                          / gz-/s'E3            1300  1650          Core uncovery                  13  - 2i 1-131 0.3        - 0.5  1-133    0.71 1-133    0.) ~  - 0.2 0-50%  fuel pellet            Xe-Kr,Cs,l              Kr-87    0.22                            > 1650              Core uncovery                  13  - 2i overtemperature                1-20                                      /.SEE      K >< M Sr-Ba 0    -  0.1        1-133    2.1 50-IDOL    fuel pel let        Xe-Kr,Cs, I              Kr-87  - 0.22                            > 1650              Core uncovary                  13  2I overtemperature                20    40 Sr-Ba 0.1    - 0.2      1-133    2.1 f, or='V-Z.s/s 0-50X Fuel melt                Xe,Kr,Cs,l 40      -    Kr-87    0.22                                                  Core uncovery                  73-21 Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr 0.1 - 0.8 70 I-133    2.1 z.s~- P.mEW            > 1650 50-100X  fuel melt            Xe,Kr,Cs,l,Te            Kr-87    0.22                            > 1650              Core uncovery                  13  - 2I
                              > 70 Sr Ba>24                I-133    2.1
                                                                              ) 3.$ E5 Pr > 0.8
* This table ls intended to supplement the methodology outlined ln this report      and should  not be used IIlthout referring to this report and without considerable                  )udgement.
*** lgnltors    may engineering obviate these values.
                                                                                              /p'7            5  jokers      07  7 pr rg~  ado~.>rz.
Xe-133'-131


==4.0 APPLICABILITY==
800.
4.1 Any plant.condition in which the operator would suspect a loss of reactor core cooling or reactor core cooling can no longer be maintained.
600.
4.2 Any plant condition in which the operator would suspect failed fuel, and an estimate of the amount of failed fuel is required.  
500
    '00
    '00
    '/n 200 STP FIGURE 1 -WATER OEiNSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS. STP)


==5.0 INSTRUCTIONS==
90
      '0
        '5 60 CD
        '0-UJ CD CD CI <0..
30
          '0
              ~
i0.
CD        CD                  CD CD 41        CD                  CD CD CD                  CCl IC1 VOLUHE. Fl'3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION


===5.1 Nuclide===
90..
Sampling 5'.1 Request samples of reactor coolant, containment atmosphere, and containment sump as indicated in Table 2.Table 1 1'ists the selected nuclides for core damage assessment.
80..
70
  '0
  '0
  ~
40, 30
    '0
      'l 0
O          O          O          O        O      O O'                    CI        O        O      O O          O        O      O Cl        O          O        O      O C7        O      Al ET@ORE 3    'ONTAINMENT WATER    YOLUME YERSUS CONTATNMENT LEVEL. INOICATION


====5.1.2 Analyze====
0~
the selected samples for isotopic specific activity with no decay correction applied to sample activities.
          ~ 0
          ~ 0
          ~ 0
          ~ 0 F 01 F 00 F 00 rr F 00
        .00 QJ                                              gQ r g(
Pg    .00
: r. 0-                                      08.
5.0-o
  +J r    ~q8 cCl 3.0-o+
2' I CP S
1.0i 7 0
        +
5.0-3.0" 2-0" 1
        '"                    tlat h,  ~              ~  ~              ~  ~
o
                                                              ~
o  Q. ~ o o
                                ~  ~ y    C4  Y)    IO h      oCV  Q Pl O
lA Q
h Q
Q Clad Damage (<)
FIGORE  G    RELATIPNGHIP OF g CLAO OANAGE WITH      X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87


====5.1.3 Complete====
F 7 0-0-
Table 3A, RCS Activity Worksheet, if sample was available as follows: 5.1.3.1 Record elapsed time from reactor shutdown to sample count.5.1.3.2 Record specific activities of nuclides in Ci/gm.5.1.3.3 Determine and record decay correction factor using Table.4, Decay Correction Factor With Parent-Daughter Effect.9 5.1.3.4 Determine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.5.1.4 Complete Table 3B, Containment Sump Activity Worksheet, if sample was available, as follows: 5.1.4.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample.count.
0-0~  t F 07
5.1.4.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.5.1.4.3 Oetermine and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.5.1.4.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.5.1.5 Complete Table 3C, Containment Atmosphere Activity Worksheet as f ol 1 ows: 5.1.5.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample count.5.1.5.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.5.1.5.3 Oetermine and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.5.1.5.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.5.2 Liquid Mass 5.2.1 Estimate the total liquid mass by completing Table 5, Estimate of Total Liquid Mass Worksheet.
      ~ 0 Ol Cl QJ
5.2.2 If both a RCS sample and a containment sump sample was obtained, an estimate of the RCS water mass and containment water mass is needed.Use Table 6, Estimate of RCS Water Mass and Containment Water Mass Worksheet to estimate the distribution of the water.Record the RCS mass in Table 3A and the containment mass in Table 3B.5.2.3 If only one of the liquid samples (RCS or containment sump)was obtained, use the total liquid mass calculated in 5.2.1 as the water mass associated with that sample.Record water in either Table 3A (RCS)or Table 3B (containment sump).t 5.3 Containment Volume 5.3.1 Since the containment atmosphere sample is collected at the containment building pressure and the sample volume is not corrected to standard conditions, no adjustment factor is needed to the known containment volume.The known containment volume (3.5xl0 cc)is recorded in Table 3C.10 5.4 Total Activity Released 5.4.1 RCS 5.4.1.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the RCS by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the RCS mass.Record in Table 3A.5.4.2 Containment Sump 5.4.2.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment water by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment water mass.Record in Table 3B.
      ~ 0 Cl CC
      ~ 0 O
07 0
F 007                                      go O
    '00 r
r F 00 F 001 I
CV  F7                                  '  ~      ~
a                     hl  Y)  IA h  a            0    0  Q  00 o    a .a                            Ol      k1  Vl Clad. Damage (5)
RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH  'X  CORE INVENTORY FIGURE 7
                    -'RELEASED OF XE-133


====5.4.3 Containment====
I ~
Atmosphere 5.4.3.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment atmosphere by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment volume.Record in Table 3C.5.4.4 Total Activity Released of Each Nuclide 5.4.4.1 Record in Table 7, Total Release Activity/Percent Released, the activity of each nuclide of each sample location.5.4.4.2 Sum the activities of each nuclide of each sample to determine total activity released of each nuclide, Record in Table 7.5.5 Total Core Inventory 5.5.1 Power History 5.S.1.1 Record in Table 8, Power Correction Factor, the plant power history during the 30 days prior to shutdown.5.5.2 Power Correction Factor 5.5.2.1 If power history indicates steady state power level during the 30 days or 4 days (depending on the nuclide)prior to shutdown, use the steady state power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF).Record in Table 7.5.S.2.2 If power history indicates fluctuating power levels during the 30 days prior to shutdown, use the transient power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF).Record in Table 7.
0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0 '
5.5.2.3 To determine the power correction factor for Cs-134 first determine the average power during the entire operating period during the cycle prior to shutdown.Use this average power and Figure 4 to estimate power correction factor.Record in Table 7.5.5.3 Adjusted Core Inventory 5.5.3.1 Determine and record in Table 7 the adjusted core inventory for each nuclide by multiplying the equilibrium full-power inventory (listed in Table 7)by the power correction factor.5.6 Estimation of Percent Fuel Damage 5.6.1 Determine the percentage of the corrected core inventory released of each nuclide by dividing the total activity released by the corrected core inventory.
F 07
Record in Table 7.5.6.2 Using the appropriate core damage graphs, Figures 5 through 17, determine the percent clad failure, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt as a function of the nuclide release percentage.
          .05
Use the curve that best represents core burnup.Record the percentages of clad damage, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt in Table 10, Core Damage Assessment Evaluation Sheet.Note: Iodine spiking should be considered for cases where the assessment is between no fuel damage and minor clad failure.If percent clad failure is not in agreement with values obtained from other nuclides, spiking may have occurred.Refer to Figure 8 if this is the case..5.7 Nuclide Activity Ratios 5.7.1 Determine the activity ratios for noble gases and iodines by completing Table ll, Nuclide Activity Ratios.
          .03
          .02
                                              ~4Q. r 01
        .007
        .005                                          ~gQ
        .003
        .002
                                                ~O+  r I g F 001 ec ~ 7.0"4 c  5.0-4
: 3. 0-4 2 0" 0 I 0" 4
      ~
7.0"5 5.0"5 3'. 0" 5 2.0-5 1.0"5 CO      Q7 ~  ~
Y)   N
                                                        ~
6
                                                              ~
0
                                                                  ~
O  O  O  0 O e
                      ~
a~
a o
                                ~  ~        CV Ol P) V) h D Clad Damage   (%%d)
FIGURE  G    RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH S CORE IN~ENTOR" RELEASED OF I-131


====5.7.2 Compare====
0.
the calculated activity ratios with the gap activity ratios and fuel pellet ratios listed in Table ll.Calculated activity ratios less than gap activity ratios are indicative of clad failures.Calculated activity ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures (fuel overheat and fuel melt).5.7.3 Record in Table 10 the calculated core damage state.5.8 Auxiliary Indicators
          ~ 0
          ~ 0
          ~ 0 F 00
      . 00
                                          ~~ r                        r F 00 F 00                        +
'0 00                                        gQ Ol
: 7. 0" 5.0-<                                    ~O  g 0
E. 0-2  ~ 0-CP I
0  1  ~  0-7'"
5.0-3  ~  0-2 ~  0-t    0-hl  P) Vl i&
                      ~              C4 Pl    Vl h  0    0    0    0 0  0 0
0 0
                          ~
0  0                                    CV  .)  A h Clad Damage (X)
FIGURE 10 RELATIONSHIP OF W  CLAD DAMAGE NITH  M  CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-132


====5.8.1 Oetermine====
70.
from reactor vessel level instrumentation or other sources if at any time the core became uncovered.
50
No uncovery is indicative of no fuel damage, and core uncovery is indicative of all core damage states.Record uncovery history in Table 10.5.8.2 Obtain core exit thermocouple readings and compare these values with those listed in Table 12.8ased on Table 12, Characteristics of Categories of Fuel Oamage, record temperature in Table 10 under appropriate core damage state.5.8.3 Obtain containment hydrogen concentration.
    '0 20-10 r
Compare hydrogen concentration hydrogen concentration under appropriate core damage state.5.8.4 Use hydrogen concentration with Figure 18 to determine extent of zirconium-water reaction.Record percentage of zirconium water reaction in Table 10.Note: If ignitors have been activated or a burn has been indicated, quantitative use of the hydrogen concentration is limited.It can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed.This assumption can be used qualitatively to indicate that some percentage of zirconium has reacted, but it is difficult to determine extent of the reaction.5.8.5 Obtain the containment high range area radiation monitor readings and the time after shutdown the readings were obtained.Compare the readings with Figure 19 to estimate the corresponding extent of core damage.Record the monitor reading in Table 10 under the appropriate core damage state.5.9 Core Damage Assessment
: 5.                                 ~4r 3    ~
rr      r 2~
0 0 ~
0 ~
0 ~
0~
Fuel Overtemperature (5)
FIGURE Z3: RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE MITH 'A CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR, I, OR CS


====5.9.1 Perform====
1 ~
the final core damage assessment by evaluating the data in Table 10.It is unlikely that complete agreement between the indicators will result in the same estimate of core damage.The evaluation should be the best estimate based on all parameters, thei r interrelationship, and engineering judgment.The user should use as many indicators as possible to differentiate between the various core damage states.Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.
0-0 0~
TABLE 1 SELECTEO NUCLIOES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State Nuclide Half-Life*
0  ~
Predominant Gamas Kev Yield X*Clad Failure Fuel Overheat Fuel Melt Kr-85m**Kr-87 Kr-88**Xe-131m Xe-133 Xe-133m**Xe-135*+I-131 I-132 I-133 I-135 Rb-88 Cs-134 Cs-137 Te-129 Te-132 Sr-89 9 0**Ba-140 La-140 La-142 Pr-144 4.4 h 76 m 2.8 h 11.8 d 5.27 d 2.26 d 9.14 h 8.05 d ,2.26 h 20.3 h 6.68 h 17.8 m 2 yl 30 yr 68.7 m 77.7 h 52.7 d 28 yr 12.8 d 40.22 h 92.5 m 17.27 m 150(74), 305(13)403(84), 2570(35)191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)164(2)81(37)233 (14)250(91)364(82)773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)530(90)1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)898(13), 1863(21)605(98), 796(99)662(85)455(15)230(90)(beta emitter)(beta emitter)537(34)487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)695(1.5)*Val.ues obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman,-Sixth Edition.**These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides;they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides, TABLE 2Su ested Sam lin Locations Scenario Principal Sam lin Locations Other Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power>lg*Reactor Power<lg*Large Break LOCA Reactor Power>lg*Reactor Power<lX*RCS Hot Leg, Containment Atmosphere RCS Hot Leg Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere RCS Pressurizer RCS Pressurizer Steam Line Break Steam Generator Tube Rupture Indication of Signifi-cant Containment Sump Inventory RCS Hot Leg, RCS Hot Leg, Secondary System Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere RCS Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Containment Atmosphere Containment Building Radiation Monitor Alarm Safety Injection Actuated Containment Atmosphere, Containment Sump RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Indication of High Radiation Level in RCS RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer l'I*Assume operating at that level for some appreciable time.
0'
TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY MORKSMEEl Nuclide Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count t hours Measured Specific Activity Corrected Oecay Correction Specific Activity RCS Mass RCS Activity Factor Ci/m~ms Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1 131 1 132 I 133 1 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La\40 La 142 Pr 144 TABLE 38 CONTAINHEHT SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET Huc 1 ide Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count t hours Measured Specific Activity Ci/ms Oecay Correction Factor Corrected Containment Containment Specific Activity Water Hass Mater Activity~IIIS Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 TABLE 3C CONTAIHHEHT ATHOSPHERE ACTIVITY NDRKSHEET Huc de Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count t hours Heasured Specific Activity Corrected Containment Containment Decay Correction Specific Activity Volume Activity Factor~CI cc CC Ci Kr 85m Kr BT Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR*WITH PARENT-DAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide Correction Factor Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 134 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 0.158t e'.547t e 0.248t e (-3.59E-3)t 6 (-2.45E-3)t 1/-0 187 3.41E-2)t 0 10 5.48E-3)t+1 287 (-1.2 E-2)t 1/0 10 3.41E-2)t 1 11 1.28E-2)t 1/9 14 (-1.04E-1)t 0 033 (2.67)t+10 17 7.58E-2)t (3.59E-3)t e 1/1 03'0 03 (3.41E-2)t e 0.104t e 1 10 (0 248 t 0 10 2 34 t 1.0 1.0 1/1 09 (-0.161)t 0 167 (-8.47E-4)t
          ~ 0
-0 257 (0.605)t (8.92E-3)t e (2.26E-3)t e 08 (2e26E 3)t 0 08 (1 a72E 2)t 1/0 145 3 78)t 1 14 (0 450)t 1/0 909 1 02E 4)t 0 091 (2.41)t*Time, t, is the number of hours between shutdown and time of sample count.
          ~ 0
TABLE 5'ESTIMATE OF TOTAL LIgUIO HASS l.Estimate the volume added for the following:
          ~ 0                           .@g  r r
Tank a.Refueling Water Storage Tank b.Accumulator A c.Accumulator B d.Accumulator C e.Accumulator 0 f.Boron Injection Tank g.Spray Additive Tank h.Other source Estimated Volume Added Maximum Volume~d 372,250-7,263 7,263 7,263 7,263 900 4,000 Total i.Melted Ice Estimated Mass Added Haximum Hass Added (ibm)2.7xl0 6 2.Convert estimated volume added from gallons to grams.Added volume: , gallons x 3785 gms/gal=gms 3.Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains , ibm x 454 grams/ibm=gms 4.The average Reactor Coolant System Mass is 2.40 x 10 gms.8 5.Oetermine the Total Liquid Mass as follows: Mass added+RCS mass 2.4 x 10 gms=8 gms+melted ice mass gms gms
QJ go+
F  01 F 00 S
F 00 Cl F 00
        .00
                  ~
r S
O
      .001 T. 0-5 '"
3'. 0" 2.0" 1 0-LA  h    O          O      O  O    O  O Af    Pl v7  h  O Fuel Overtemperature    (5)
FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF S FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR


TABLE 6 KSTIHATE OF.RCS MATER HASS~AND CONTAINHENT MATER HASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE=ll,780 ft 3 1.Record the reactor vessel level, pressuri zer 1 evel, and RCS temperature at time when sample was taken.Reactor vessel level=Pressurizer level RCS temperature oF 2.Determine RCS volume at time'of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.ft x X+100 3.Determine RCS specific gravity from Figure l.RCS specific gravity=4.Determine RCS mass as follows: 3~1.0 28.3 x 10 cc 3 RCS volume (ft)x specific gravity x~x cc ft3 ft x~1.0 28.3 x 10 cc 3 x x cc ft3 5.Record the Containment Sump level indication and the containment level indication.
100 70-r 50
Containment Sump Level=Containment Level TABLE 6 (Continued)
      '0
ESTIMATE OF RCS WATER MASS*AND CONTAINMENT WATER HASS r AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME=11,780 ft, 3 6.Determine containment water volume from Figures 2 and 3 using the levels from Step 5.Note: If sump level indicates sump is full use Figure 3.Containment Water Volume=7.Determine containment water specific gravity from Figure l.Containment water specific activity=8.Determine containment water mass as follows: 1.0 m 28.3 x 10 cc 3 Containment water volume x specific gravity x'cc ft3 ft x 1.0 gm 28.3 x 10 cc 3 X X CC gms"If a reactor vessel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5)to determine RCS water mass.Total Water Hass=RCS mass gIllS gms-containment water mass gills TOTAL RELEASE ACT IVITY/PERCEHT RELEASED-UHIT 1 RCS Containment Containment Total Equilibrium Corrected Activity Sump Activity Atmosphere Activity Activity Core Inventory*
      '0
Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*
      ~
guuc)de cl~c Ci C%Ci Factor Ci Kr 85m KR 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I'l31 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 2.0 (7)3.6 (7)5.2 (7)5.7 (5)1.8 (8)2.5 (7)3.4 (7)8.9 (7)1.3 (8)1.8 (8)1.6 (8)5.3 (7)2.1 (7)1.0 (7)3.0 (7)1.3 (8)1.5 (8)1.6 (8)1.4 (8)1.1 (8)*2.0 (7)2.0 x 10.This notation is used throughout the procedure.
10  '
7**Release Percentage Total Activit Corrected Core Inventory x 100 TABLE 78 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASED-UNIT 2 RCS Containment Activity Sump Activity I~tuel de Cl Ci Containment Atmosphere Activity Ci Total Activity Ci Equilibrium Core Inventory*
      ~
Ci Power Correction Factor Corrected Core Inventory Ci Release Percentage" Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 2.1 (7)3.8 (7)5.4 (7)6.0 (5)1.9 (8)2.7 (7)3.5 (7)9.3 (7)1.3 (8)1.9 (8)1.7 (8)5.5 (7)2.2 (7)1.0 (7)3.1 (7)1.3 (8)1.6 (8)1.7 (8)1.4 (8)1.1 (8)**Release Percentage x 100 Total Activit Corrected Core Inventory TABLE 8 POWER HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Interval Average Power Level*Pj Operating Period at Pj tj hours Period Between end of tj and Reactor Shutdown tj hours Power Correction Factor PCF**Stead-State Power Condition PCF Transient Power Condition PCF I.Half-Life of Nuclide<1 Da Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 4 da s Rated Power Level (Hwt)-X t-Lit'P (1-e j)e Rated Power Level (HWt)I I.Hal f-Li f e of Nuc1 ide>1 Da Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 30 da s Rated Power Level (Hwt)K P (1 e j j)e i j Rated Power Level (HWt)III.Half-Life of Nuclide-1 Year Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 1 ear Rated Power Level (HWt)Effective Full Power Da s EFPD Total Calendar Days of Cycle Operation*Average Power Level is defined as the power level at which the power level does not vary more than+10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.**)i=decay constant in hours 1.of each nuclide.Xi of each nuclide is listed in Table 9.
o+r p
TABLE 9 Nuc 1 i de OEGAY CONSTANTS (ki)OF EACH NUCLIOE Half-Life-1 hours Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 , I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 4.4 h 76 m 2.8 h 11.8d 5.27d 2.26d 9.14h 8.05d 2.26h 20.3 h 6.68 h 17.8 m 2 yr 30 yr 68.6 m 77.7 h 12.8 d 40.22 h 92.5 m 17.27 m 0.158 0.547 0.248 2.45{-3)5.48{-3)1.28{-2)7.58(-2)3.59(-3)0.307 3.41(-2)0.104 2.34 3.96(-5)2.64(-6)0.605 8.92(-3)2.26(-3)1.72(-2)0.450 2.41 TABLE 10 CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Indicator Percent Clad Dama e Percent Overtem erature Percent Fuel Melt<505>50%<50'A>505<50%>50$Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133 Xe 131m/Xe 133 TABLE 10 (Continued)
r 3 ~                  r 2~
CORE'AMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Indicator Percent Clad Dama e Percent Overtem erature Percent Fuel Melt 505>505'50'g>50'A<50%>505 Ratio (Con't)Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe 135/Xe 133 I 132/I 131 I 133/I 131 I 135/I 131 Auxi liar Indicators Core Uncovered Core Exit Temp'F Containment H 5 Zirc-Water Reaction 5 Ignitors On?High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr TABLE 11 NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Nuclide Gap Fuel Pellet Activit Ratio Calculated Activit Ratio+Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 0.022 0.022 0.045 0.004 1.0 0.096 0.051 0.11 0.22 0.29 0.004 1.0 0.14 0.19 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 1.0 0.17 0.71 0.39 1.0 1.5 2.1 1.9 Noble Gas Nuclide Released Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci)Iodine Nuclide Released Ci I-131 Released (Ci)
rr 0 '
TABLE 12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*Core Oamage Indicator Core Oamage Category Ko clad damage 0-50K clad damage Percent and Type of Fission Products Released Kr-BT<lxl0 3 Xe-133<lx10 3 1-131<lx10 3 I-133<lxl0 3 Kr-81 10 3-0.0)Xe-133 10 3-O.l I"131 10 3-0.3 1-133 10 3-0.1 Fission Product Ratio Hot Applicable Kr-BT 0.022 1-133 0.11 Containment Radiogas Noni tor (R/hr)10 hrs after shutdown*" 0-660 Core Exit Thermocouples Readings (Beg F)<750 150-1300 Core Uncovery Indi cat ion Ho uncovery Core uncovery Hydrogen Honitor (Vol K Hq)**~6 Plant Type Negligible 0-13 50-100K clad damage Kr-81 0.01-0.02 Xe-133 D.l-0.2 1-131 0.3-0.5 I-133 0.1-0.2 Kr-81 0.022 660 to 1325 I-133 0.71 1300-1650 Core uncovery 13-2i 0-50$fuel pellet overtemperature 50-100K fuel pellet overtemperature 0-50$fuel melt I 50-IOOX fuel melt Xe-Kr,Cs,I
0.
)-20 Sr-Ba 0-O.l Xe-Kr,Cs,l 20-40 Sr-Ba O.l-0.2 Xe,Kr,Cs,l 10-70 Sr-Ba 0.2-0.8 Pr O.l-0.8 Xe,Kr,Cs,I,Te
0 ~
>TO Sr,Ba>2i Pr>0.8 Kr-87~0.22 l-133~2.1 Kr-BT 0.22 I-133 2.1 Kr-81~0.22 I-133 2.1 Kr-87 0.22 1-133 2.1 1.1(5)to 3.I(5)>1650 3.4(5)to 5.8(5)>1650 5.8(5)>1650 1325 to 1.1(5)>1650 Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery 13-2i 13-24 13-24 13-21*This table is intended to supplement the methodology outlined in this report and should not be used without referring to this report and without considerable engineering)udgement.
0.
**Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours."**Ignitors may obviate these values.**@a KLOL LlR Xe-133'-131
01 n    s    a        O    O      O Ill O  O O'uel Melt (X)
FIGURE IS, RELATIONSHIP OF '5 FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE,. KR, I, CS, OR TE


800.700.600.500~A 400 Cl Cl 300 8 I-200~/o STP FiGURE 1 MATER OENSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS STP) 90'0'O~50'0, 30~20'p.0~'IOLVNE.Ft3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION 90..80.70'4 60~CD CD I CD 50~40, 20'D CD CD CD'N CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CQ CD O CD Ca CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD FIGURE 3 CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION 1.0 0.9 90K POWER O.e;R CORRECTION-ACTOR 75$POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 200 400 600 800 1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR.DAYS)FIGURE 4 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR CS-134 BASED ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION
0 100.0
: 10. 0 0.1 0.01 1.0                               10                        100.0 0'ueI MeIt.(5)
FIGURE'G iRELATIONSHIP OF  E FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED. OF BA OR SR


0.1 F 07 F 05~03~02 F 01.007.005.003.002 o u)~001 CIJ t5 7'-4 Ol 5'-4 o 3.0-4~),2.0-C J'<e~/J'C~o+P 1'-4 0 7~0-5 3'-5 2 0-5 1~0" 5 CV Y)O'Ih h.O O CV'6 0 h.O O~0 CV 0 O 0 lh h 0 Clad Damage (5)FIGURE 5 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INYENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87 0.7 0.5 0.3 0'5 O CP~02 F 01 O~007.005 0,1 F 07 Ol F 05 CJ~03///////r e (a%e eo~r o+.003 002.001 l CV')Ill~~~~~''i~~~~~~~IA h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0~0 0 0 0 CV Yl Ih h Q Clad Damage (X)FIGURE 6 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M 0.7 0~5 0.3 0~2 F 1~07 05~03 e.02 CY o apl ,ppr Ol~o.005.003.002////~~0)e<r~a~r r r q4 io F 001 o CV Y)~Ih h~~~~~~~~~~~cv Y)vl h o o o 0 0 o.0 0.0~o,,~.~,.''~~cv r)In t 0 Clad Damage (5)FIGURE 7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE MITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133 I~0 T.0.5 0'0.2 0~I~OT.05~03.02 F 01.OOT F 005~003 002 S o F 001 T~0-4 QJ 5'-4 c s 3'-4 o 2'-4 r~~0)gQ r gO I~0-4 T.O"5 5'.0-5 3'"5 2'-5 1.0-5 o cv~~~~~0~~CV Yl IO h.o o 0 0 Clad Damage (g)o 0 o 0 o cv n e r o FIGURE 8 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-131 I~0'0.5 0.3 0 2 0~I~07~05 03~02~01.007.005~003.002 S-O F 001 7'-4 5'-4 CJ~3.0-<0 2'-4~go9 qO r e r gO+r I~0-4 7'-5 5'"5 3'-5 2'-5'I~0-.5 C IA h.~~~~~~~~CV Yl N h 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 D O cv n n~oClad Damage (X)FIGURE 9 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-131 WITH SPIKING O.I.07 F 05~03~02~OI F 007.005.003~002'a.OOI e T.0-4 5.0-<O 3 0"4 2 0-4+e~O I.0-4 5 o~F 0-5 0 5.0-5 3'-5 2'-S I'-5 CV Y)IA h.~~~0 O O O 0 0 O Q 0 CV A Ill h Q Clad Damage (5)FIGURE 10 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-132 1~0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0~1~07~05~03~02~01 F 007 005 003 s 002 0 F 001 7.O-C 5'"I 5 o 3.0-4 2'-4 r~qS g<~r qO~r gO 1'"4 7'-5 5'"5 3.0-5 2'"5 1'"5 CV, Yl n~~~~~CV 6~0 h.0 O.0 Q 0 O~OJ~~J~O O 0 O lO h 0 Clad Damage (X)FIGURE 11 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF, I-133 1~0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 0~1~07.05 F 03.02~01.007.005.003 I.002 o.001 7.0-4 5'-4 3.0-4 S-o 2.0-4 r'Pr r e gO r r r r 1~0-4 7~0" 5 5~0-5'3.0-5 2~0-5 1~0-5 r CV Y)N h~~\0~~~~~~y Ol l9 lA h.Q Q 0 Q Q Q o OJ t9 Q o Q lh h 0 CIad Damage (X)FIGURE 12 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-135 O Cl 0~0~0~0~~0~0 F 01 F 00 F 00~00:00~001 7'" 5 0-a r gQ~~0)8~a~r Q r r gQ 3~0-~S o 2.0->1'"~7'" 5~0-3~0" 2~0-1~0-CV W V)~~~~hl A N N O O O O O O O O O O CV Yl V)W O Clad Damage (X)FIGURE 12 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH~CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-135 100~70'0'0'0'0', 5 3~re (D 1 CJ o 0.7 0~0~0~0~1 O O Fuel Overtemperature (X)FIGURE 13 RELATIONSHIP OF~~'UEL OVERTEMPERATURE-WITH'X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, OR CS 1~0~0~0~0~0.1~0~0~01 CC~00 S F 00 F 00 F 00 S 0 F 001 7~0-5~0-.~gC'r r gO+3~0-2'" 1~0-N h 0 O 0" O lh h Q Fuel Overtemperature (X)FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR
JO.
)00'0.50'0~20'0'~5~r o+r*y~+r r 2~0.7 r 0.0~0~O.l lA h 0 O 0 O N h Q Fuel Melt (5)FIGURE 15 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, CS, OR TE 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 1.0 10.0 fuel MeIt P)100.0 FIGURE 16 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL MELT WITH~o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR 100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0 10.0 Fuel Melt (5)100.0 FIGURE 17 RELATIONSHIP OF'X'FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR 30..25~20'5~UNIT 2 UNIT 1///a a a a a a a a a a CV EO C)C'.a Z IRC-MAl'ER REAC t'ON PKRCc.H f.hGK FIGURE 18 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION 100%NOBLE GAS RELEASE 52K NOBLE GAS RELEAS 0.3%NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1 NORtQL OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 10.0 100.0 1000.0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS)FIGURE 19 PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 APPENOIX 8 EXAMPLE OF CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT The following example is, presented to illustrate the use of this procedure.
25 ~
SIMULATED ACCIDENT SCENARIO For this example, Unit 1 has experienced an accident where the plant's monitoring systems indicated that safety injection had initiated and a significant amount of water had accumulated in the containment.
20" UNIT UNIT ia  ~
Samples were available from the primary coolant (hot leg), the containment sump, and the containment atmosphere.
5.
NUCLIDE SAMPLING Samples were counted 6 hours after reactor shutdown.The results of the sample counts are presented in Tables 3A, 38, and 3C.All sample activities reported represent the activity of the sample at the time of analysis and have not undergone a decay correction back to time of shutdown.The decay correction factors are determined from Table 4 and recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C.The corrected sample activities are then determined by multiplying the sample activity by the correction factor.The corrected sample activities are recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C.LI UID MASS Table 5 was completed to determine total liquid mass available for distribution in the RCS and containment.
C7 Ol C
All 4 accumulators had discharged, the RNST had supplied 350,000 gallons, and the boron injection tank (900 gallons)had depleted..
Yl 0       0 Vl C)       O   O CCI C7 ZlRC-QAI'P3  RE.BIGS'ION 1'KRCEH f.WGK FIGDRE IB  CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON
Also, it is assumed that all of the ice had melted supplying 2.7 x 10 ibm of water.A total water mass of 2.91 x 10 gram 6 9 was calculated.
                'Z)RCONIUN MATER REACTION
At the time of sampling, the RCS temperature was 350'F, and the containment water temperatture was 150'F.The reactor vessel level indication system was not functioning properly at time of sampling, and no indication was able to be recorded.As such, the containment water was then determined.
The containment sump level indicated the sump was full while the containment level indicated an 87'X height.r Referring to Figure 3, 87 percent corresponds to a range of possible volumes for the containment.
A containment water volume of 98,000 ft was then estimated by taking the average of the range;98,000 3 ft of containment water at 1504F corresponds to 2.77 x 10 grams.3 9 8 Subtracting this from the total water mass, a RCS water mass of 1.4 x 10 grams was determined.
The RCS and containment water masses were recorded in Table 3A and 38, respectively.
TOTAL ACTIVITY RELEASED The total activity released of each nuclide for each sample location was then calculated by multiplying the corrected sample activity by the water mass or containment volume and recorded in Tables 3A, 38, and 3C.These values were again recorded in Table 7A.The total activity of each nuclide was calculated by summing the activity for each sample location and was recorded in Table 7A.TOTAL CORE INVENTORY The power history for the 30 days prior to reactor shutdown was recorded in Table 8.The power correction factors for Kr-87 and I-132 were determined by the steady-state power correction equation For nuclide with half-lives less than 1 day.The power correction factors for Xe-133, I-131, and Ba-140 were determined by the transient power correction factor for nuclides with half-lives greater than 1 day.For Cs-137, the transient power correction factor uti.lizing effective full power days of operation during the cycle was used.In this example, the core had operated for 240 effective full power days during the 400 days of cycle operation.
The power correction factor for Cs-137 is 240 EFPD 400 Days The power correction factors were recorded in Table 7A.


The total corrected inventory was then calculated by multiplying the equilibrium core inventory (listed in Table 7A)by the power correction factor.The total corrected core inventory was recorded in Table 7A.ESTIMATION OF PERCENT FUEL OAHAGE Completing Table 7A, the percentage of corrected core inventory released of each nuclide was calculated from the corrected activity released and the corrected core inventory.
l005. NOBLE GAS RELEASE S2X NOBLE GAS; RELEAS 0.3$             NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS. 18 1 NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE'AS RELEASE'0..0..
The percent released for each nuclide was used with the appropriate graphs of Figures 4 through 16 to determine the category and estimate of core damage.Estimates were entered in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
100.0     1000.0 TINE AFTER SHUTOOMN (HOURS)
NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Table ll was completed to determine the nuclide activity ratios.The ratios were compared to the gap and fuel pellet activity ratios listed in Table 11 and then recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
FIGURE ZG-   PERCENT NOBLE GASES'N CONTAINMENT
AUXILIARY INOICATORS It was determined that the core had uncovered for approximately 30 minutes during the accident.The core exit thermocouple readings reached 1750'F.These values were compared with Table 12 and recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
        -. FOR. UNIT. 1 ANO UNIT P'}}
The containment hydrogen monitor indicated a 4X hydrogen concentration, but the ignitors had initiated and some hydrogen burning had taken place.The high range containment area monitor indicated a reading of 2.5E4 R/hr at 6 hours after the shutdown.Comparing 2.5E4 R/hr with Figure 18 and Table 12, this value was recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.
CORE OAHAGE ASSESSMENT All data collected in Tab)e 10 was evaluated to estimate the extent of core damage.The nuclides analyzed for this.assessment were Kr-87, Xe-133, I-'131, I-132, Cs-137, and Ba-140.The noble gases, iodine, and cesium are released during all stages of core damage with Ba-140 being a characteristic fission product of fuel overtemperature and fuel melt.Based on the Ba-140 data, the damage had progressed to approximately 20$fuel overtemperature and minor fuel melt (<1$).The noble gas and iodine data indicated greater than 100 percent clad damage had occurred.However, it is recognized that in actuality there is an overlap between the regimes of core damage states.The release due to overtemperature dominated the release due to clad damage, and it is estimated that a large amount{>50%)clad damage had occurred.JThe auxiliary indicators supported the radionuclide analysis.The fact that the core uncovered and the core exit thermocouples reached around 1750'F are indicative that fuel overtemperature had occurred.The hydrogen concentration of 4X, was inconclusive due to the ignitors forcing some hydrogen burns.However, the fact that there was a significant amount of hydrogen produced for burning to occur supports the assessment that the core experienced clad damage and fuel overtemperature.
The high range containment area monitor readings of 3.5E4 supports the less than 50$fuel overtemperature damage state.Thus, for this example, the final fuel damage assessment is greater than 50%clad failure, less than 50K fuel overtemperature, and the possibility of some very minor fuel melting (<lA).
TABLE 1 SELECTE NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State Nuclide Ha 1 f-Li f e>Predominant Gammas K'ev Yi el d Clad Failure Fuel Overheat Fuel Melt Kr-85m>>Kr-87 Kr-88>>Xe-131m Xe-133 Xe-133m>>Xe-135>>I-131 I-132 I-133 I-135 Rb-88 Cs-134 Cs-137 Te-129 Te-132 Sr-89 Sr-90>>Ba-140 La-1 40 La-1 42 Pr-144 4.4 h 76 m 2.8 h 11.8 d 5.27 d 2.26 d 9.14 h 8.05 d 2.26 h 20.3 6.68 h 17.8 m 2 yr 30, yr 68.7 m 77.7 h 52.7 d 28 yr 12.8 d 40.22 h 92.5 m 17.27 m 150(74), 305(13)403(84), 2570(35)191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)164(2)81(37)233 (14)250(91)364(82)773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)530(90)1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)898(13), 1863(21)605(98), 796(99)662(85)455(15)230(90)(beta emitter)(beta emitter)537(34)487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)695(1.5)Values obtained f rom Table of I soto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition."" These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for.candidate nuclides;they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides.
TABLE 2 Su ested Sam lin Locations Scenario Principal Sam lin Locations Other Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power>lN*Reactor Power<1~+RCS Hot Leg, Containment Atmosphere RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressuri zer RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power>1~*Reactor Power<l~+Steam Line Break Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere RCS Hot Leg, RCS Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube Rupture Indication of Signifi-cant Containment Sump Inventory RCS Hot Leg, Secondary.System Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Containment Atmosphere Containment Building Radiation Monitor Alarm Safety Injection Actuated Containment Atmosphere, Containment Sump RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Indication of High Radiation Level in RCS RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressuri zer Assume operating at that level for some appreciable time.
TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY WORKSHEET gu Jc i~e Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count t ours Heasured Specific Activity Decay Correction Factor Corrected Specific Activity RCS Hass RCS Activity~laS Ci Kr 85m Kr B>Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1 131 T 132 T 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144/.7(~)/.o(-3)/.DZ g.03/.0/~.C)r-V(B)
TABLE 38 CONTAINHENT,SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET uc ide Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count t hour Heasured Specific Activity Oecay Correction factor Corrected Containment Containment Specific Activity Water Hass Water Activity~SS Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 TABLE 3C COHIAIHHEHT ATHOSPIIERE ACT IVITY WORKSHEET+decide Elapse Time Shutdown to Sample Count our Heasured Specific Activity Oecay Correction Ci/cc Factor Corrected Containment Containment Specific Activity Volume Activity Ci cc CC Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr Ihl TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR&#x17d;WITH PARENT-OAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide Correction Factor Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 134 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140.La 140 La 142 Pr 144 0.158t e 0.547t e'.248t e 1/-2.66e'3.66e (3'5 E)t 66 (4 E 3)t 1/-0.187e', 0.10e'1.287e (-3.41E-2)t
(-5.48E-3)t 1 287{-1.28E-2)t 1/-0.10e'l.lie (-3.41E-2)t
{-1.28E-2)t 1/-9.14e'0.033e+10.17e{1 04E 1)t (2 67)t 1 0 1 7 (7 58E 2)t (3.59E-3)t e 1/1.03e'0.03e (8 92'E 3)t 0 03 (3 07E 1)t (3.41E-2)t e 0.104t e'/1 10 248 t-0 10 (2 34)t 1.0 1~0 1/1.09e'0.167e-0.257e (0'161)t 8 47E 4 t-0 257 (0'605){8.92E-3)t e (2.26E-3)t e 1/1.08e-0.08e (2 26E}t 0 08 (1'7)1/-0.145e'1.145e 1/0.909e'0.09le*Time, t, is the number of hours between shutdown and time of sample count.
TABLE 5 ESTIMATE OF TOTAL LIgUIO HASS l.Estimate the volume added for the following:
Tank a.Refueling Water Stor age Tank b.Accumulator A c.Accumulator 8 d.Accumulator C e.Accumulator 0 f.Boron Injection Tank g.Spray Additive Tank h.Other source i.Melted Ice Estimated Volume Added 3~c oc C~, z<3 T 7 Z.CS av9, ps-Z.Estimated Mass Added Q.7 pre Maximum Volume~dd 372,250 7,263 7,263 7,263 7,263 900 4,000 Maximum Mass Added (ibm)2.7xl0 6 2.Convert estimated'volume added from gallons to grams.Added volume: , gallons x 3785 gms/gal=/-<~~i gms 3.Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains 2~7x/~~9 ibm x 454 grams/ibm~~+gms 4.The average Reactor Coolant System Hass is 2.40 x 10 gms.8 5.Oetermine the Total Liquid.Mass as Follows: 5'ass added/-//<~~gms+melted ice mass+RCS mass 2.4 x 10 gms=~-9l v/>8 gms TABLE 6 ESTIHATE OF-RCS MATER HASS*ANO CONTAINHENT MATER MASS AYERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE=11,780 ft 3 1.Record the reactor vessel level, pressurizer level, and RCS temperature at time when sample was taken.Reactor vessel level=Pressurizer level RCS temperature oF I in dice'A 0>>s'y'5~.~nq>uori<ina Qc ao 2.Oetermine RCS volume at time of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.ft x f+100=3.Oetermine RCS specific gravity from Figure l.RCS specific gravity=4.Determine RCS mass as follows:~1.0 28.3 x 10 cc 3 RCS volume (ft)x specific gravity x'cc ft3 ft x 3 x x~1.0 28.3 x 1 0 c c cc ft3 5.Record the Containment Sump level indication and the containment level indication.
Containment Sump Level=Containment Level/yO S7 TABLE 6 (Continued)
'I ESTIMATE OF,RCS WATER MASS~ANQ CONTAINMENT WATER MASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME=11,780 ft 3 6.Determine containment water volume from Figures 2 and 3 using the levels from Step 5.Note: If sump level indicates sump is full use Figure 3.Containment Water Volume=7.Oetermine containment water specific gravity from Figure l.Containment water specific activity=f~o P 8.Determine containment water mass as follows: 3 Containment water volume x specific gravity x'1.0 m 28.3 x 10 cc cc ft3 1.0 gm 28.3 x 10 cc 3 x-x CC 3 ft a Z-77~/5 gms*If a reactor ve'ssel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5)to determine RCS water mass.Total Water Pass+-~~~~~gms-containment water mass~.7><<~gms RCS mass~-~~~<gms 1A T01AL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO-UNIT 1 RCS Containment Containment Total Equi)lbr 1um Corrected Actlvlty Sump Actlvlty Atmosphere Act lvlty Actlvlty Core Inventory*
Power Correction Core Inventory ii~uc (Qe~c~c C CI Release Percentage*
t Kr 85m KR 87 Xr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 I.a 112 Pr 144~a(d)e i(c)2.0 (7)3.6 (7)5.2 (7)5.7 (5)1.8 (8)2.5 (7)3.4 (7)8.9 (7)1.3 (8)1.8 (8)1.6 (8)5.3 (7)2.1 (7)1.0 (7)3.0 (7)1.3 (8)1.5 (8)1.6 (8)I.I (8)1.1 (8)o.{'.&./7.&" 2.0 (7)2.0 x 10.This notation ls used throughout the procedure.
7>>Release Percentage Total Actlvlt Corrected Core Inventory x 100 TABLE 78 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO-UNIT 2 RCS Activity g~ucl 4~C Containment Sump Activity~C Containment Atmosphere Activity ci Total Equilibrium Corrected Activity Core Inventory*
Power Correction Core Inventory CI Ci Factor Ci Release Percentage*
Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 2.1 (7)3.8 (7)5.4 (7)6.0 (5)1.9 (8)2.7 (7)3.5 (7)9.3 (7)1.3 (8)1.9 (8)1.7 (8)5.5 (7)2.2 (7)1.0 (7)3.1 (7)1.3 (8)1.6 (8)1.7 (8)1.4 (8)1.1 (8)**Release Percentage
~Total Activit Corrected Core Inventory x 100 TABLE 8 POWER HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Interval/Z Average Power Level*P)z y37$2$0 JC 2~ZV37 Operating Period at P~t~hours x Zf I'20.Period Between end of tg and Reactor Shutdown t hours><8/"-/2 0 Power Correction Factor PCF**Stead-State Power Condition PCF Transient Power Condition PCF I.Half-Life of Nuclide<1 Da Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 4 da s Rated Power Level (Hwt)-l.t-X,it'P (1-e)e Rated Power Level (HWt)II.Half-Life of Nuclide>1 Da Avera e Pbwer Level HWt for rior 30 da s Rated Power Level (Hwt)-X t-)it'P (1-e j~)e Rated Power Leve](HWt)III.Half-Life of Nuclide-1 Year Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 1 ear Rated Power Level (HWt)Effective Full Power Da s EFPD Total Calendar Days of Cycle Operation*Average Power Level is defined as the power level at which the power level does not vary more than+10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.**I~=decay constant in hours 1 of each nuclide.)i of each nuclide is listed in TABLE 9 Nuclide DECAY CONSTANTS (7ii)OF EACH NUCLIOE r Half-Life-1 hours Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 4.4 h 76 m 2.8 h 11.8d 5.27d 2.26d 9.14h 8.05d 2.26h 20.3 h 6.68 h 17.8 m 2 yr 30 yr'8.6 m 77.7 h 12.8 d 40.22 h 92.5 m 17.27 m 0.158 0.547 0.248 2.45(-3)5.48(-3)1.28(-2)7.58(-2)3.59(-3)0.307 3.41(-2)0.104 2.34 3.96(-5)2.64(-6)0.605 8.92(-3)2.26(-3)1.72(-2)0.450 2.41 TABLE 10 CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Indi cator Percent Clad Dama e Percent Overtem erature Percent Fuel Melt<50'A>505<505>505<505>50%Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 135 Cs 134 Cs 137-Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 SC+g.gf-ed Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133 Xe 131m/Xe 133~0.2+
TASLE 10 (Continued)
CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Indicator Percent Clad Percent Percent Overtem erature..Fuel Melt<50%>50K<50%>50'I<501>50%Ratio (Con't)Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe 135/Xe 133 I 132/I 131 I 133/I 131 I 135/I 131 Auxi liar Indicators Core Uncovered Core Exit Temp'F Containment H 5 Zirc-Mater Reaction 5 Ignitors On?High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr QE5 3.XP-Q TABLE llNuclide Gap NUCLIDE ACTIVITY RATIOS Fuel Pellet Activit Ratio Gal c ul ated Activit Ratio" Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 0.022 0.022 0.045 0.004 1.0 0.096 0.051 0.11 0.22 0.29 0.004 1.0 0.14 0.19/.o I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 1.0 0.17 0.71 0.39 1.0 1.5 2.1 1.9/.O Noble Gas Nuclide Released Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci}Iodine Nuclide Released Ci I-131 Released (Ci)
TABLEe 12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL DAHAGE*Core Damage Indicator Core Damage Category Percent and Type oF Fission Products Released Fission Product Ratio Containment Radlogas Honl tor (R/hr)Core Exit Thermocouplas Readings (Deg F)Core Uncovery Indication Hydrogen Honltor (Vol II H2)"**6 Plant Type Ho clad damage 0-50%clad damage 50-100X clad damage 0-50%fuel pellet overtemperature 50-IDOL fuel pel let overtemperature 0-50X Fuel melt 50-100X fuel melt Kr-87<lxl0 3 Xe-133<lxlO 3 1-131<lx10 3 l-133<lxl0 3 Kt-87 10 3-0.01 Xe-133 10 3-O.l I"131 10 3-0.3 1-133 10 3-0.1 KI-87 0.01-0.02 Xe-133 0.1-0;2 1-131 0.3-0.5 1-133 0.)~-0.2 Xe-Kr,Cs,l 1-20 Sr-Ba 0-0.1 Xe-Kr,Cs, I 20-40 Sr-Ba 0.1-0.2 Xe,Kr,Cs,l 40-70 Sr-Ba 0.2-0.8 Pr 0.1-0.8 Xe,Kr,Cs,l,Te
>70 Sr Ba>24 Pr>0.8 Hot Applicable Kr-87 0.022 1-133~0.71 Kl'-87~0.022 1-133 0.71 Kr-87 0.22 1-133 2.1 Kr-87-0.22 1-133 2.1 Kr-87 0.22 I-133 2.1 Kr-87 0.22 I-133 2.1 0-/E~/gz-/s'E3/.SEE K><M f, or='V-Z.s/s z.s~-P.mEW)3.$E5<750 750-1300 1300-1650>1650>1650>1650>1650 Ho uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovery Core uncovary Core uncovery Core uncovery Hag 1 ig lbl e 0-)3 13-2i 13-2i 13-2I 73-21 13-2I*This table ls intended to supplement the methodology outlined considerable engineering)udgement.
***lgnltors may obviate these values.Xe-133'-131 ln this report and should not be used IIlthout referring to this report and without/p'7 5 jokers 07 7 pr rg~ado~.>rz.
800.600.500'00'00 200'/n STP FIGURE 1-WATER OEiNSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS.STP) 90'0'5 CD UJ CD CD CI 60'0-<0..30'0~i0.CD CD IC1 CD 41 CD CD CD CD CD CCl VOLUHE.Fl'3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION 90..80..70'0'0~40, 30'0'l O O'O Cl O CI O O 0 O O O O C7 O O O O O O O O O Al ET@ORE 3'ONTAINMENT WATER YOLUME YERSUS CONTATNMENT LEVEL.INOI CATION 0~~0~0~0~0 F 01 F 00 F 00 F 00.00 QJ Pg.00 r.0-5.0-o+J c 3.0-Cl 2'I CP S o 1.0i 7+0 5.0-gQ r g(08.o+r r~q8 r 3.0" 2-0" 1'" tlat h,~~~~~~y C4 Y)IO h o o Q o Q.~o o CV Pl~~O Q Q lA h Q Clad Damage (<)FIGORE G RELATIPNGHIP OF g CLAO OANAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY.RELEASED OF KR-87 F 7 0-0-0-0~t F 07~0 Ol Cl QJ~0 Cl CC~0 O 07 0 F 007 O'00 r r go F 00 F 001 CV F7 a o a.a~I~hl Y)IA h a'0 0 Ol k1 Vl Q 0 0 Clad.Damage (5)FIGURE 7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH'X CORE INVENTORY--'RELEASED OF XE-133 I~0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0'F 07.05.03.02~4Q.r 01.007.005.003.002~gQ~O+r I g F 001 e~7.0"4 c c 5.0-4 3.0-4 2 0" 0 I~0" 4 7.0"5 5.0"5 3'.0" 5 2.0-5 1.0"5 CO Q7~~~~~~~~~CV Y)N 6 0 e a a o Clad Damage (%%d)O O O 0 O Ol P)V)h D FIGURE G RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH S CORE IN~ENTOR" RELEASED OF I-131 0.~0~0~0 F 00.00 F 00 F 00'0 00 7.0" Ol 5.0-<0 E.0-2~0-CP I 0 1~0-7'" 5.0-r~~r+r gQ~O g 3~0-2~0-t 0-hl P)Vl i&~~0 0 0 0 C4 Pl Vl h 0 Clad Damage (X)0 0 0 0 0 CV.)A h 0 FIGURE 10 RELATIONSHIP OF W CLAD DAMAGE NITH M CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-132 70.50'0 20-10'.5.3~r~4r r r r 2~0 0~0~0~0~Fuel Overtemperature (5)FIGURE Z3: RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE MITH'A CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR, I, OR CS 1~0-0 0~0~0'~0~0~0 QJ r F 01 F 00 S F 00 Cl F 00.00 S O.001 T.0-5'"~r.@g r go+3'.0" 2.0" 1~0-LA h O O Af O Pl O O O v7 h O Fuel Overtemperature (5)FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF S FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR 100 70-50'0'0~10'~3~2~r o+r p r r r r 0'0.0~0.0~1 n s a O O O Ill O O O'uel Melt (X)FIGURE IS, RELATIONSHIP OF'5 FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE,.KR, I, CS, OR TE 0
100.0 10.0 0.1 0.01 1.0 10 0'ueI MeIt.(5)100.0 FIGURE'G iRELATIONSHIP OF E FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED.OF BA OR SR JO.25~20" UNIT ia~UNIT 5.C7 C 0 0 C)O O C7 Ol Yl Vl CCI ZlRC-QAI'P3 RE.BIGS'ION 1'KRCEH f.WGK FIGDRE IB CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON'Z)RCONIUN MATER REACTION l005.NOBLE GAS RELEASE S2X NOBLE GAS;RELEAS 0.3$NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS.18 1 NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE'AS RELEASE'0..0..
100.0 1000.0 TINE AFTER SHUTOOMN (HOURS)FIGURE ZG-PERCENT NOBLE GASES'N CONTAINMENT
-.-FOR.UNIT.1 ANO UNIT P'}}

Latest revision as of 01:58, 4 February 2020

Post-Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology.
ML17326B152
Person / Time
Site: Cook  American Electric Power icon.png
Issue date: 08/31/1984
From:
INDIANA MICHIGAN POWER CO. (FORMERLY INDIANA & MICHIG
To:
Shared Package
ML17326B153 List:
References
PROC-840831, NUDOCS 8409050260
Download: ML17326B152 (171)


Text

D. C. COOK POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

'" 840SO50aSO 84083i PDR ADOCK 050003i5'

', PDR I  ! August, 1984

NOTICE The D.~ C.~ Cook Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology Report consists of using the Westinghouse Owner's Group Revision 1 generic report and

~

modifying it to include relevant 0. C. Cook plant specific parameters. Where a change in the text of the generic report has been made to incorporate plant specific information, brackets, t'], have been used to indicate the change.

In the generic report the last section consisted of a step-by-step example on the use of the core damage assessment methodology. In this report the example section is replaced with a procedure specific to 0. C. Cook. Also included is an example of this procedure.

TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE 1.1 Methodology 2.0 TECHNICAL BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 2.1 Characteristic Fission Products 2.2 Core Inventories 2.3 Power Correction for Core Inventories 2.3.1 Power Correction Factor 7 2.4 Relationship of Clad Damage With Activity 10 2.4.1 Gap Inventory 0 10 2.4.2 Spiking Phenomena 10 2.4.3 Activity Associated With Clad Damage 13 2.4.4 Gap Activity Ratios 26 2.4.5 Adjustments to Determine Activity Released 26 2.5 Relationship of Fission Product Release With Overtemperature Conditions 40 2.6 Relationship of Nuclide Release With Core Melt Conditions 43

2. 7 Samp1 ing Locati ons 46 3.0 AUXILIARY INDICATORS 53 3.1 Containment Hydrogen Con'centration 53 3.2 Core Exit Temperatures and Reactor Vessel Water Levels 57 3.3 Containment Radiation Honitors and Core Damage 60 4.0 GENERALIZED CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT APPROACH 65
5. 0'IMITATIONS 67

6.0 REFERENCES

69 APPENDIX A Core Damage Assessment Procedure APPENDIX B Example of Core Damage Assessment Procedure

LIST OF TABLES Title ~Pa e 2-1 Selected Nuclides for Core Damage Assessment Fuel Pellet Inventory for Westinghouse Plants Gap Inventory 2-3-1 Gap Inventory Hinimum and Haximum 12 2-4 Expected Iodine Spike 2-5 Normal Operating Activity Isotopic Activity Ratios of Fuel Pellet and Gap 27 Parent-Daughter Relationships 37 Source Inventory of Related Parent Nuclides 39 2-9 Expected Fuel Damage Correlation with Fuel Rod Temperature 41 2-10 Percent Activity Release for 100 Percent Overtemperature 42 Conditions 2-11 Percent Activity Release for 100 Percent Core Helt Conditions Suggested Sampling Locations 52, 3-1 Average Containment Volume and Zirconium Hass 56 Instantaneous Gamma Ray Source Strengths Due to a 100 61 Percent Release of Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident

LIST OF TABLES (continued)

Tebl e Title ~Pa e 3-2A Instantaneous Gamma Ray Fluxes Due to 1004 Release of 62 Noble Gases at Various Times Following an Accident Characteristics of Categories of Fuel Damage 66

LIST OF FIGURES

~Fi ure Title ~Pa e 2-1 Power Correction Factor for Cs-134 Based on Average Power During Operation 2-2 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory 15 Released of Xe-133 2-3 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory 16 Released of I-131 Relationship of X Clad Damage with X Core Inventory 17 Released of I-131 with Spiking 2-5 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory 18 Released of Kr-87 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with % Core Inventory 19 Released of Xe-131m 2-7 Relationship of X Clad Damage with X Core Inventory 20 Released of I-132 2-8 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with A Core Inventory 21 Released of I-133 2-9 Relationship of 5 Clad Damage with 5 Core Inventory 22 Released of I-135 2-10 Water Density Ratio (Temperature vs. STP) 2-10A Sump Mater Volume Versus Sump Level Indication 1

2-10B Containment Water Volume Versus Sump Level Indication, 35 J

LIST OF FIGURES (continued)

~Ft ere Title Pacae 2-11 Relationship of g Fuel Overtemperature with X Released of Xe, Kr, I, or Cs Core'nventory 2-12 Relationship of X Fuel Overtemperature with 5 Core 45 Inventory Released of Ba or Sr 2-13 Relationship of A Fuel Helt with X, Core Inventory Released 4B of Xe, Kr, I, Cs, or Te 2-14 Relationship of  % Fuel Helt with 5 Core Inventory Released 49 of Ba or Sr 2-15 Relationship of X Fuel Helt with  % Core Inventory Released 50 of Pr 3-1 Containment Hydrogen Concentration Based on Zirconium 55 Water Reaction Distribution of Thermocouples and Flux Thimbles for Unit 1 58 and Unit 2 Percent Noble Gases in Containment for Unit 1 and Unit 2 64

1.0 INTRODUCTION

AND PURPOSE In March 1982 the NRC issued a "Post Accident Sampling Guide for Preparation of a Procedure to Estimate Core Damage" as a supplement to the post accident sampling criteria, of NUREG-0737 (1) . The stated purpose of this guide was to aid utilities in preparation of a methodology for relating post accident core damage with measurements of radionuclide concentrations and other plant indicators. The primary interest of the NRC was, in the event of an accident, to have some means of realistically differentiating between four major fuel conditions: no damage, cladding failure, fuel overheating, and core melt. The methodology developed is intended to enable qualified personnel to provide an estimate of this damage. In order to comply with the NRC request for such a methodology, Westinghouse, under contract to the Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG), prepared the generic technical report'.

$ 13)1 This report is cognizant of NRC's initial intention. Additionally, the report reflects input by NRC and various representatives of the WOG provided during several meetings held on this subject during the past year.

tThis report has been arranged to present the technical basis for the methodology (Section 1 through 5), and to provide a procedure based on this methodology (Appendix A).

1.1 METHODOLOGY The approach utilized in this methodology of core damage assessment is measurement of fission product concentrations in the primary coolant system, and containment when applicable, obtained with the post accident sampling system. Greater release of fission products into the primary coolant can occur if insufficient cooling is supplied to the fuel elements. Those fission products contained in the fuel pellet fuel cladding interstices are presumed to be completely released upon failure of cladding. Additional fission products from the fuel pellet are assumed to be released during overtemperature and fuel melt conditions. These radionuclide measurements,

together with auxiliary readings of core exit thermocouple temperatures, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and hydrogen production are used to develop an estimate of the kind and extent of fuel damage.

2.0 TECHNICAL BASIS FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 2.1 CHARACTERISTIC FISSION PRODUCTS Depending on the extent of core damage, characteristic fission products are expected to be released from the core. An evaluation was conducted to select the fission product isotopes which characterize a mechanism of release relative to the extent of core damage. Nuclides were selected to be associated with the core damage states of clad damage, fuel overheat, and fuel melt. The selection of nuclides for this methodology was based on half-life, energy, yield, release characteristics, quantity present in the core, and practicality of measurement using standard gamma spectrometry techniques.

The nuclides selected for this methodology have sufficient core inventories and radioactive half-lives to ensure that there will be sufficient activity for detection and analysis of the nuclides for some time following an accident. Most of the nuclides selected have half-lives which enable them to reach equilibrium quickly within the fuel cycle. The list of selected nuclides contains nuclides with half-lives of 1 day or less which are assumed

/

to reach equilibrium in approximately 4 days. These nuclides are used to assess core damage for cores that have been operational in a given cycle for less than a month. For cores that have been operating for more than a month, the list contains nuclides with half-lives greater than 1 day which reach equilibtium at some time during the first month of operation depending on the half life of the nuclide. Both groups of nuclides are used to assess core damage For cores that have been operational in a given cycle for more than a month. Other factors considered during the selection process were the energy and yield of the nuclides along with the practicality of detecting and analyzing the nuclides.

Nuclides were chosen based on their release characteristics to be representative of the specific states of core damage. The Rogovin Report (2) noted that as the core progressed through the damage states certain nuclides associated with each damage state would be released. The volatility of the nuclides is the basis for the relationship between certain nuclides and a particular core damage state.

A list of the selected nuclides for this core damage. assessment methodology is shown in Table 2-1.

2.2 CORE INVENTORIES Implementation of the core damage assessment methodology requires an estimation of the fission product source inventory available for release. The fission product source inventory of the fuel pellet was calculated using the ORIGEN computer code, based on a three-region equilibrium cycle core at end-of-life. The three regions were assumed to have operated for 300, 600, and 900 effective full power days, respectively. For use in this methodology the fission product inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout the core. As such, the fission product inventory can be applicable to other equilibrium cores with different regional characteristics. The fuel pellet inventory of the selected fission products and some additional fission products of interest for 0. C. Cook Unit 1 and Unit 2 is shown in Table 2-2.

2. 3 POWER CORRECTION FOR CORE INVENTORIES The source inventory shown in Table 2-2 presents inventories for an equilibrium, end-of-life core that has been operated at 100 percent power.

For this methodology a source inventory at the time of an accident that accounts for the power history is needed. For those cases where the core has reached equilibrium, a ratio of the steady state power level to the rated power level is applied. Within the accuracy of this methodology, a period of four half-lives of a nuclide is sufficient to assume equilibrium for that nuclide. For nuclides with half-lives less than one day the power ratio based on the steady-state power level of the prior four days to reactor shutdown can be used to determine the inventory. To use a simple power ratio to determine the inventories of the isotopes with half-lives greater than 1 day, the core should have operated at a constant power for at least 30 days prior to reactor shutdown. The assumption is made that constant power exists when the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value. For transient power histories where a steady state power condition has not been obtained, a power correction factor has been developed to calculate the source inventory at the time of the accident.

TABLE 2-1 SELECTED NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSHENT Core Damage State Nuclide Hal f-Lif e" Predominant Gammas Kev Yield 5

  • Clad Failure Kr-85m"' 4.4 h 150(74), 305(13)

Kr-87 76 m 403(84), 2570(35)

Kr-88"* 2.8 h 191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)

Xe-131m 11.8 d 164(2)

Xe-133 5.27 d 81(37)

Xe-133m*" 2.26 d 233 (14)

Xe-135++ 9.14 h 250(91)

I-131 8.05 d 364(82)

I-132 2.26 h 773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)

I-1 33 20.3 h 530(90)

I-135 6.68 h 1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)

Rb-88 17.8 m 898(13), 1863(21)

Fuel Overheat Cs-134 2 yr 605(98), 796(99)

Cs-137 30 yr 662(85)

Te-129 68.7 m 455(15)

Te-132 77.7 h 230(90)

Fuel Melt Sr-89 52.7 d (beta emitter)

Sr-90"* 28 yr (beta emitter)

Ba-140 12.8 d 537(34)

La-140 40.22 h 487{40), 815(19), 1596{96)

La-142 92.5 m 650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)

Pr-144 17.27 m 695(1.5)

  • Values obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition.
  • " These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuc 1 ides.

TASLE 2-2 FUEL PELLET INVENTORY~

Inventor Curies Unit 1 Unit 2 Nuc 1 i de 3250 Mwt 3391 Mwt Kr 85m 0(7)%* 2.1(7)

Kr 87 3.6(7) 3.8(7)

Kr 88 5.2(7) 5.4(7)

Xe 131m 5.7{5) 6.0(5)

Xe 133 1.8(8) 1.9(8)

Xe 133m 2.5(7) 2.7(7)

Xe 135 3.4(7). 3.5(7)

I 131 8.9(7) 9.3(7)

I 132 1.3(8) 1.3{8)

I 133 1.8(8) 1.9(8) 1.6(8) 1.7(8)

Rb 88 5.3(7) 5.5(7)

Cs 134 2.1(7) 2.2(7)

Cs 137 1.0(7) 1.0(7)

Te 129 3.0(7) 3.1(7)

Te 132 1.3(8) 1.3(8)

Sr 89 7.2(7) 7.5(7)

Sr 90 6.6(6) 6.8(6)

Ba 140 1.5(8) 1 ~ 6(8)

La 140 1.6(8) 1.7(8)

La 142 1.4(8) 1.4(8)

Pr 144 1.1(8) 1.1(8)

Inventory based on ORIGEN run for equilibrium, end-of-life core.

  • " 1.2(7) = 1.2 x 107. This notation is used throughout this report.

There are a few selected nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer which in most instances do not reach equilibrium during the life of the core.

For these few nuclides aqd within the accuracy of the methodology, a power correction factor which compares the effective full power days of the core to the total number of calendar days of cycle operation of the core is applied.

Oue to the production characteristics of, cesium-134, special consideration must be used to determine the power correction factor for Cs-134. This power correction factor can be obtained from Figure 2-1.

J 2.3.1 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR A) Steady state power prior to shutdown.

1) Half-life of nuclide < 1 day Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 4 da s Power Correction Factor =

Rated Power Level (Mwt)

2) Half-life of nuclide > 1 day Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 30 da s Power Correction Factor = Rated Power Level (Mwt)
3) Half life of nuclide = 1 year

= Avera e Power Level Mwt for rior 1 ear Power Correction Factor Rated Power Level (Mwt)

Steady state power condition is assumed where the power does not vary by more than +10 percent of rated power level from time averaged value.

8) Transient power history in which the power has not remained constant prior to reactor shutdown.

For the majority of the selected nuclides, the 30-day power history prior to shutdown is sufficient to calculate a power correction factor.

1.0 90K POWER 0.9 0.8 iER CORRECTION FACTOR 75K POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 200 400 600 800 1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR .DAYS)

CS-134 BASED ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION FIGURE 2-1 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR

-X.t -Kit' P (1 e j) e Power Correction Factor =

Et RP (1-e j) where:

pj average power level (Nwt) during operating period t. j RP rate power level of the core (Mwt) tj operating period in days at power P where power does not vary more than +10 percent power of rated power level from time averaged value (P )

decay constant of nuclide i in inverse days.

time between end of period j and time of reactor shutdown in days.

If the total period of operation is greater than four half-lives of the nuclide being considered, the power correction is as follows. This is within the accuracy of this methodology.

0.693 g t > 4 x

-kit -'k. t'.

E P. (1-e j) e Power Correction Factor =

RP For the few nuclides with half-lives around one year or longer, a power correction factor which ratios effective full power days to total calendar days of cycle operation is applied.

EFPO Power Correction Factor =

total calendar days of cycle operation C) For Cs-134 Figure 2-1 is used to determine the power correction factor.

To use Figure 2-1, the average power during the entire operating period is requi red.

2.4 RELATIONSHIP OF CLAO OAHAGE MITH ACTIVITY 2.4.1 GAP INVENTORY During operation, volatile fission products collect in the gap. These fission products are isotopes of the noble gases and iodine.

determine the fission product inventory of the gap, the ANS 5.4 (4)

To Standard formulae were used with the average temperature and burnup of the fuel rod. The average gap inventory for the entire core for this methodology was estimated by assuming the core is divided into three regions - a low burnup region, a middle burnup region, and a high burnup region. Using the ANS 5.4 Standard, the gap fraction and subsequent gap inventory were calculated for each region. Each region is assumed to represent one-third of the core. The total gap inventory was then calculated by summing the gap inventory of each region. For the purposes of this core damage assessment methodology, this gap inventory is assumed to be evenly distributed throughout

. the core. Table 2-3 shows the calculated gap inventories for Unit 1 and Unit 2 of the noble gases and iodines. Table 2-3-1 shows the minimum and maximum gap inventories. The minimum and maximum gap inventory were determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition and the high'burnup conditions, respectively.

2.4.2 SPIKING PHENOMENA Reactor coolant system pressure, temperature, and power transients may result in iodine spiking. (Cesium spiking may also occur but is not considered in this methodology.) Spiking is noted by an increase in reactor coolant iodine concentrations during some time period after the transient. In most cases, the 'iodine concentration would return to normal operating activity at a rate based on'the 'system purification 'hal'f-.life 'Spikin'g is' characteristic of -" -".

the condition where an increase in 'the normal primary coolant activity is noted but no damage to the cladding has occur red.

10

TABLE 2-3 GAP INVENTORY~

Ga Inventor Curies Unit 1 Unit 2 Nuclide 3250 Mwt 3391 Hwt Kr 85m"' 3.44(3) 3.59(3) .

Kr 87 3.29(3) 3.43(3)

Kr 88"' 7.26(3) 7.58(3)

Xe 131m 8.05(2) 8.41{2)

Xe 133 1 60{5)

~ 1.67(5)

Xe 133m*" 1.53(4) 1;60(4)

Xe 135*" 8.17(3) 8.53(3)

I-1 31 2.58(5) 2.70(5)

I-1 32 4.15(4) 4.33(4)

I-133 1.75(5) 1.82(5)

I-135 8.92(4) 9.31(4)

Total core inventory based on 3 region equilibrium core at end-of-life.

Gap inventory based on ANS 5.4 Standard.

  • " Additional nuclides; no graphs provided.

11

TABLE 2-,3-1 GAP INVENTORY MINIHUM ANO HAXIHUM Gap Inventory, Curies Hinimum Maximum "*

Unit 1 Unit 2 Nuc 1 i de 3250 Hwt 3391 Hwt Kr 85m" 6. 28(2) -8. 71 (3) 6 '6(2)-9.09(3)

KI 87 6.20(2)-8.39(3) 6.47(2)-8.76(3)

Kr 88* 1.29(3)-1',81(4) 1.35(3)-1.89(4)

Xe 131m 1.44(2)-2.01(3) 1.50(2)-2.10(3)

Xe 133 3.03(4)-4.10(5) 3.16(4)-4.28(5)

Xe 133m* 1.16(3)-1.61(4) 1.22(3)-1.68(4)

Xe 135* 3.74(3)-5.11(4) 3.90(3)-5.33(4)

I 131 4.90(4) -6. 69 ( 5) 5.12(4)-6.98(5)

I 132 7.78(3)-1 .06(5) 8.12(3)-1.11(5)

I 133 3.21(4) -4.46(5) 3.35(4)-4.66(5)

I 135 1.62(4)-2.27(5) 1.69(4)-2.37(5)

  • Additional nuclides; no graphs provided.
    • Minimum values are based on the low burnup region (5,000 HWO/HTU).

Haximum values are based on the high burnup region (25,000 HWD/HTU).

12

For this methodology consideration of the spiking phenomena into the radionuclide analysis is limited to the I-131 information found in WCAP-9964'. (5) WCAP 9964,presents releases in Curies of I-131 due to a transient which results in spiking based on the normal primary coolant activity of the nuclides. The WCAP gives an average release and 90 percent confidence interval. These values are presented in Table 2-4. 'The use of this data is demonstrated in Section 2.4.3.2.

2.4.3 ACTIVITY ASSOCIATED WITH CLAD DAMAGE Clad damage is characterized by the release of the fission products which have accumulated in the gap during the operation of the plant. The cladding may rupture during an accident when heat transfer from the cladding to the primary coolant has been hindered and the cladding temperature increases. Cladding failure is anticipated in the temperature range of 1300 to 2000'F depending upon the conditions of the fission product gas and the primary system pressure. Clad damage can begin to occur in regions of high fuel rod peak clad temperature based on the radial and axial power distribution. As the accident progresses and is not mitigated, other regions of the core are expected to experience high temperatures and possibly clad failure. When the cladding ruptures, it is assumed that the fission product gap inventory of the damaged fuel rods is instantaneously released to the primary system. For this methodology it is assumed that the noble gases will escape through the break of the primary system boundary to the containment atmosphere and the iodines will stay in solution and travel with the primary system water during the accident.

To determine an approximation of the extent of clad damage, the total activity of a fission product released is compared to the total source inventory of the fission product at reactor shutdown. Included in the measured quantity of the total activity released is a contribution from the normal operating activity of the nuclide. An adjustment should be made to the measured quantity of release to account for the normal operating activity. Direct correlations can then be developed which describe the relationship between the percentage of total source inventory released and the extent of clad damage for each nuclide. Figures 2-2 through 2-9 present the direct correlations for each nuclide in graphical form. The contribution of the normal operating activity 13

TABLE 2-4 EXPECTED IODINE SPIKE Avera e Ci/ m I-131 Total Release Curies 0.5 < SA* < 1.0 3400 0.1 < SA < 0.5 380 0.05 < SA < 0.1 200 0.01 < SA < 0.05 200 0.005 < SA < 0.01 100 0.001 < SA < 0.005 100 SA < 0.001 2 90/90 U er Confidence Level Ci/ m 0.5 < SA < 1.0 6500-0.1 < SA < 0.5 950 0.05 < SA < 0.1 650 0.01 < SA < 0.05 650 0.005 < SA < 0.001 300 0.001 < SA < 0.005 300 SA < 0.001 10

  • SA is the normal operating I-131 specific activity (yCi/gm) in the primary coolant.

0 '

g 0 ~

0.

0' F 07 0

CJ tt$

C)

CY

~ 0

~0) r

~ 0 O qadi CJ c ~ 01 u9 007 o+

O F 00 00 F 00

.001 hl O O O O O O O O Y) IA h O eu nO n n O Clad Damage (';.')

FIGURE 2-2 RELATIONSHIP OF,'4 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133

1 ~

0' 0'

0' 0'

0' F 07 F 05 F 03

~ 02 F 01 F 007 005 <e 003 gO 002 pS ~ 001

)c Pu ~

7 5

~

~

0-4 0-4

, e S

3 '"4 2.0-4 1 ~ 0-4 7 ~ 0-5 5 0-5 3 '"5 2 '-5 1 '"5 IA h ~ \ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~

O

~

0

~

O

~

0

~ CV Yl ill h 0 O C4 O

Yl O

lA 0

h 0O Clad Damage (/)

FIGURE 2-3 RELATIONSHIP OF /o CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVEilTORY RELEASED OF I-131

1 ~

0 0 '

r 0 '

0 '

F 1 F 07 F 05

'b r

~ 03 + rr gC

~ 02 aCl ~gQ r

r F 007 r 005 e .003 C

~ 002 r O

~ 001 7 '-4 5 '-4 3 '-4 2 '-4 1 '-4 CV W V)

IA h O ~ O O O O O O O O O hl Y) Vl h O Clad Damage P)

FIGURE Z-4 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED QF I-131 WITH SPIKING

0 ~

~ 0

~ 01 F 00 F 00 F 00

.00 gQ r 001 0-o 7 ~

50-r O

c 3 ~ 0-Cl 2 '" oqr dJ 5

0-1 ~

7 5 '"

3 ~ 0-1

'" Al N " IA W 0 0

~ ~

0 0 W

~

CV P) h O O Q 0 0 Q llew CV ~ U1 Cl Clad Damage (i.)

FIGURE 2-5 RELATIONSHIP OF / CLAD DAMAGE MITH ~~ CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87

0' 0 ~

0 ~

F 1 07 I 0 qO r

.'>%r e

(Y r

O

~ 0

~) .0 gurquu9 io o ~ 01 F 00?

F 00 F 00

~ 001

& Ill CV d

~ ~ CV Y)

~

IA b

~

d dCV nd d dd d n.

d d d v)

Clad Damage (5)

FIGURE 2-6 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M 19

0 ~

~ 0

~ 0 0

F 01 F 00 F 00 QQ F 00 F 00 +

r d

.OOI ~Q cr. 7 ~ 0-5.0-4 ~O r O

+J QJ 3 '-~

2 '-4 r S

O 1 ~ 0" 4 j ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 ~ 0-2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-CV M IA h ~ \

O,O

~ ~

Q

\

O

~ IA h 0 O Ol C)

.) 0 h0 tA O

Q Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE P-7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAt1AGE WITH X, CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-132 20

1 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0 '

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0

~gQ

~ 01

~ 00 j<~r 8 F 00 00 ~gQ r r

F O

F 00 go+

001 7 ~ 0-S O

3 '"~

2 '"~

1 ~ 0" 4 7 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 '"

2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-M7 W ~ 0

~ ~ Vl W O O O O O O O O O O O IA h O Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 2-8 RELATIONSHIP OF 'X CLAD DAMAGE WITH g CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-133

1 0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0.

F 1

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0

~Q

.01 F 00 r F 00 go 00 F

F 00 r (O~Q rr pS ~ 001 ~o+

m 7 ~ 0-5' 4 Cl 3. 0-d o0 2.0-4 I ~ 0-4 0"

7 5 '"

~

2 '"

1

'" Al ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ hl Yl th h

~

0

~

O 0 0 0h 0O 0 O 0 O CV Y) V)

Clad Damage ('A) 2-9 RELATIONSHIP OF,o CLAD DAMAGE .WITH N CORE INVENTORY FIGURE RELEASED OF I-135

has been factored into the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-9.

Examples of how to construct the correlations shown in Figures 2-2 through 2-4 are presented in the next, two sections. Figures 2-5 through 2-9 were determined in the same fashion as described in the examples. It should be noted that not all of the fission products listed in Table 2-3 need to be analyzed but as many as possible should be analyzed to determine a reasonable approximation of clad damage.

2.4.3.1 Xe-133 A graphical representation can be developed which describes the linear relationship of the measured release percentage of Xe-133 to the extent of clad damage. Since the linear relationship is based on percentage of inventory released, the linear relationship applies to all Mestinghouse standard plants. The Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is used as the base plant for developing the relation. The total source inpentory of Xe-133 For a Westinghouse 3-Loop plant is 1.6 x 10 Curies[(13)lj. For 100 percent clad 8 .

damage all of the gap inventory, which corresponds to 1.43 x 10 5 Curie (13)1] would be released. For 0.1 percent clad damage, 1.43 x 10 2 Curies would be released. These two values can be used to represent two points of the linear relationship between percentage of total inventory released and the extent of clad damage. However, the normal operating activity needs to be accounted into the relation. From Table 2-5 the normal operating activity of Xe-133 is 18 pCi/gm (6) . The average primary coolant 8

mass of a 3-Loop plant is 1.78 x 10 grams. The total normal operating contribution to the total release of Xe-133 is 3200 Curies. Thus the adjusted releases are 3340 Curies and 1.46 x 10 5 Curies for 0.1 percent clad damage

-3 and 100 percent clad damage, respectively. This corresponds to 2.2 x 10

-2 percent for 0.1 percent clad damage and 9.1 x 10 for 100 percent clad damage. This'elation is shown in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2 also shows a minimum and a maximum relation which bound the best estimate line. The minimum and maximum lines were determined by bounding the fission product gap inventory. The minimum gap inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the low burnup condition used to calculate the average gap inventory as described in Section 2.4.1. The 23

TABLE 2-5 NORMAL OPERATING ACTIVITY~

Specific Activity in Reactor Coolant'i/

Nuclide m Kr 85m 1.1 (-1)

Kr 87 6.0 (-2)

Kr 88 2.0 (-1)

Xe 131m 1.1 (-1)

Xe 133 1.8 (+1)

Xe 133m 2.2 (-1)

Xe 135 3.5 (-1)

I 131 2.7 (-1)

I 132 1.0 (-1)

I 133 3.8 (-1)

I,135 1.9 (-1)

Values obtained from ANS 18.1 24

maximum gap inventory was determined by assuming the entire core was operating at the high burnup condition of Section 2.4.1. For the 3-Loop plant, the minimum gap inventory fore Xe-133 is 2.71 x 10 Ci, and the maximum value is 3.67 x 10 5

Ci'.

(13) The normal operating activity is bounded by assuming a 8

water mass of 1.23 x 10 grams (2-Loop plant) for the minimum value and 2.6 x 10 grams (4-Loop plant) For the maximum v'alue. The points of the minimum and maximum linear relations are calculated in the same manner as discussed above.

2.4.3.2 I-131 inventory for plant for I-131 is 2.3lxl0 5 The ga

'j. a Westinghouse 3-Loop Curie (13)l The minimum and maximum gap inventory for a 3-Loop plant for 4 5 I-131 is 4.38xl0 Ci and 5.98xl0 Ci, respectively lil3)l The source j.

~(13)l inventory of I-131 for a 3-Loop plant is 8.0 x 10 Curies g. The normal operating specific activity for I-131 from Table 2-5 is 0.27 yCi/gm. With a 8

primary. coolant mass of 1.78 x 10 gm for a standard 3-Loop plant, the normal operating activity of I-131 is 48 Curies. The points of the average, minimum, and maximum relations are calculated in the same manner as described in Section 2.4.3.1. Figure 2-3 shows the percentage of I-131 activity as a function of clad damage. The percentage release of I-131 calculated from the radionuclide analysis would be compared to Figure 2-3 to estimate the extent of clad damage.

For I-131, the possibility of iodine spiking should be considered when distinguishing between no clad damage and minor clad damage. The contribution of iodine spiking is discussed in Section 2.4.2 and is estimated to be as much as 950 Curies of I-131 released to primary system with an average release of 350 Curies based on a normal operating I-131 activity of 0.27 yCi per (6) gram'. The linear relationships of Figure 2-3 are adjusted to account for the release due to iodine spiking by adding 950 'Curies of I-131 to the maximum release and by adding 350 Curies of I-131 to the minimum and average release.

Figure 2-4 shows the percentage of I-131 released with iodine spiking versus clad damage. Iodine spiking was not considered during the calculations of the correlations for the remaining iodines, I-132, I-133, and I-135, Figures 2-7 through 2-9, respectively.

25

2.4.4 GAP ACTIVITY RATIOS Once equilibrium conditipns are reached for the nuclides during operation, a fixed inventory of the nuclides exists within the fuel rod. For these nuclides which reach equilibrium, their relative ratios within the fuel pellet can be considered a constant.

Equilibrium conditions can also be considered to exist in the fuel rod gap.

Under this condition the gap inventory of the nuclides is fixed. The distribution of the nuclides in the gap are not in the same proportion as the fuel pellet inventory since the migration of each nuclide into the gap is dependent on its particular diffusion rate. Since the relative diffusion rates of these nuclides under various operating conditions are approximately constant, the relative ratios of the nuclides in the gap are known.

In the presence of other indicators of a major release, the relative ratios of the nuclides can be compared with the relative ratios of the nuclides analyzed (corrected to shutdown) during an accident to determine the source of the fission product release. Table 2-6 presents the relative activity ratios for both the fuel pellet and the gap. The relative ratios for gap activities are significantly lower than the fuel pellet activity ratios. Measured relative ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures, e.g., fuel overheat.

2.4.5 ADJUSTMENTS TO DETERMINE ACTIVITY RELEASED When analyzing a sample for the presence of nuclides, the isotopic concentration of the sample medium is expressed as the specific activity of the sample in either Curies per gram of liquid or Curies per cubic centimeter of atmosphere. The specific activity of the sample should then be adjusted to determine the total activity of that medium. The measured activity of the sample needs to be adjusted to account for the decay from the time the sample was analyzed to the time of reactor shutdown and adjusted to account for pressure and temperature difference of the sample relative to temperature and 26

R TABLE 2-6 ISOTOPICr ACTIVITY RATIOS OF FUEL PELLET AND GAP Nuclide Fuel Pellet Activit Ratio Ga Activit Ratio Kr-85m 0.11 0.022 Kr-87 0.22 0.022 Kr-88 0.29 0.045 Xe-131m 0.004 0.004 Xe-133 1.0 1.0 Xe-133m 0.14 0.096 Xe-135 0.19 0.051 I-1 31 1.0 1.0 I-132 1.5 0.17 I-133 2.1 0.71 I-135 1.9 0.39 Noble Gas Isoto e Inventor Xe-133 Inventory Iodine Rati Iodine Isoto e Inventor I-131 Inventory

" The measured ratios of various nuclides found in reactor coolant during normal operation is a function of the amount of "tramp" uranium on fuel rod cladding, the number and size of "defects" (i.e. "pin holes" ), and the location of the fuel rods containing the defects in the core. The ratios derived in this report are based on calculated values of relative concentrations in the fuel or in the gap. The use of these present ratios for post accident damage assessment is restricted to an attempt to differentiate between fuel overtemperature conditions and fuel cladding failure conditions. Thus the ratios derived here are not related to fuel defect levels incurred during normal operation.

27

pressure conditions of the medium. Also the mass (liquid) or volume (gas) of the sample medium is required to calculate the isotopic activity of that medium. The following syctions discuss the required adjustments.

2.4.5.l DILUTION OF SAMPLE MEDIUM The distribution of the total water inventory should be known to determine the water amount that is associated with each sample medium. If a sample is taken from the primary system, an approximation of the amount of water in the primary system is needed and a similar approximation is required for a sump sample. For the purposes of this methodology the water is assumed to be distributed within the primary system and the sump. However, consideration should be taken if a significant primary system to secondary system leak 'rate is noted as in the case of a steam generator tube rupture. The amount of water that is available for distribution is the initial amount of primary system water and the amount of water that has been discharged from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST). Also, an adjustment must be made for water added via the containment spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and ice condensers. To approximate the distribution of water, the monitoring systems of the reactor vessel, pressurizer, sump, and RWST can be employed. If not all of the monitoring systems are available, the monitoring systems which are working can be used by assuming that the total water inventory is distributed in the sump and the primary system with consideration given if a significant primary system to secondary system leak rate is noted.

The approximate total activity of the liquid samples can then be calculated.

iThe D. C. Cook Unit l and Unit 2 containments are each equipped with ice 6

condensers. Each containment houses approximately 2.7 x 10 pounds of ice, which provides an additional source of water. The RWST can provide up to approximately 350,000 gallons of emergency core cooling water during an accident. The 4 accumulators are each equipped to provide approximately 950 ft3 of water. The boron ln]ection tank can supply g00 gallons of water.I RCS activity (Curies) = Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm) x RCS water volume or mass (cc or gm).

28

Sump activity (Curies) = Specific Activity (Ci/cc or Ci/gm) x Sump water volume or mass (cc or gm).

r Total water activity = RCS activity + Sump activity +

Activity leaked to Secondary System + Activities from other sources (accumulators, ice condensers, spray additive tanks, etc.).

Note: The specific activities should be decay corrected to reactor shutdown, and the RCS amount should be corrected to account for temperature and pressure differences between sample and RGB The containment atmosphere activity can then be added to approximate the total activity released at time of accident.

Total Activity Released = Total Mater Activity +

Containment Atmosphere Activity 2.4.5.2 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT The measurements for the containment atmosphere samples need to be adjusted if the pressure and temperature of the samples at the time of analysis are different than the conditions of containment atmosphere. The adjustments to the specific activity and the containment volume are as follows.

x P2 Tl + 460 Specific Activity (Atmosphere) = Specific Activity (Sample) x ( + 460)

'1 '2 where:

Tl T2,

'l P2 measured sample temperature containment atmosphere temperature

('F) and pressure

('F)

(psia) and pressure (psia).

P T + 460 Corrected Containment Volume = Containment Free Volume (SCF) x

'2 (T'3 p '

+ 460)

where:

T2, P2 containment atmosphere temperature ('F) and pressure (psia)

T3, P3 standard temperature (32'F) and pressure (14.7 psia).

above adjustments are based on molar volumes. For samples 'in which the tThe atmosphere sample is drawn into a specified volume and the analysis is performed to this volume, no adjustments to either the sample specific activity or containment volume are required.

For those plants wit6 ice condensers, consideration should be given to account for a decrease in free volume due to the ice melting occupying a portion of the containment volume.

Eventhough D. C. Cook is a plant with ice condensers, no adjustment is needed to the containment free volume due to the effect of the ice melting. The listed containment free volume (1.2 x 10 6 ft3 ) takes into account the presence of solid ice. Since there is negligible difference between the densities of ice and water, no adjustment is required.j i

The total activity released to the containment atmosphere is Total Containment Activity = Specific Activity (Atmosphere) x Corrected Containment Volume where the specific activity (atmosphere) has been decay corrected to time of reactor shutdown.

The specific activity of the liquid samples requires no adjustment if the specific activity is reported on a per-gram basis (pCi/gm). If the specific activity is reported on a per-volume basis (pCi/cc), an adjustment is performed to convert the per-volume specific activity to a per-gram specific activity. The conversion is performed for consistency with later calculations. If the temperature of the sample is above 200'F, an adjustment is required to the conversion. In most cases the sample temperature will be 30

below 200'F and no adjustment is necessary. Figure 2-10 shows a relation of water density at some temperature relative to the water density at standard temperature and pressure.

The mass of the liquid medium (RCS or sump) can be calculated from the volume of the medium. If the medium (RCS or sump) temperature at time of sample is above 200'F, an adjustment is required to the conversion.

A. RCS or Sump temperature > 200'F RCS or sump mass (gm) = RCS or Sump Volume (ft3 )

x pSTp

'TP (2) x p x 28.3 x 10 3 cc ft3 where:

~(2)

PSTP

= water density ratio at medium (RCS or sump) temperature, Figure 2-10 STP

= water density at STP = 1.00 gm/cc.

B. RCS or sump temperature < 200 F RCS or Sump Hass (gm) = RCS of Sump Volume (ft3 ) x pSTP x 28.3 x 10 3 cc ft where:

p water density at STP = 1.00 gm/cc.

The total activity of the RCS or sump is as follows.

RCS or Sump Activity RCS or Sump Specific Activity (yCi/gm) x RCS or Sump Hass (gm) where the specific activity has been decay corrected to time of shutdown.

31

600

'00 400 CP lQ QJ 300 QJ i

200 ipp.

0 ~

~/p STP FIGURE 2-10 WATER DEi'ISITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS. STP) 32

sump and containment water volume can be approximated from Figures 2-10A tThe and 2-10B based on the readings of the water level indicators of the sump and containment. The reactor vessel level. indication system can be used to approximate the RCS volume, as described by the following.'.

If the water level in the reactor vessel indicates the, system is full, then the full reactor coolant system water volume is used. For. Unit 1 and Unit 2 the RCS volume of each is approximately ll, 780 ft at 570'F and 2250 psia.

2. If the water level in the reactor vessel is below the low end capability of the indicator, the RCS volume is unknown. In this case, the sump sample should be given .primary concern.
3. If the reactor vessel level indication system is not working, then, by knowing the water sources available, the other monitors can be used to estimate the RCS volume. If it is known how much water is available (volumes of RWST, accumulators, boron injection tank, and original RCS volume), the volume of the sump and containment water is substracted from the available water volume to estimate the RCS volume. Also to be considered as a source of water is water from the melting ice. An assumption can be made that all the ice melts in approximately 3 .to 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after the start of an accident.

2.4.5.3 DECAY CORRECTION The specific activity of a sample is decay adjusted to time of reactor shutdown using the following equation.

Specific activity at shutdown = S ecific activit measured t f where:

radioactive decay constant,. l/sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.

33

'i 00.

70

'O

~

C5 Ul 50 ~

I CD Q gp 30

'0

'O...

VOLUME. FT3 FIGURE 2-10A SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION 34

90..

80.

70

'0

'D hJ 50 ~

C)

I C

CD Cl z ~0 ~

30

'0

'0

~

C) C) Cl C) o O

C) C)

O C)

Cl O C) o O

C)

VOLUME FT FIGURE 2-108 CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION 35

Since this correction may also be performed by some analytical equipment, care must be taken to avoid duplicate correction. Also, consideration must be given to account for precursor effect during the decay of the nuclide. for this methodology, only the parent-daughter relationships are considered.

Table 2-7 lists the significant parent-daughter relationships associated with the methodology. The decay scheme of the parent-daughter relationship is described by the following equation.

-XAt -XBt -XBt

~B X - X ~A ~B B A where:

0

~A activity (Ci) or specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the parent at shutdown qo B

activity {Ci) or specific activity {pCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the daughter at shutdown activity (Ci) or specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc) of the daughter at time of sample

-1 decay constant of the parent, sec

-1 decay constant of the daughter, sec time period from reactor shutdown to time of sample analysis, sec.

Since the activity of the daughter at sample time is due to the decay of the parent and the decay of the daughter initially released at shutdown, an estimation of the fraction of the measured activity at sample time due to only the decay of daughter is required. To use the above equation to determine this fraction, an assumption is made that the percentages of the source inventories of the parent and the daughter released at time of shutdown are 36

TABLE 2-7 PARENT-OAUGHTER RELATIONSHIPS r

Parent Oaughter Parent Half Life~ ~Daa hter Half Life' Kr-88 2.8,h Rb-88 17.8 m 1.00 I-1 31 8.05 d Xe-131m 11.8 d .008 I-1 33 20.3 h Xe-1 33m 2.26 d .024 I-133 20.3 h Xe-133 5.27 d .976 Xe-133m '2.26 d Xe-133 5.27 d 1.00 I-1 35 6.68 h Xe-135 9.14 h .70 Xe-135m 15.6 m Xe-135 9.14 h 1.00 I-135 6.68 h Xe-135m 15.6 m .30 Te-132 77.7 h I-1 32 2.26 h 1.00 Sb-129 4.3 h Te-129 68.7 m .827 Te-,129m 34.1 d Te-129 68.7 m .680 Sb-129 4.3 h Te-129m 34.1 d .173 Ba-140 12.8 d La-140 40.22 h 1.00 Ba-142 11 m La-142 92.5 m 1. 00 Ce-144 284 d Pr-144 17.27 m 1.00

" Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition

"" Branching decay Factor 37

equal (for the nuclides used here within a Factor of 2). The following steps should be followed to calculate the fraction of the measured activity due to the decay of the daughter that was released and then to calculate the activity of the daughter released at shutdown.

1. Calculate the hypothetical daughter concentration (9 ) at the time of the sample analysis assuming 100 percent release of the parent and daughter source inventory.

-%At -XBt -X t e -e )+~Be where:

0

')A 100% source inventory (Ci) of parent, Table 2-2 or 2-8 qo 100K source inventory (Ci) of daughter, Table 2-2 or 2-8 8

()8(t) hypothetical daughter activity (Ci) at sample time if parent has 2 daughters, K is the branching factor, Table 2-7

-1

'A parent decay constant, sec

-1 daughter decay constant, sec time period from shutdown to time of sample, sec.

2. Oetermine the contribution of only the decay of the initial inventory of the daughter to the hypothetical daughter activity at sample time qo kBt QB (t) 38

TABLE 2-8 SOURCE INVENTORY OF RELATED PARENT NUCLIDES Unit 1 Unit 2 Nuclide 3250 HWt 3391 HWt Xe-135m 3.8(7) 4.0(7)

Sb-129 2.9(7) 3.0(7)

Te-129m 7.3(6) 7.6(6)

Ba-142 1.5(8) 1.5(8)

Ce-144 1.0(8) 1.0(8) 39

3. Calculate the amount of the measured sample specific activity associated with the decay of the daughter that was released.

M = Fr x measured specific activity (yCi/gm or pCi/cc)

B

4. Decay correct the specific activity (M ) to reactor shutdown.

M M

B e

-Xt B

2.5 RELATIONSHIP OF FISSION PROOUCT RELEASE WITH OVERTEMPERATURE CONDITIONS The current concept of the mechanisms for fission product release from U02 fuel under accident conditions has been summarized in 2 documents, draft and IOCOR Task 11.1( '. These documents describe five NUREG-0956 (8) principal release mechanisms; burst release,.diffusional release of the pellet-to-cladding gap inventory, grain boundary release, diffusion from the UO 2

grains, and release from molten material. The release which occurs when the cladding fails, i.e., gap release, is utilized to quantify the extent of clad failure as discussed in Section 2.4. Table 2-9 presents the expected fuel damage state associated with fueT rod temperatures.

Fission product release associated with overtemperature fuel conditions arises initially from that portion of the noble gas, cesium and iodine inventories that was previously accumulated in grain boundaries. For high burnup rods, it is estimated that approximately 20 percent of the initial fuel rod inventory of noble gases, cesium, and halogens would be released. Release from lower burnup fuel would no doubt be less. Following the grain boundary release, additional diffusional release from U02 grains occurs. Estimates of the total release, including UO 2 diffusional release, vary from 20 to 40 percent of the noble gas, iodine and cesium inventories.

Additional information on the release of fission products during (9) . In this overtemperature conditions was obtained from the TMI accident instance current opinion is that although the core had been overheated, fuel melt had not occurred. Values of core inventory fraction of various fission products released during the accident are given in Table 2-10. These values, 40

TABLE 2-9 EXPECTED FUEL DAMAGE CORRELATION WITH FUEL ROD TEMPERATURE (B)

Fuel Dama e No Damage < 1300 Clad Damage 1300 - 2000 Ballooning of zircaloy cladding > 1300 Burst of zircaloy cladding 1300 - 2000 Oxidation of cladding and hydrogen generation > 1600 Fuel Overtemperature 2000 - 3450 Fission product fuel lattice mobility 2000 - 2550 Grain boundary diffusion release of fission 2450 - 3450 products Fuel Melt > 3450 Dissolution and liquefaction of UO in > 3450 the Zircaloy - ZrO eutectic 2

Melting of remaining UO2 5100 These temperatures are material property characteristics and are non-specific with respect to locations within the fuel and/or fuel cladding.

TABLE 2-10 PERCENT ACTIVITY RELEASE FOR 100 PERCENT OVERTEHPERATURE CONOITIONS Nuclide Min.* Max.' Nominal** Hin."*" Hax.***

Kr-85 40 70 Xe-133 42 66 52. 40 70 I-1 31 41 55 Cs-137 45 60 Sr-90 0.08*++*

Ba-140 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.08 0.2

  • Release values based on THI-2 measurements.
  • " Nominal value is simple average of all Kr, Xe, I, and Cs measurements.
    • + ,Hinimum and maximum values of all Kr, Xe, I and Cs measurements.

~""* Only value available.

42

derived from radiochemical analysis of primary coolant, sump, and containment gas samples, provide much greater releases of the noble gases, halides, and cesiums, than is expected, to be released solely from cladding failures. In addition, small amounts of the more refractory elements, barium-lanthanum, and strontium were released. In the particular case of TMI, the release mechanism, in addition to diffusional release from grain boundaries and U02 grains, is believed to arise from U02 grain growth in steam.

The relationship between extent of fuel damage and fission product release for several radioisotopes during overtemperature condition is depicted graphically in Figures 2-11 and 2-12. To construct the figures, the extent of fuel damage, expressed as a percentage of the core, is plotted as a linear function of the percentage of the source inventory released for various nuclides. The values used in constructing the graphs were obtained from Table 2-10. For example, if 100 percent of the core experienced overtemperatures, 52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released. If 1 percent of the core experienced overtemperature, 0:52 percent of Xe-133 core inventory would be released. The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element, e.g.,

I-131 and I-133, have the same magnitude of release. In order to apply these figures to a particular plant, power, decay, and dilution corrections described earlier in this report must be applied to the concentrations of nuclides determined from analysis of radionuclide samples. The maximum and minimum estimates of .release percentages are those given in Table 2-10 as the range of values: nominal values of release are simple averages of the miminum and maximum values.

2.6 RELATIONSHIP OF NUCLIDE RELEASE WITH CORE MELT CONDITIONS Fuel pellet melting leads to rapid release of many noble gases, halides, and cesiums remaining in the fuel after overheat conditions. Significant release of the strontium, barium-lanthanum chemical groups is perhaps the most distinguishing feature of melt release conditions.

Values of the release of fission products during fuel melt conditions are derived from ex-pile experiments performed by various investigators.

70.

50

'0

'0

'o

~

r ~

Q 5

r C$

Cl 3 ~

O 2 ~

)

CJ S

O 0~7 0 ~

0 ~

0~

0 IA h..O O O F7 O

V)

O K

O O

Fuel Over temperature (5)

FIGURE 2-1 l RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL OYERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INYENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, OR CS

1 ~

0 ~

0.

0.

0 ~

F 1

~ 0

~ 0

.@g r

~ 0 qz+ r F 01 r qO+

CC F 00 F 00 F 00 F 00 001 F

7 5 '"

3 ~ 0-2 ~ 0-1 '"

oCV 0 O C)

Fuej Overtemperature (A)

FIGURE Z-l2 RELATIONSHIP OF 'A FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR

These release measurements have been expressed as release rate coefficients for various temperature regimes. These release rate coefficients have been represented by a simple exponential equation in draft NUREG-0956. This equation has the form:

K(T) Ae where K(T) release rate coefficient A & 8 = constants temperature.

These release rate coefficients were utilized with core temperature profiles to develop fission product release estimates for various accident sequences for which core melt is postulated in draft NUREG-0956.

Fission product release percentages for three accident sequences which lead to 100 percent core melt are given in Table 2-11. The xenon, krypton, cesium, iodine, and tellurium 'elements have been arranged into a single group because of similarity in the expected magnitude of overtemperature release. The assumption is also made that nuclides of any element e.g., Iodine 131 and Iodine 133, have the same magnitude of release. The differences in the calculated releases of the various elements for the different accident sequences were used to determine minimum and maximum values of expected release; nominal values of release are simple averages of all release values within a group.

The percentage release of various nuclides has been correlated to percentage of core melt with the linear extrapolations shown in Figures 2-13 through 2-15.

2. 7 SAMPLING LOCATIONS A survey of a number of Mestinghouse plants has indicated that the post accident sampling system locations for liquid and gaseous samples varies for each plant. To obtain the most accurate assessment of core damage, it is recommended to sample and analyze radionuclides from the reactor coolant system, the containment atmosphere, and the containment sump (if available).

Other samples can be taken dependent on the plant's capabilities. The

TABLE 2-11 PERCENT ACTIVITY RELEASE FOR 100 PERCENT CORE MELT CONOITIONS Large* Small" Nominal*" Min."*" ax.***

~S ecies LOCA Transient* LOCA Release Release Release 88.35 99.45 78.38 Kr 88.35 99.45 78.38 87 70 99 88.23 99.44 78.09 Cs 88.55 99.46 78.84 Te 78.52 94.88 71.04 10.44 28.17 14.80 10 44 Ba 19.66 43.87 24.08 Pr 0.82 2.36 1.02 1.4 0.8 2.4

  • Calculated releases for severe accident scenarios without emergency safeguard features, taken from draft NUREG-0956
    • Nominal release are averages of Xe, Kr, I, Cs, and Te groups, or Sr and Ba groups.
      • Maximum and minimum releases represent extremes of the groups.

100.

r 70.

SO ~

30 ~

20

'O oyP r p

0~7 0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0' IA h O O O O O O hl Vl h O Fuel Melt (%%d)

FIGURE 2 1 3 RELATIONSHIP OF  %%d FUEL MELT WITH %%do CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR, I, CS, OR TE

100.0 10.0 0.1

0. 01 1.0 10.0 100.0 Fuel Melt (A)

FIGURE 2-14 RELATIONSHIP OF % FUEL MELT WITH /o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR

100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0 10.0 100.0 Fuel Melt (1)

FIGURE 2-15 RELATIONSHIP OF  %%u FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR 50

specific sample locations to be used during the initial phases of an accident should be selected based on the type of accident in progress. If the type of accident scenario is unknown, known plant parameters (pressure, temperature, level indications, etc.) can be used as a basis to determine the prime sample locations. Consideration should be given to sampling secondary system if a significant leak from the primary system to secondary system is noted. Table 2-12 presents a list of the suggested sample locations for different accident scenarios based on the usefulness of the information derivable from the sample.

t0. C. Cook's PASS is equipped to obtain samples from hot loop and 3, east 1

and west RHR, containment sump, pressurizer steam space and containment air.

Plant personnel wi 11 use Table 2-12 as a guide in determining sample locations, but final discretion is left up to the plant personnel.

51

, Su ested Sam lin Locations Principal Other Scenario Sam lin Locations Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power > lg" RCS Hot Leg, Containment RCS Pressurizer Atmosphere Reactor Power < lg" RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > 15* Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Reactor Power < 15" Sump, Containment Leg'ontainment Atmosphere Steam Line Break RCS Hot Leg, RCS Pressuri zer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube RCS Hot Leg, Secondary Containment Rupture System Atmosphere Indication of Signifi- Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm Containment Sump Safety Injection RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Radiation Level in RCS Assume operating at that level for some appreciable time.

3.0 AUXILIARY INOICATORS There are plant indicators monitored during an accident which by themselves cannot provide a useful estimate but can provide verification of the initial estimate of core damage based on the radionuclide analysis. These plant indicators include containment hydrogen concentration, core exit thermocouple temperatures, reactor vessel water level, and containment radiation level.

When providing an estimate for core damage, these plant indicators, if available, should confirm the results of the radionuclide analysis. For example, if the, core exit thermocouple readings and reactor vessel water level indicate a possibility of clad damage and the radionuclide concentrations indicate no clad damage, then a recheck of both indications may be performed or certain indications may be discounted based on engineering judgment.

3.1 CONTAINMENT HYOROGEN CONCENTRATION An accident, in which 'the core is uncovered and the fuel rods are exposed to steam, may result in the reaction of the zirconium of the cladding with the steam which produces hydrogen. The hydrogen production characteristic of the zirconium water reaction is that For every mole of zirconium that reacts with water, two moles of hydrogen are produced. For this methodology it is assumed that all of the hydrogen that is produced is released to the containment atmosphere. The hydrogen dissolved in the primary system during normal operation is considered to contribute an insignificant amount of the total hydrogen released to the containment. For Unit 1 and Unit 2, the release of the dissolved hydrogen and the hydrogen in the pressurizer gas space to the containment corresponds to a containment hydrogen concentration of O.l percent by volume, which can be considered insignificant within the accuracy of this report. In the absence of hydrogen control measures, monitoring this containment hydrogen concentration during the accident can provide an indication of the extent of zirconium water reaction. The percentage of zirconium water reaction does not equal the percentage of clad damaged but it does provide a qualitative verificati'on of the extent of clad damage estimated from the radionuclide analysis.

53

Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration and the perce'ntage of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2. The relationship shown in Fig'ure 3-1 does not account for any hydrogen depletion due to hydrogen recombiners and hydrogen ignitions. The recombiners that now exist are capable of dealing effectively with the relatively small amounts of hydrogen that result from radiolysis and corrosion following a design basis LOCA. However, they are incapable of handling the hydrogen produced in an extensive zirconium-steam reaction such as would result from severe core degradation. Current recombiners can process gas that is approximately 4 to 5 percent hydrogen or less (10) . Each recombiner unit can process an input flow in the range of 100 SCFM to 200 SCFM. Nithin the accuracy of this methodology, it is assumed that recombiners will have an insignificant effect the hydrogen concentration when I'n it is indicated that extensive zirconium-steam reaction could have occurred. Uncontrolled ignition of hydrogen and deliberate- ignition will hinder any quantitative use of hydrogen concentration as an auxiliary indicator. However, the oxygen amount depleted during the burn, if known, can be used to estimate the amount of hydrogen burned. If the oxygen amount depleted is not known, it can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed. Since Units 1 and 2 are ice condenser containments, deliberate ignition of the hydrogen is utilized to control the containment hydrogen concentration. As stated above, a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed. This assumption can be used qualitatively to indicate that some percentage of zirconium has reacted, but it is difficult to determine the extent of the reaction.

Containment hydrogen concentrations can be obtained from the Post Accident Sampling System or the containment gas analyzers. Figure 3-1 shows the relationship between the hydrogen concentration (percent volume) and the percentage of zirconium water reaction for Unit 1 and Unit 2. The hydrogen concentration shown is the result of the analysis of a dry containment sample. The curves were based on average containment volumes and the average initial zirconium mass of the fuel rods for each unit, which are shown in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 also presents the correlation between hydrogen concentration and percentage of zirconium water reaction.'o use the auxiliary indicator of hydrogen concentration, the assumptions were that all hydrogen from zirconium water reaction is released to containment, a well-mixed atmosphere, and ideal gas behavior in containment.

30..

25

'0.

C) UNIT I

i5 ~

I oCJ UNIT 1

<0 ~

"/ /

O Cl ZIRC-WATER REACTION PERCEN TAGE FIGURE 3-1 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION 55

TABLE 3-1 CONTAINMENT VOLUHE ANO ZIRCONIUH HASS Plant T e Zirconium Hass ibm Containment Volume SCF 6

Unit 1 44,547 1.2 x 10

'6 Unit 2 50,913 1.2 x 10 Relationship between hydrogen concentration of a dry sample and fraction of zirconium water reaction is based on the following formula.

~ oo 2 (FZWR)(ZM)(H) + V where: FZWR = f raction of zirconium water reaction ZM = total zirconium mass, ibm H = conversion factor, 7.92 SCF of H per pound of zirconium reacted V = containment volume, SCF

3e2 CORE EXIT TEMPERATURES AND REACTOR VESSEL WATER LEVELS Core exit thermocouples '(CETCs) measure the temperature of the fluid at the core exit at varSous radSal core locations ~<(FSgure 3-2)J. The typical thermocoupl e system i s qualified to read temperatures as high as 1650'F. This is the ability of the system to measure the fluid temperatures at the incore thermocouples locations and not core temperatures.

Most reactor vessel level indication systems (RVLIS) use differential pressure (d/p) measuring devices to measure vessel level or relative void content of the circulating primary coolant system fluid. The system is redundant and includes automatic compensation for potential temperature variations of the impulse lines. Essential information is displayed in the main control room in a form directly usable by the operator.

RVLIS and CETC readings can be used for verification of core damage estimates in the following ways (11)

'ue to the heat transfer mechanisms between the fuel rods, steam, and thermocouples, the highest clad temperature will be higher than the CETC readings. Therefore, if thermocouples read greater than 1300'F, clad failure may have occurred. 1300'F is the lower limit for cladding failures.

o If any RCPs are running, the CETCs will be good indicators of clad temperatures and no core damage should occur since the forced flow of the steam-water mixture will adequately cool the core.

If RCPs are not running, the following apply.

o No generalized core damage can occur if the core has not uncovered. So if RVLIS full range indicates that the collapsed liquid level has never been below the top of the core and no CETC has indicated temperatures corresponding to superheated steam at the corresponding RCS pressure, then no generalized core damage has occurred.

57

Q T QT 0 0 Q

T T 0 T 0 T 90o 6

8 T O O OT T 0 T 270 JO T T Q ti 0 T T T OT l3 T OT TO IQ 0 T TO l5 0'

= FLUX TtttttSLE T = THERHOCOUPL.E Distribution of Thermocouples and Flux Thimbles for Unit 1 and Unit 2

'Figure 3-2 tt F~

h X

58

o If RVLIS indicates less than 3.5 ft. collapsed liquid level in the core or CETCs indicate superheated steam temperatures, then the core has uncovered and core damage may have occurred depending on the time after reactor trip, length and depth of uncovery. Best estimate small break (1 to 4 (12) accident data inches) analyses and the Three Mile Island (TMI) indicate that about 20 minutes after the core uncovers clad temperatures start to reach 1200'F and 10 minutes later they can be as high as 2200'F.

These times will shorten as the break size increases due to the core uncovering faster and to a greater depth.

o If the RVLIS indication is between 3.5 ft collapsed liquid level in the core and the top of the core, then the CETCs should be monitored for superheated steam temperatures to determine if the core has uncovered.

As many thermocouples as possible should be used for evaluation of the core (11) recommend temperature conditions. The Emergency Response Guidelines that a minimum of one'thermocouple near the center of the core and one in each quadrant be monitored at identified high power assemblies. Caution should be taken if a thermocouple reads greater than 1650'F or is reading considerably different than neighboring CETCs. This may indicate that the thermocouple has failed. Caution should also be used when looking at CETCs near the vessel walls because reflux cooling from the hot legs may cool the fluid in this area. CETCs can also be used as an indicator of hot areas in the core and may be used to determine radial location of possible local core damage.

Therefore, core exit thermocouples and RVLIS are generally regarded as reliable indicators of RCS conditions that may cause core damage. They can predict the time of core uncovery to within a few minutes by monitoring the core exit thermocouples for superheat after RVLIS indicates collapsed liquid level at the top of the core. The onset and extent of fuel damage after core uncovery depend on the heat generation in the fuel and the rapidity and duration of uncovery. However, if the core has not uncovered, no generalized fuel damage has occurred. Core exit thermocouples reading 1300'F or larger indicate the likelihood of clad damage.

59

3.3 CONTAINHENT RADIATION HONITORS ANO CORE DAMAGE I

post accident radiation monitors in nuclear plants can be used to estimate the xenon and krypton concentrations in the containment.

An analysis has been made to correlate these monitor readings in R/hr to estimate gaseous radioactivity concentrations. For this analysis the following assumptions were made:

1. Radiogases released from the fuel are all released to containment.
2. Accidents were considered in which 100K of the noble gases, 52K of noble gases, and 0.3$ of the noble gases were released to the containment.
3. Halogens and other fission products are considered not to be significant contributors to the containment monitor readings.

A relation can be developed which describes the gamma ray exposure rate of a detector with time, based on the amount of noble gases released. The exposure rate reading of a detector is dependent on plant specific parameters: the operating power of the core, the efficiency of the monitor, and the volume seen by the monitor. The plant specific response of the detector as a function of time following the accident can be calculated from the instantaneous gamma ray source strengths due to noble gas release, Table 3-2, and the plant characteristics oF the detector. The gamma.ray source strengths presented in Table 3-2 are based on 100 percent release of the noble gases.

To determine the exposure rate of the detector based on 52 percent and 0.3 percent noble gas release, 52 percent and 0.3 percent, respectively, of the gambia ray source strength are used.

Alternately, the energy rates in Mev/watt-sec given in Table 3-2 can be expressed in terms of an instaneous flux by assuming the energy is absorbed in 3 3 a cm oF air. These energy rate values, in Mev/watt-sec-cm , when divided by discrete values of Mev/photon and the gambia absorption coefficient for air,

] -5 -1 p, considered as a constant (3.5 x 10 cm ), provide values of the 2

photon flux, photons/watt-cm -sec, as shown in Table 3-2A. The discrete values of Hev/photon were obtained by'using the average values of the energy groups, Hev/game, from Table 3-2.

60

TABLE 3-2 INSTANTANEOUS GAMMA RAY SOURCE STRENGTHS OUE TO A 100 PERCENT RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIOENT Ener Grou Source Stren th at Time After Release Me'v/watt-sec

~mev/ amma 0 Hours 0.5 Hours 1 Hour 2 Hours 8 Hours 9 8 8 8 0.20 0.40 1.2 x 10 3.0 x 10 2.6 x 10 2.4 x 10 2.0 x 10 9 8 8 7 0.40 0.90 1.5 x 10 3.4 x 10 2.6 x 10 1.9 x 10 5.9 x 10-9 7 7 7 6 0.90 1.35 1.3 x 10 9.4 x 10 6.7 x 10 4.7 x 10 9.8 x 10 9 8 7 7 1.35 1.80 1.8 x 10 3.4 x 10 2.1 x 10 1.4 x 10 2.9 x 10 9 8 8 8 7 1.80 2.20 1.4 x 10 5.4 x 10 3.6 x 10 2.4 x 10 5.2 x 10 9 8 8 8 8 2.20 2.60 1.3 x 10 8.5 x 10 7.1 x 10 5.3 x 10 1.1 x 10 8 6 6 6 5 2.60 3.00 4.0 x 10 6.6 x 10 5.1 x 10 3.5 x 10 5.0 x 10 8 5 6 6 4 3.00 4.00 3.5 x 10 6.3 x 10 4' x 10 2.6 x 10 9.7 x 10 7 2 4..00 5.00 3.1 x 10 4.4 x 10 3.6 x 10 0 5.00 6.00

~ ~ 0 0 0 0 m~ev/ amma 1 Week 1 Month 6 Months 1 Year 8 7 6 0.20 0.40 1.3 x 10 3.0 x 10 1.5 x 10 0 0 7 4 4 4 0.40 0.90 1.1 x 10 1.5 x 10 1.5 x 10 1.5 x 10 1.4 x 10 5

0.90 1.35 1.8 x 10 0 5

1.35 1.80 5.5 x 10 0 5

1.80 2.20 9.9 x 10 0 6

2.20 2.60 2.0 x 10 0 3

2.60 3.00 8.5 x 10 0 3.00 4.00 0 4.00 5.00 0 5.00 6.00 0 61

TABLE 3-2A INSTANTANEOUS )AMMA RAY FLUXES OUE TO 100'A RELEASE OF NOBLE GASES AT VARIOUS TIMES FOLLOWING AN ACCIDENT Ener Grou / 2

~Mev/ amaa 0 Hours 0.5 Hours 'I Hour 2 Hours 8 Hours 0.3 1.1 x 10 2.7 x 10 2.4 x 10 2.2 x 10 1.8 x 10 12 0.65 1.0 x 10 2.3 x 10 1.7 x 10 1.3 x 10 3.9 x 10 1,13 3.3 x 10 2.4 x 10 1.7 x 10 1.2 x 10 2.5 x 10 11 1.58 3.3 x 10 6.2 x 10 3.8 x 10 2.5 x 10 5.3 x 10 2.0 2.0 x 10 7.7 x 10 5.1 x 10 3.4 x 10 7.4 x 10 2.4 1.5 x 10 1.0 x 10 8.4 x 10 6.3 x 10 1.3 x 10 2.8 4.1 x 10 6.7 x 10 5.2 x 10 3.6 x 10 5.1 x 10 3.5 2.9 x 10 12 5.3 x 10 3.8 x 10 2.2 x 10 8.1 x 10 4.5 1.9 x 10 ll 2.8 x 10 8

2;3 x 10 0

~Hev/ amma ~10a 1 Week 1 Heath 6 Months 1 Year 0.3 1.2 x 10 2.7 x 10 1.4 x 10 11 0 0 11 9 0.65 7.3 x 10 1.0 x 10 1.0 x 10 9 1.0 x 10 9

1.0 x 10 1.13 4.5 x 10 0 1.58 1.0 x 10 0 2.0 1.4 x 10 0 2.4 2.4 x 10 0 7

2.8 8.7 x 10 0 3.5 0 0 4.5 0 62

In general, values below 0.3$ releases are indicative of clad failures, values between 0.3$ and 525 release are in the Fuel pellet overtemperature regions, while values between 525- release and 100$ release are in the core melt regime. To represent the release of the normal operating noble gas activity in the primary coolant as obtained from ANS (6) 1.0 x 10 -3 5 of the 18.1, gamma ray source strength is used. In actual practice it must be recognized that there is overlap between the regimes because of the nature in which core heating occurs. The hottest portion oF the core is in the center due to flux distribution and hence greater fission product inventory. Additionally heat transfer is greater at the core periphery due to proximity of pressure vessel walls. Thus conditions could exist where there is some molten fuel in the center of the core and overtemperature conditions elsewhere. Similar conditions can occur which lead to overtemperature in the central portions of the core, and clad damage elsewhere. Thus, estimation of extent of core damage with containment radiation readings must be used in a confirmatory sense as backup to other measurements of fission product release and other indicators such as pressure vessel water levels and core exit thermocouples.

Figure 3-3 presents the relationship of the reading (R/hr) of Unit 1 and Unit 2 high range containment area radiation monitors as a function of time following reactor shutdown. Each unit has two high range monitors with one monitor mounted approximately 7 feet above the operating floor between loop 2 and loop 3 steam generator doghouses and the other monitor mounted in the lower compartment on the outside containment wall.

63

1.0 +7 1005 NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 +5 52Ã NOBLE GAS RELEAS 1.0 +3 0.35 NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1 NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 1.0 -2 "1.0 10.0 100.0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS) fIGURE 3-3 PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 64

4.0 GENERALIZED CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT APPROACH II Selected results of various analyses of fission product release, core exit thermocouple readings, pressure vessel water level, containment radiogas monitor readings and hydrogen monitor readings have been summarized in Table 4-1. The intent of the summary is to provide a quick look at various criteria intended to define core damage over the broad ranges of:

No Core Damage 0-50K clad failure 50-100% clad failure 0-50$ fuel pellet overtemperature 50-100% fuel pellet overtemperature 0-505 fuel melt 50-100'X fuel melt I

Although this table is intended for generic applicability to most Mestinghouse pressurized water reactors, except where noted, various prior calculations are required to ascertain percentage release fractions, power, and containment volume corrections. These corrections are given within the prior text of this technical basis report.

The user should use as many indicators as possible to differentiate between the various core damage states. Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.

II 65

TABLE 4-1 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*

Core Damage Containment Indicator Percent Radiogas and Type Honitor Core Exit Nydrogen Core of Fission Fission (R/hr) Thermocouples Core Honitor Damage Products Product 10 hrs after Readings Uncovery (Vol y H2)***

Category Released Ratio shutdown** (oeg F) Indication 6 Plant Type No clad damage Kr-87 < lx10 3 Not Applicable < 750 No uncovery Neg 1 I g ibl e Xe-133 < lxl0 3 l-131 < lxl0"3 I-133 < lx'10 3 0-50$ clad damage Kr-87 10-3 - 0.01 Kr-$7 0.022 0 - 660 750 - 1300 Core uncovery 0- \3 Xe-133 10 3 - O.l I-131 10 3 - 0.3 1-133 0.71 l-133 10 3 - 0.1 50-100K clad damage Kr-87 D.Dl - 0.02 Kr-87 ~ 0.022 660 to 1325 1300 - 1650 Core unqovery 13 - 24 Xe-133 O.l - 0.2 1-131 0.3 - 0.5 I"133 ~ 0.71 1-133 0.1 - 0.2 0-50$ fuel pellet Xe-Kr.Cs,I Kr-87 0.22 1325 to 1.7(5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 24 overtemperature 1 " 20 Sr-Ba 0 - O.l 1-133 R 2.1 50-TOOL fuel pellet Xe-Kr,Cs, I Kr-87 0.22 1.7(5) to 3.4(5) > 165D Core uncovery 13 - 24 overtemperature 2D - 40 Sr-Ba O.l - 0.2 1-133 0 2.1 0-50K fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs, I 4D - 7D Kr-87 ~ 0.22 3.4{5) to 5.8{5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 24 Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr 0.1 - 0.8 1-133 ~ 2.1 50-100K fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs, I, Te Kr-87 ~ 0.22 5.8(5) > \650 Core uncovery 13 - 24

> 70 Sr,Ba > 24 I-133 ~ 2.1 Pr > 0.8

" This table is intended to supplement the methodology outlined in this report and should not be used Mithout referring to this report and without considerable engineering )udgement.

"" Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />.

      • Ignitors may obviate these values.

Ail* rr-87 L

~-133 Xe-133'-131

5. 0 LIHITATIONS The emphasis of this methodology is on radiochemical analysis of appropriate liquid and gaseous samples. The assumption has been made that appropriate post-accident systems are in place and functional and that representative samples are obtained. Of particular concern, in the area of representative sampling, is the potential for plateout in the sample lines. In order to preclude such plateout, it is assumed that proper attention to heat tracing of the sample lines and maintenance of sufficient purge velocities is inherent in the sampling system design.

Having obtained a representive sample, radiochemical analysis via gamma spectrometry are used to calculate the specific activity of various fission products released.

Radiochemical analyses of fission products under normal plant operating conditions are accurate to +10 percent. Radiochemical analyses of post accident samples which may be much more concentrated, and contain unfamiliar nuclides, and which must be performed expeditiously may have an error band of 20 to 50 percent.

Having obtained specific activity-analysis, the calculation of total release requires knowledge of the total water volume from which the samples were taken. Care must thus be exercised in accounting for volumes of any water added. via ECCS and spray systems, accumulators, chemical addition tanks, and melting ice of ice condenser plants. Additionally estimates of total sump water volumes have to be determined with data from sump level indicators.

Such estimates of water volume are probably accurate to +10 percent.

The specific activity also requires a correction to adjust for the decay of the nuclide in which the measured specific activity is decay corrected to time.

of reactor shutdown. For some nuclides, precursor effects must be considered in the decay correction calculations. The precursor effect is limited to parent-daughter relationships for this methodology. A major assumption is made that the release percentages of the parent and daughter are equal. For overtemperature and melt releases, this assumption is consistent with the technical basis presented in Sections 2.5 and 2.6, but the gap releases could be different by as much as a factor of 2.

67

The models used for estimation of fission product release from the gap activity are based on the ANS 5.4 standard. Background material for this

, report indicate the mode(, though empirical, is believed to have an accuracy of 20-25 percent. In our application of these models to core wide conditions, the core has arbitrarily been divided into three regions of low, intermediate, and high burnup. This representation predicted nominal values of release with maximum and minimum values that approach +100 percent of the nominal value.

Therefore these estimates of core damage should only be considered accurate to a factor of 2.

The models employed for estimates of release at higher temperature have not been completely verified by experiment. Additionally, calculations of expected core temperatures for severe accident conditions are still uncertainties are exacerbated by the manner in which various being'efined.

These accident scenarios leading to core melt have been combined to produce fission product release predictions for the core melt condition. Consideration of the melt release estimates shown in Table 2-11 for the refractory nuclides indicate a range of approximately + 70 percent.

From these considerations it is clear that the combined uncertainties are such that core damage estimates using this methodology are sufficient only to establish major categories of fuel damage. This categorization, and confirmation of subcategorization will require extensive additional analysis for some several days past the accident date.

68

7.0 REFERENCES

1. "Clarification of THI Action Plan Requirements," NUREG-0737, USNRC, November 1980.
2. "A Report to the Commission and to Public, NRC Special Inquiry Group,"

H. Rogovin, 1980.

3. "ORIGEN Isotope Generation and Depletion Code," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, CCC-217.
4. Method of calculating the fractional release of fission products from oxide fuel, ANSI/ANS 5.4 1982.
5. "Iodine and Cesium Spiking Source Terms for Accident Analyses," WCAP-9964, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, July 1981.
6. "Source Term Specification," ANS 18.1 Standard 1976.
7. "Radionuclide Release Under Specific LWR Accident Conditions," Draft NUREG-0956, USNRC, January 1983.
8. "Release of Fission Products From Fuel in Postulated Degraded Accidents,"

IOCOR DRAFT Report, July 1982.

9. "THI-2 Accident: Core Heat-up Analysis," NSAC/24, January 1981.
10. "Light Water Reactor Hydrogen Manual," NUREG/CR-2726, August 1983.
11. "Westinghouse Owners Group Transmittal of Volume III for High Pressure of Emergency Response Guidelines," 0. 0. Kingsley, Jr. to 0. G. Eisenhut, Letter No. OG83, Section FR-C.l, January 1983.

69

12. Analysis of the Three Mile Island Accident and Alternative Sequences, Prepared for NRC by Battelle, Columbus Laboratories, NUREG/CR-1219, January 1980.
13. Westinghouse Owner's Group Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodo1ogy, Revision 1, March, 1984.

70

INDIANA h MICHIGAN ELECTRIC COMPANY DONALD C. COOK NUCLEAR .PLANT UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 POST ACCIDENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT 1.0 OBJECTIVE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to'rovide a method to classify and estimate the extent of core damage through measurement of fission products released to the coolant and containment atmosphere together with auxiliary measurements of core exit thermocouple temperature, water level within the pressure vessel, containment radiation monitors, and containment atmosphere hydrogen monitors.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Mestinghouse Owner Group Post Accident Core Damage Assessment Methodology, Revision 1, March 1984.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Plant Evaluation Team in the Technical Support Center will be responsible for core damage assessment based on radionuclide analysis and auxiliary measurements.

4.0 APPLICABILITY 4.1 Any plant. condition in which the operator would suspect a loss of reactor core cooling or reactor core cooling can no longer be maintained.

4.2 Any plant condition in which the operator would suspect failed fuel, and an estimate of the amount of failed fuel is required.

5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Nuclide Sampling 5 '.1 Request samples of reactor coolant, containment atmosphere, and containment sump as indicated in Table 2. Table 1 1'ists the selected nuclides for core damage assessment.

5.1.2 Analyze the selected samples for isotopic specific activity with no decay correction applied to sample activities.

5.1.3 Complete Table 3A, RCS Activity Worksheet, if sample was available as follows:

5.1.3.1 Record elapsed time from reactor shutdown to sample count.

5.1.3.2 Record specific activities of nuclides in Ci/gm.

5.1.3.3 Determine and record decay correction factor using Table.4, Decay Correction Factor With Parent-Daughter Effect.

9 5.1.3.4 Determine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.

5.1.4 Complete Table 3B, Containment Sump Activity Worksheet, if sample was available, as follows:

5.1.4.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample.

count.

5.1.4.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.

5.1.4.3 Oetermine and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.

5.1.4.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.

5.1.5 Complete Table 3C, Containment Atmosphere Activity Worksheet as fol 1 ows:

5.1.5.1 Record elapse time from reactor shutdown to sample count.

5.1.5.2 Record specific activities of nuclides.

5.1.5.3 Oetermine and record decay correction factor using Table 4, Oecay Correction Factor With Parent-Oaughter Effect.

5.1.5.4 Oetermine and record the corrected specific activity by multiplying the measured specific activity by the decay correction factor.

5.2 Liquid Mass 5.2.1 Estimate the total liquid mass by completing Table 5, Estimate of Total Liquid Mass Worksheet.

5.2.2 If both a RCS sample and a containment sump sample was obtained, an estimate of the RCS water mass and containment water mass is needed. Use Table 6, Estimate of RCS Water Mass

and Containment Water Mass Worksheet to estimate the distribution of the water. Record the RCS mass in Table 3A and the containment mass in Table 3B.

5.2.3 If only one of the liquid samples (RCS or containment sump) was obtained, use the total liquid mass calculated in 5.2.1 as the water mass associated with that sample. Record water in either Table 3A (RCS) or Table 3B (containment sump).

t 5.3 Containment Volume 5.3.1 Since the containment atmosphere sample is collected at the containment building pressure and the sample volume is not corrected to standard conditions, no adjustment factor is needed to the known containment volume. The known containment volume (3.5xl0 10 cc) is recorded in Table 3C.

5.4 Total Activity Released 5.4.1 RCS 5.4.1.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the RCS by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the RCS mass. Record in Table 3A.

5.4.2 Containment Sump 5.4.2.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment water by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment water mass. Record in Table 3B.

5.4.3 Containment Atmosphere 5.4.3.1 Calculate total activity of each nuclide released to the containment atmosphere by multiplying the decay corrected specific activity by the containment volume.

Record in Table 3C.

5.4.4 Total Activity Released of Each Nuclide 5.4.4.1 Record in Table 7, Total Release Activity/Percent Released, the activity of each nuclide of each sample location.

5.4.4.2 Sum the activities of each nuclide of each sample to determine total activity released of each nuclide, Record in Table 7.

5.5 Total Core Inventory 5.5.1 Power History 5.S.1.1 Record in Table 8, Power Correction Factor, the plant power history during the 30 days prior to shutdown.

5.5.2 Power Correction Factor 5.5.2.1 If power history indicates steady state power level during the 30 days or 4 days (depending on the nuclide) prior to shutdown, use the steady state power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF). Record in Table 7.

5.S.2.2 If power history indicates fluctuating power levels during the 30 days prior to shutdown, use the transient power correction equation shown in Table 8 to determine power correction factor (PCF). Record in Table 7.

5.5.2.3 To determine the power correction factor for Cs-134 first determine the average power during the entire operating period during the cycle prior to shutdown.

Use this average power and Figure 4 to estimate power correction factor. Record in Table 7.

5.5.3 Adjusted Core Inventory 5.5.3.1 Determine and record in Table 7 the adjusted core inventory for each nuclide by multiplying the equilibrium full-power inventory (listed in Table 7) by the power correction factor.

5.6 Estimation of Percent Fuel Damage 5.6.1 Determine the percentage of the corrected core inventory released of each nuclide by dividing the total activity released by the corrected core inventory. Record in Table 7.

5.6.2 Using the appropriate core damage graphs, Figures 5 through 17, determine the percent clad failure, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt as a function of the nuclide release percentage. Use the curve that best represents core burnup. Record the percentages of clad damage, fuel overtemperature, and fuel melt in Table 10, Core Damage Assessment Evaluation Sheet.

Note: Iodine spiking should be considered for cases where the assessment is between no fuel damage and minor clad failure. If percent clad failure is not in agreement with values obtained from other nuclides, spiking may have occurred. Refer to Figure 8 if this is the case..

5.7 Nuclide Activity Ratios 5.7.1 Determine the activity ratios for noble gases and iodines by completing Table ll, Nuclide Activity Ratios.

5.7.2 Compare the calculated activity ratios with the gap activity ratios and fuel pellet ratios listed in Table ll. Calculated activity ratios less than gap activity ratios are indicative of clad failures. Calculated activity ratios greater than gap activity ratios are indicative of more severe failures (fuel overheat and fuel melt).

5.7.3 Record in Table 10 the calculated core damage state.

5.8 Auxiliary Indicators 5.8.1 Oetermine from reactor vessel level instrumentation or other sources if at any time the core became uncovered. No uncovery is indicative of no fuel damage, and core uncovery is indicative of all core damage states. Record uncovery history in Table 10.

5.8.2 Obtain core exit thermocouple readings and compare these values with those listed in Table 12. 8ased on Table 12, Characteristics of Categories of Fuel Oamage, record temperature in Table 10 under appropriate core damage state.

5.8.3 Obtain containment hydrogen concentration. Compare hydrogen concentration hydrogen concentration under appropriate core damage state.

5.8.4 Use hydrogen concentration with Figure 18 to determine extent of zirconium-water reaction. Record percentage of zirconium water reaction in Table 10.

Note: If ignitors have been activated or a burn has been indicated, quantitative use of the hydrogen concentration is limited. It can be assumed that for ignition of hydrogen to occur a minimal concentration of 4 percent hydrogen is needed. This assumption can

be used qualitatively to indicate that some percentage of zirconium has reacted, but it is difficult to determine extent of the reaction.

5.8.5 Obtain the containment high range area radiation monitor readings and the time after shutdown the readings were obtained. Compare the readings with Figure 19 to estimate the corresponding extent of core damage. Record the monitor reading in Table 10 under the appropriate core damage state.

5.9 Core Damage Assessment 5.9.1 Perform the final core damage assessment by evaluating the data in Table 10. It is unlikely that complete agreement between the indicators will result in the same estimate of core damage. The evaluation should be the best estimate based on all parameters, thei r interrelationship, and engineering judgment.

The user should use as many indicators as possible to differentiate between the various core damage states. Because of overlapping values of release and potential simultaneous conditions of clad damage, overtemperature, and/or core melt, considerable judgement needs to be applied.

TABLE 1 SELECTEO NUCLIOES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State Nuclide Half-Life* Predominant Gamas Kev Yield X

  • Clad Failure Kr-85m** 4.4 h 150(74), 305(13)

Kr-87 76 m 403(84), 2570(35)

Kr-88** 2.8 h 191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)

Xe-131m 11.8 d 164(2)

Xe-133 5.27 d 81(37)

Xe-133m** 2.26 d 233 (14)

Xe-135*+ 9.14 h 250(91)

I-131 8.05 d 364(82)

I-132 ,2.26 h 773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)

I-133 20.3 h 530(90)

I-135 6.68 h 1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)

Rb-88 17.8 m 898(13), 1863(21)

Fuel Overheat Cs-134 2 yl 605(98), 796(99)

Cs-137 30 yr 662(85)

Te-129 68.7 m 455(15)

Te-132 77.7 h 230(90)

Fuel Melt Sr-89 52.7 d (beta emitter) 9 0** 28 yr (beta emitter)

Ba-140 12.8 d 537(34)

La-140 40.22 h 487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)

La-142 92.5 m 650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)

Pr-144 17.27 m 695(1.5)

  • Val.ues obtained from Table of Isoto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman,

-Sixth Edition.

    • These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides,

TABLE 2 Su ested Sam lin Locations Principal Other Scenario Sam lin Locations Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power > lg* RCS Hot Leg, Containment RCS Pressurizer Atmosphere Reactor Power < lg* RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > lg* Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Reactor Power < lX* Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Steam Line Break RCS Hot Leg, RCS Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube RCS Hot Leg, Secondary Containment Rupture System Atmosphere Indication of Signifi- Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm Containment Sump Safety Injection RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Radiation Level in RCS

  • Assume operating at that level for some l'I appreciable time.

TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY MORKSMEEl Elapse Time Measured Corrected Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Oecay Correction Specific Activity RCS Mass RCS Activity Nuclide t hours Factor Ci/ m ~ms Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1 131 1 132 I 133 1 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La \40 La 142 Pr 144

TABLE 38 CONTAINHEHT SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time Measured Corrected Containment Containment Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Oecay Correction Specific Activity Water Hass Mater Activity Huc 1 ide t hours Ci/ ms Factor ~IIIS Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144

TABLE 3C CONTAIHHEHT ATHOSPHERE ACTIVITY NDRKSHEET Elapse Time Heasured Corrected Containment Containment Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Decay Correction Specific Activity Volume Activity Huc de t hours Factor ~CI cc CC Ci Kr 85m Kr BT Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144

TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR*

WITH PARENT-DAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide Correction Factor 0.158t Kr 85m e

'.547t Kr 87 e 0.248t Kr 88 e

(-3.59E-3)t 6

(-2.45E-3)t Xe 131m 5.48E-3)t + 1 (-1.2 E-2)t Xe 133 1/-0 187 3.41E-2)t 0 10 287 3.41E-2)t 1.28E-2)t

'0 Xe 133m 1/ 0 10 1 11

(-1.04E-1)t 2.67)t + 10 17 7 .58E-2)t Xe 135 1/ 9 14 0 033 (

(3.59E-3)t I 131 e I 132 1/1 03 03 (3.41E-2)t I 133 e e

0.104t Rb 88 1 10 (

0 248 t 0 10 2 34 t Cs 134 1.0 Cs 134 1.0

(-0.161)t 0 167

(-8.47E-4)t 0 257 (0.605)t Te 129 1/1 09 (8.92E-3)t Te 132 e (2.26E-3)t Ba 140 e La 140 08 (

2e26E 3)t 0 08 (

1 a72E 2)t 3 78)t ( 0 450)t La 142 1/ 0 145 1 14 Pr 144 1/0 909 1 02E 4)t 0 091

( 2.41)t

  • Time, t, is the number of hours between shutdown and time of sample count.

TABLE 5

'ESTIMATE OF TOTAL LIgUIO HASS

l. Estimate the volume added for the following:

Estimated Volume Maximum Volume Tank Added ~d

a. Refueling Water Storage Tank 372,250
b. Accumulator A -7,263
c. Accumulator B 7,263
d. Accumulator C 7,263
e. Accumulator 0 7,263
f. Boron Injection Tank 900
g. Spray Additive Tank 4,000
h. Other source Total
i. Melted Ice Estimated Mass Added Haximum Hass Added ( ibm) 2.7xl0 6
2. Convert estimated volume added from gallons to grams.

Added volume:

, gallons x 3785 gms/gal = gms

3. Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains

, ibm x 454 grams/ibm = gms 8

4. The average Reactor Coolant System Mass is 2.40 x 10 gms.
5. Oetermine the Total Liquid Mass as follows:

Mass added gms + melted ice mass gms 8

+ RCS mass 2.4 x 10 gms = gms

TABLE 6 KSTIHATE OF. RCS MATER HASS~ AND CONTAINHENT MATER HASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE = ll,780 ft3

1. Record the reactor vessel level, pressuri zer 1 evel, and RCS temperature at time when sample was taken.

Reactor vessel level =

Pressurizer level RCS temperature oF

2. Determine RCS volume at time 'of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.

ft x X+ 100

3. Determine RCS specific gravity from Figure l.

RCS specific gravity =

4. Determine RCS mass as follows:

RCS volume (ft3 ) x specific gravity x ~

~1.0 cc x

28.3 ft3 3

x 10 cc 3

28.3 x 10 cc ft x x

~1.0 cc x

ft3

5. Record the Containment Sump level indication and the containment level indication.

Containment Sump Level =

Containment Level

TABLE 6 (Continued)

ESTIMATE OF RCS WATER MASS* AND CONTAINMENT WATER HASS r

3 AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME = 11,780 ft,

6. Determine containment water volume from Figures 2 and 3 using the levels from Step 5.

Note: If sump level indicates sump is full use Figure 3.

Containment Water Volume =

7. Determine containment water specific gravity from Figure l.

Containment water specific activity =

8. Determine containment water mass as follows:

3 1.0

' m 28.3 x 10 cc Containment water volume x specific gravity x cc ft3 3

1.0 28.3 x 10 cc ft x X CC gm X

gms "If a reactor vessel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5) to determine RCS water mass.

Total Water Hass gms containment water mass gills

= RCS mass gIllS

TOTAL RELEASE ACT IVITY/PERCEHT RELEASED UHIT 1 RCS Containment Containment Total Equilibrium Corrected Activity Sump Activity Atmosphere Activity Activity Core Inventory* Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*

guuc) de cl ~c Ci C% Ci Factor Ci Kr 85m 2.0 (7)

KR 87 3.6 (7)

Kr 88 5.2 (7)

Xe 131m 5.7 (5)

Xe 133 1.8 (8)

Xe 133m 2.5 (7)

Xe 135 3.4 (7)

I 'l31 8.9 (7)

I 132 1.3 (8)

I 133 1.8 (8)

I 135 1.6 (8)

Rb 88 5.3 (7)

Cs 134 2.1 (7)

Cs 137 1.0 (7)

Te 129 3.0 (7)

Te 132 1.3 (8)

Ba 140 1.5 (8)

La 140 1.6 (8)

La 142 1.4 (8)

Pr 144 1.1 (8)

  • 2.0 (7) 2.0 x 10 7 . This notation is used throughout the procedure.
    • Release Percentage Total Activit x 100 Corrected Core Inventory

TABLE 78 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASED - UNIT 2 RCS Containment Containment Total Equilibrium Corrected Activity Sump Activity Atmosphere Activity Activity Core Inventory* Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage" I~tuel de Cl Ci Ci Ci Ci Factor Ci Kr 85m 2.1 (7)

Kr 87 3.8 (7)

Kr 88 5.4 (7)

Xe 131m 6.0 (5)

Xe 133 1.9 (8)

Xe 133m 2.7 (7)

Xe 135 3.5 (7)

I 131 9.3 (7)

I 132 1.3 (8)

I 133 1.9 (8)

I 135 1.7 (8)

Rb 88 5.5 (7)

Cs 134 2.2 (7)

Cs 137 1.0 (7)

Te 129 3.1 (7)

Te 132 1.3 (8)

Ba 140 1.6 (8)

La 140 1.7 (8)

La 142 1.4 (8)

Pr 144 1.1 (8)

    • Release Percentage Total Activit Corrected Core Inventory x 100

TABLE 8 POWER HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Interval Average Power Level* Operating Period at Pj Period Between end of and Reactor Shutdown tj Pj tj hours tj hours Power Correction Factor PCF **

Stead -State Power Condition PCF Transient Power Condition PCF I. Half-Life of Nuclide < 1 Da

-X t -Lit '

Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 4 da s P (1 e j) e Rated Power Level (Hwt)

Rated Power Level (HWt)

I I. Hal f-Lif e of Nuc1 ide > 1 Da Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 30 da s K P (1 e j j) e i j Rated Power Level (Hwt)

Rated Power Level (HWt)

III. Half-Life of Nuclide 1 Year Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 1 ear Effective Full Power Da s EFPD Rated Power Level (HWt) Total Calendar Days of Cycle Operation

  • Average Power Level is defined as the power level at which the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.
    • )i = decay constant in hours 1 .of each nuclide. Xi of each nuclide is listed in Table 9.

TABLE 9 OEGAY CONSTANTS (ki) OF EACH NUCLIOE

-1 Nuc 1 i de Half-Life hours Kr 85m 4.4 h 0.158 Kr 87 76 m 0.547 Kr 88 2.8 h 0.248 Xe 131m 11.8d 2.45{-3)

Xe 133 5.27d 5.48{-3)

Xe 133m 2.26d 1.28{-2)

Xe 135 9.14h 7.58(-2)

I 131 8.05d 3.59(-3)

, I 132 2.26h 0.307 I 133 20.3 h 3.41(-2)

I 135 6.68 h 0.104 Rb 88 17.8 m 2.34 Cs 134 2 yr 3.96(-5)

Cs 137 30 yr 2.64(-6)

Te 129 68.6 m 0.605 Te 132 77.7 h 8.92(-3)

Ba 140 12.8 d 2.26( -3)

La 140 40.22 h 1.72(-2)

La 142 92.5 m 0.450 Pr 144 17.27 m 2. 41

TABLE 10 CORE OAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad Percent Percent Indicator Dama e Overtem erature Fuel Melt

< 505 > 50% < 50'A > 505 < 50% > 50$

Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133 Xe 131m/Xe 133

TABLE 10 (Continued)

CORE'AMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad Percent Percent Indicator Dama e Overtem erature Fuel Melt 505 > 505' 50'g > 50'A < 50% > 505 Ratio (Con't)

Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe 135/Xe 133 I 132/I 131 I 133/I 131 I 135/I 131 Auxi liar Indicators Core Uncovered Core Exit Temp 'F Containment H 5 Zirc Water Reaction 5 Ignitors On?

High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr

TABLE 11 NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Gap Fuel Pellet Calculated Nuclide Activit Ratio Activit Ratio+

Kr 85m 0.022 0.11 Kr 87 0.022 0.22 Kr 88 0.045 0.29 Xe 131m 0.004 0.004 Xe 133 1.0 1.0 Xe 133m 0.096 0.14 Xe 135 0.051 0.19 I 131 1.0 1.0 I 132 0.17 1.5 I 133 0.71 2.1 I 135 0.39 1.9 Noble Gas Nuclide Released Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci)

Iodine Nuclide Released Ci I-131 Released (Ci)

TABLE 12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL OAHAGE*

Core Oamage Containment Indicator Percent Radiogas and Type Noni tor Core Exit Hydrogen Core of Fission Fission (R/hr) Thermocouples Core Honitor Oamage Products Product 10 hrs after Readings Uncovery (Vol K Hq)**~

Category Released Ratio shutdown*" (Beg F) Indi cat ion 6 Plant Type Ko clad damage Kr-BT < lxl0 3 Hot Applicable < 750 Ho uncovery Negligible Xe-133 < lx10 3 1-131 < lx10 3 I-133 < lxl0 3 0-50K clad damage Kr-81 10 3 - 0.0) Kr-BT 0.022 0 - 660 150 - 1300 Core uncovery 0 - 13 Xe-133 10 3 O.l I"131 10 3 - 0.3 1-133 0.11 1-133 10 3 - 0.1 50-100K clad damage Kr-81 0.01 0.02 Kr-81 0.022 660 to 1325 1300 1650 Core uncovery 13-2i Xe-133 D.l - 0.2 1-131 0.3 0.5 I-133 0.71 I-133 0.1 0.2 0-50$ fuel pellet Xe-Kr,Cs,I Kr-87 ~ 0.22 1325 to 1.1(5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 2i overtemperature ) -20 Sr-Ba 0 - O.l l-133 ~ 2.1 50-100K fuel pellet Xe-Kr,Cs,l Kr-BT 0.22 1.1(5) to 3.I(5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 24 overtemperature 20 40 Sr-Ba O.l - 0.2 I-133 2.1 0-50$ fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs,l 10 - 70 Kr-81 ~ 0.22 3.4(5) to 5.8(5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 24 I Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr O.l - 0.8 I-133 2.1 50-IOOX fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs,I,Te Kr-87 0.22 5.8(5) > 1650 Core uncovery 13-21

> TO Sr,Ba > 2i 1-133 2.1 Pr > 0.8

  • This table is intended to supplement the methodology outlined in this report and should not be used without referring to this report and without considerable engineering )udgement.
    • Values should be revised per times other than 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />.

"** Ignitors may obviate these values.

    • @a KLOL LlR Xe-133'-131

800.

700.

600

.500 ~

A 400 Cl Cl 300 8

I 200

~/o STP FiGURE 1 MATER OENSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS STP)

90

'0

'O

~

50

'0, 30 ~

20

'p.

0 ~

'IOLVNE. Ft3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION

90..

80.

70 '

4 60 ~

CD 50 ~

CD I

CD 40, 20

'D CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD O CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD

'N CQ Ca CD FIGURE 3 CONTAINMENT WATER VOLUME VERSUS CONTAINMENT LEVEL INDICATION

1.0 0.9 90K POWER O.e

R CORRECTION

-ACTOR 75$ POWER 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 200 400 600 800 1000 CYCLE OPERATION (CALENDAR .DAYS)

FIGURE 4 POWER CORRECTION FACTOR FOR CS-134 BASED ON AVERAGE POWER DURING OPERATION

0.1 F 07 F 05

~ 03

~ 02 F 01

.007 J'

.005

.003

.002 o

CIJ 001 J'C u) ~

t5 7 '-4 Ol 5 '-4 <e ~

/

o 3.0-4

~) ,2.0-C ~o+

P 0

1 '-4 7 ~ 0-5 3 '-5 2 0-5 1 ~ 0" 5 CV O'

Y) Ih O

h.

O CV '6 0 h. O O CV

~ 0 0 lh O

h 00 Clad Damage (5)

FIGURE 5 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH 5 CORE INYENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87

0.7 0.5 0.3 /

0'

/

0,1

/ /

Ol F 07 /

F 05

/ /

CJ r

~ 03 5

O

~ 02 CP e

(a%

e F 01 O

~ 007 eo~ r

.005 o+

.003 002

.001 l CV

~

')~

Ill

~ ~ ~

~

IA h

~

0

~ ~

0CV 0

~

0

' i 0 0Q

~

0

~

~ 0 0 0 0 Yl Ih h Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 6 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-131M

0.7 0 5~

0.3 0~2 /

F 1

~ 07 05

//

03

~

/

e .02 CY o

apl r

,ppr ~~0) r ~a~

r Ol

. 005 e<

~o r

.003 q4 io

.002 F 001 o

CV 0

~

Y) 0

~

~ Ih 0

~

~ o,,

h

~

~

~

. ~,

cv Y) '

~ ~

vl h ' o~

~ ~

ocv o

~

r)

~

0 0 o.

In t 0

~

Clad Damage (5)

FIGURE 7 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE MITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE-133

I ~

0 T

.0. 5 0'

0.2 0 I~

~ OT

.05

~ 03

.02 r F 01

~~0)

.OOT F 005 gQ r

~ 003 gO 002 S

o F 001 QJ T ~ 0-4 5 '-4 c

s 3 '-4 o

2 '-4 I 0-4

~

T.O"5 5'. 0-5 3 '"5 2 '-5 1.0-5 cv ~ ~ ~ ~

Yl IO h. o n0 eo r0 oo

~ 0 ~

o o o 0 0

~ CV cv Clad Damage (g)

FIGURE 8 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-131

I ~

0' 0.5 0.3 0 2 0~ I

~ 07

~ 05 03

~ 02 qO r

~go9

~ 01

.007 e

.005 r

~ 003 gO+ r

.002 S-O F 001 7 '-4 5 '-4 CJ

~ 3.0-<

0 2 '-4 I ~ 0-4 7 '-5 5 '"5 3 '-5 2 '-5

'I ~ 0-. 5 C

IA h. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

0

~

0 O

~ CV Yl N h 0 0cv n0 n0 D

~

O o

Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 9 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-131 WITH SPIKING

O.I

.07 F 05

~ 03

~ 02

~ OI F 007

.005

.003

~ 002

'a

.OOI e T.0-4 5.0-< +e O 3 0"4

~O 2 0-4 5

I.0-4 o0 ~ F 0-5 5.0-5 3 '-5 2 '-S I'-5 CV Y) IA h. ~

0 O O

~

O

~

0CV 0 A

O Ill Q

h 0

Q Clad Damage (5)

FIGURE 10 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-132

1 ~

0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0 ~ 1

~ 07

~ 05

~ 03

~ 02

~ 01 F 007 r 005 003 ~qS g<~r s

0 002 qO~ r F 001 gO 7.O-C 5

5 '"I o 3.0-4 2 '-4 1 '"4 7 '-5 5 '"5 3.0-5 2 '"5 1 '"5 CV, Yl n ~

6~

0

~ ~

h. 0

~

O O

~

0

~ J O

~

O . 0 Q 0 O CV ~

~ OJ lO h 0 Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 11 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF, I-133

1 ~

0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 0~1

~ 07

.05 03 r r F

.02 r

~ 01

.007

.005 r

'Pr r I .003

.002 e

o .001 r gO 7.0-4 5 '-4 S-3.0-4 o 2.0-4 1 ~ 0-4 7 ~ 0" 5 5 ~ 0-5

'3. 0-5 2 ~ 0-5 1 ~

r 0-5 CV Y) N~ h ~ ~ \ 0 ~ ~

Q

~

0

~

Q Q

~ y Ol l9 lA h . Q Q OJ o

t9 Q

lh o Q0 h

CIad Damage (X)

FIGURE 12 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-135

0 ~

0~

0 ~

0 ~

r

~ 0

~ 0 gQ F 01 F 00

~~0)

F 00 8 00 r

~

00 ~a~Q r r O gQ Cl 7 '"0-a

~001 5

3 ~ 0-~

S o 2.0->

'"~

1 7 '"0-5 ~

3 ~ 0" 2 ~ 0-1 ~ 0-CV W V) ~ ~

~ ~ hl A N N O O O O O O O O O O CV Yl V) W O Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 12 RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH ~ CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF 1-135

100 ~

70

'0

'0

'0

'0 5

re 3 ~

(D 1

CJ o 0.7 0 ~

0 ~

0~

0 ~ 1 O O Fuel Overtemperature (X)

FIGURE 13 RELATIONSHIP OF ~~'UEL OVERTEMPERATURE- WITH 'X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, OR CS

1 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0.1

~ 0

.~gC'

~ 0 r

r gO+

~ 01 CC

~ 00 S

F 00 F 00 F 00 S

0 F 001 7 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-3 ~ 0-2 '"

1 ~ 0-0 O 0 " O N h lh h Q Fuel Overtemperature (X)

FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR

)00

'0.

r 50

'0

~

20

'0

~

o+r 5

r r

~

y~+

2 ~

0.7 r 0.

0~

0 ~

O.l lA h 0 O N

0 h

O Q

Fuel Melt (5)

FIGURE 15 RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE, KR, I, CS, OR TE

100. 0

10. 0 1.0 0.1
0. 01 1.0 10.0 100.0 fuel MeIt P)

FIGURE 16 RELATIONSHIP OF X FUEL MELT WITH ~o CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF BA OR SR

100.0 10.0 1.0 0.1 0.01 0.001 1.0 10. 0 100.0 Fuel Melt (5)

FIGURE 17 RELATIONSHIP OF 'X 'FUEL MELT WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF PR

30..

25 ~

20

'5 UNIT 2

~

UNIT 1

/

/

/

a a a a a a a aC) aC'. aa CV EO Z IRC-MAl'ER REAC t' ON PKRCc.H f.hGK FIGURE 18 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON ZIRCONIUM WATER REACTION

100% NOBLE GAS RELEASE 52K NOBLE GAS RELEAS 0.3% NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS 18.1 NORtQL OPERATING NOBLE GAS RELEASE 1.0 10.0 100. 0 1000. 0 TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (HOURS)

FIGURE 19 PERCENT NOBLE GASES IN CONTAINMENT FOR UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2

APPENOIX 8 EXAMPLE OF CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT The following example is, presented to illustrate the use of this procedure.

SIMULATED ACCIDENT SCENARIO For this example, Unit 1 has experienced an accident where the plant's monitoring systems indicated that safety injection had initiated and a significant amount of water had accumulated in the containment. Samples were available from the primary coolant (hot leg), the containment sump, and the containment atmosphere.

NUCLIDE SAMPLING Samples were counted 6 hours after reactor shutdown. The results of the sample counts are presented in Tables 3A, 38, and 3C.

All sample activities reported represent the activity of the sample at the time of analysis and have not undergone a decay correction back to time of shutdown. The decay correction factors are determined from Table 4 and recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C. The corrected sample activities are then determined by multiplying the sample activity by the correction factor. The corrected sample activities are recorded in Tables 3A, 3B, and 3C.

LI UID MASS Table 5 was completed to determine total liquid mass available for distribution in the RCS and containment. All 4 accumulators had discharged, the RNST had supplied 350,000 gallons, and the boron injection tank (900 gallons) had depleted.. Also, it is assumed that all of the ice had melted 6 9 supplying 2.7 x 10 ibm of water. A total water mass of 2.91 x 10 gram was calculated.

At the time of sampling, the RCS temperature was 350'F, and the containment water temperatture was 150'F. The reactor vessel level indication system was not functioning properly at time of sampling, and no indication was able to be

recorded. As such, the containment water was then determined. The containment sump level indicated the sump was full while the containment level indicated an 87'X height. r Referring to Figure 3, 87 percent corresponds to a range of possible volumes for the containment. A containment water volume of 98,000 ft was then estimated by taking the average of the range; 98,000 3

ft3 of containment water at 1504F corresponds to 2.77 x 10 9 grams.

8 Subtracting this from the total water mass, a RCS water mass of 1.4 x 10 grams was determined. The RCS and containment water masses were recorded in Table 3A and 38, respectively.

TOTAL ACTIVITY RELEASED The total activity released of each nuclide for each sample location was then calculated by multiplying the corrected sample activity by the water mass or containment volume and recorded in Tables 3A, 38, and 3C.

These values were again recorded in Table 7A. The total activity of each nuclide was calculated by summing the activity for each sample location and was recorded in Table 7A.

TOTAL CORE INVENTORY The power history for the 30 days prior to reactor shutdown was recorded in Table 8. The power correction factors for Kr-87 and I-132 were determined by the steady-state power correction equation For nuclide with half-lives less than 1 day. The power correction factors for Xe-133, I-131, and Ba-140 were determined by the transient power correction factor for nuclides with half-lives greater than day. For Cs-137, the transient power correction 1

factor uti.lizing effective full power days of operation during the cycle was used. In this example, the core had operated for 240 effective full power days during the 400 days of cycle operation. The power correction factor for Cs-137 is 240 EFPD 400 Days The power correction factors were recorded in Table 7A.

The total corrected inventory was then calculated by multiplying the equilibrium core inventory (listed in Table 7A) by the power correction factor. The total corrected core inventory was recorded in Table 7A.

ESTIMATION OF PERCENT FUEL OAHAGE Completing Table 7A, the percentage of corrected core inventory released of each nuclide was calculated from the corrected activity released and the corrected core inventory. The percent released for each nuclide was used with the appropriate graphs of Figures 4 through 16 to determine the category and estimate of core damage. Estimates were entered in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.

NUCLIOE ACTIVITY RATIOS Table ll was completed to determine the nuclide activity ratios. The ratios were compared to the gap and fuel pellet activity ratios listed in Table 11 and then recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.

AUXILIARY INOICATORS It was determined that the core had uncovered for approximately 30 minutes during the accident. The core exit thermocouple readings reached 1750'F.

These values were compared with Table 12 and recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.

The containment hydrogen monitor indicated a 4X hydrogen concentration, but the ignitors had initiated and some hydrogen burning had taken place.

The high range containment area monitor indicated a reading of 2.5E4 R/hr at 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> after the shutdown. Comparing 2.5E4 R/hr with Figure 18 and Table 12, this value was recorded in Table 10 under the appropriate categories.

CORE OAHAGE ASSESSMENT All data collected in Tab)e 10 was evaluated to estimate the extent of core damage.

The nuclides analyzed for this. assessment were Kr-87, Xe-133, I-'131, I-132, Cs-137, and Ba-140. The noble gases, iodine, and cesium are released during all stages of core damage with Ba-140 being a characteristic fission product of fuel overtemperature and fuel melt. Based on the Ba-140 data, the damage had progressed to approximately 20$ fuel overtemperature and minor fuel melt

(< 1$ ). The noble gas and iodine data indicated greater than 100 percent clad damage had occurred. However, it is recognized that in actuality there is an overlap between the regimes of core damage states. The release due to overtemperature dominated the release due to clad damage, and it is estimated that a large amount {>50%) clad damage had occurred.

J The auxiliary indicators supported the radionuclide analysis. The fact that the core uncovered and the core exit thermocouples reached around 1750'F are indicative that fuel overtemperature had occurred. The hydrogen concentration of 4X, was inconclusive due to the ignitors forcing some hydrogen burns.

However, the fact that there was a significant amount of hydrogen produced for burning to occur supports the assessment that the core experienced clad damage and fuel overtemperature. The high range containment area monitor readings of 3.5E4 supports the less than 50$ fuel overtemperature damage state.

Thus, for this example, the final fuel damage assessment is greater than 50%

clad failure, less than 50K fuel overtemperature, and the possibility of some very minor fuel melting (< lA).

TABLE 1 SELECTE NUCLIDES FOR CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT Core Damage State Nuclide Ha 1 f -Li f e> Predominant Gammas K'ev Yi el d Clad Failure Kr-85m>> 4.4 h 150(74), 305(13)

Kr-87 76 m 403(84), 2570(35)

Kr-88>> 2.8 h 191(35), 850(23), 2400(35)

Xe-131m 11.8 d 164(2)

Xe-133 5.27 d 81(37)

Xe-133m>> 2.26 d 233 (14)

Xe-135>> 9.14 h 250(91)

I-131 8.05 d 364(82)

I-132 2.26 h 773(89), 955(22), 1400(14)

I-133 20.3 530(90)

I-135 6.68 h 1140(37), 1280(34), 1460(12), 1720(19)

Rb-88 17.8 m 898(13), 1863(21)

Fuel Overheat Cs-134 2 yr 605(98), 796(99)

Cs-137 30, yr 662(85)

Te-129 68.7 m 455(15)

Te-132 77.7 h 230(90)

Fuel Melt Sr-89 52.7 d (beta emitter)

Sr -90>> 28 yr (beta emitter)

Ba-140 12.8 d 537(34)

La-1 40 40.22 h 487(40), 815(19), 1596(96)

La-1 42 92.5 m 650(48), 1910(9), 2410(15), 2550(11)

Pr-144 17.27 m 695(1.5)

Values obtained f rom Table of I soto es, Lederer, Hollander, and Perlman, Sixth Edition.

"" These nuclides are marginal with respect to selection criteria for.

candidate nuclides; they have been included on the possibility that they may be detected and thus utilized in a manner analogous to the candidate nuclides.

TABLE 2 Su ested Sam lin Locations Principal Other Scenario Sam lin Locations Sam lin Locations Small Break LOCA Reactor Power > lN* RCS Hot Leg, Containment RCS Pressuri zer Atmosphere Reactor Power < 1~+ RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Large Break LOCA Reactor Power > 1~* Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere, RCS Hot Leg Reactor Power < l~+ Containment Sump, Containment Atmosphere Steam Line Break RCS Hot Leg, RCS Pressurizer Containment Atmosphere Steam Generator Tube RCS Hot Leg, Secondary . Containment Rupture System Atmosphere Indication of Signifi- Containment Sump, Containment cant Containment Sump Atmosphere Inventory Containment Building Containment Atmosphere, Radiation Monitor Alarm Containment Sump Safety Injection RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressurizer Actuated Indication of High RCS Hot Leg RCS Pressuri zer Radiation Level in RCS Assume operating at that level for some appreciable time.

TABLE 3A RCS ACTIVlTY WORKSHEET Elapse Time Heasured Corrected Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Decay Correction Specific Activity RCS Hass RCS Activity gu Jc i~e t ours Factor ~laS Ci Kr 85m Kr B>

Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 1 131 /.DZ T 132 /. 7(~) g. 03 T 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 137

/. o(-3)

Te 129 Te 132

/. 0/ ~.C ) r- V(B)

Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144

TABLE 38 CONTAINHENT,SUHP ACTIVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time Heasured Corrected Containment Containment Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Oecay Correction Specific Activity Water Hass Water Activity uc ide t hour factor ~SS Ci Kr 85m Kr 87 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144

TABLE 3C COHIAIHHEHT ATHOSPIIERE ACT IVITY WORKSHEET Elapse Time Heasured Corrected Containment Containment

+decide Shutdown to Sample Count Specific Activity Oecay Correction Specific Activity Volume Activity our Ci/cc Factor Ci cc CC Ci Kr 85m Kr 81 Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133 Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 133 I 135 Rb 88 Cs 134 Cs 131 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr Ihl

TABLE 4 DECAY CORRECTION FACTOR' WITH PARENT-OAUGHTER EFFECT Nuclide Correction Factor Kr 85m e 0.158t Kr 87 e 0.547t

'.248t Kr 88 e

' E )t E 3)t Xe 131m 1/-2.66e ( 3'5 66 (

3.66e 4

Xe 133 1/-0.187e (-3.41E-2)t'

, 0.10e

(-5.48E-3)t

' 1.287e 1 287

{-1.28E-2)t Xe 133m 1/-0.10e (-3.41E-2)t l.lie {-1.28E-2)t Xe 135 (3.59E-3)t

'0.033e 1/-9.14e { 1 04E 1 )t ( 2 67)t + 10.17e 1 0 1 7

( 7 58E 2)t I

I 131 132 e

1/1.03e (3.41E-2)t

'0.03e

( 8 92'E 3)t 0 03 (

3 07E 1 )t I 133 e 0.104t I 135 e Rb 88

'/1 10 248 t -0 10 (

2 34)t Cs 134 1.0 Cs 134 1 ~ 0 Te 129 1/1.09e ( 0'161)t

' 0.167e 8 47E 4 t- 00.257e 257 (0'605)

Te 132 e

{8.92E-3)t Ba 140 e (2.26E-3)t

. La 140 1/1.08e ( 2 26E }t 00.08e 08 (

1'7 )

La 142 1/-0.145e ' 1.145e Pr 144 1/0.909e ' 0.09le

  • Time, t, is the number of hours between shutdown and time of sample count.

TABLE 5 ESTIMATE OF TOTAL LIgUIO HASS

l. Estimate the volume added for the following:

Estimated Volume Maximum Volume Tank Added ~dd

a. Refueling Water Stor age Tank 3~c oc C 372,250
b. Accumulator A ~, z<3 7,263
c. Accumulator 8 T 7,263
d. Accumulator C 7 Z.CS 7,263
e. Accumulator 0 7,263
f. Boron Injection Tank 900
g. Spray Additive Tank 4,000
h. Other source av9, ps-Z.
i. Melted Ice Estimated Mass Added Maximum Mass Q.7 pre Added (ibm) 6 2.7xl0
2. Convert estimated 'volume added from gallons to grams.

Added volume:

, gallons x 3785 gms/gal = /-<~~ i gms

3. Convert ice melted mass from ibm to grains 2 7x/~

~

ibm x 454 grams/ibm ~ ~ ~9

+ gms

4. The average Reactor Coolant System Hass is 2.40 x 10 8 gms.
5. Oetermine the Total Liquid.Mass as Follows:

added /- //<~~ gms + melted ice mass 5'ass

+ RCS mass 2.4 x 10 8

gms = ~- 9l v /> gms

TABLE 6 ESTIHATE OF- RCS MATER HASS* ANO CONTAINHENT MATER MASS AYERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUHE = 11,780 ft3

1. Record the reactor vessel level, pressurizer level, and RCS temperature at time when sample was taken.

in dice'A 0>> s'y'5 ~.~

I nq> uori<ina Reactor vessel level =

Qc ao Pressurizer level RCS temperature oF

2. Oetermine RCS volume at time of sample by estimating from level indications the percentage of water in the RCS.

ft x f+ 100 =

3. Oetermine RCS specific gravity from Figure l.

RCS specific gravity =

4. Determine RCS mass as follows:

3

' 28.3 x 10 cc RCS volume (ft ) x specific gravity x

~1.0 cc ft3 3

ft x x

~1.

cc 0

x

28. 3 x ft3 1 0 cc
5. Record the Containment Sump level indication and the containment level indication.

Containment Sump Level = /yO Containment Level S7

TABLE 6 (Continued)

'I ESTIMATE OF,RCS WATER MASS~ ANQ CONTAINMENT WATER MASS AVERAGE OPERATING RCS VOLUME = 11,780 ft3

6. Determine containment water volume from Figures 2 and 3 using the levels from Step 5.

Note: If sump level indicates sump is full use Figure 3.

Containment Water Volume =

7. Oetermine containment water specific gravity from Figure l.

Containment water specific activity = f~o P

8. Determine containment water mass as follows:

3 1.0

' m 28.3 x 10 cc Containment water volume x specific gravity x cc ft3 3

1.0 gm -x 28.3 x 10 cc x Z-77~/5 CC ft3 a gms

  • If a reactor ve'ssel level indication is not available or is consider inaccurate based on engineering judgments subtract the estimated containment water mass from the estimated total water mass (Table 5) to determine RCS water mass.

Total Water Pass +-~~~~~ gms containment water mass ~ .7><<~ gms RCS mass ~-~~~< gms

1A T01AL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO - UNIT 1 RCS Containment Containment Total Equi ) lbr 1um Corrected Actlvlty Sump Actlvlty Atmosphere Act lvlty Actlvlty Core Inventory* Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*

ii~uc (Qe ~c ~c C CI t Kr 85m 2.0 (7)

KR 87 3.6 (7) &./

Xr 88 5.2 (7)

Xe 131m 5.7 (5)

Xe 133 1.8 (8)

Xe 133m 2.5 (7)

Xe 135 3.4 (7) 8.9 (7) 1.3 (8)

~a(d) e i(c)

I 133 1.8 (8)

I 135 1.6 (8)

Rb 88 5.3 (7)

Cs 134 2.1 (7)

Cs 137 1.0 (7) o. {'. 7. &

Te 129 3.0 (7)

Te 132 1.3 (8)

Ba 140 1.5 (8)

La 140 1.6 (8)

I.a 112 I.I (8)

Pr 144 1.1 (8)

" 2.0 (7) 2.0 x 7 10 . This notation ls used throughout the procedure.

Total Actlvlt

>>Release Percentage Corrected Core Inventory x 100

TABLE 78 UNIT 2 TOTAL RELEASE ACTIVITY/PERCENT RELEASEO RCS Containment Containment Total Equilibrium Corrected Activity Activity Core Inventory* Power Correction Core Inventory Release Percentage*

Activity Sump Activity Atmosphere g~ucl 4 ~C ~C ci CI Ci Factor Ci Kr 85m 2.1 (7)

Kr 87 3.8 (7)

Kr 88 5.4 (7)

Xe 131m 6.0 (5)

Xe 133 1.9 (8)

Xe 133m 2.7 (7)

Xe 135 3.5 (7)

I 131 9.3 (7)

I 132 1.3 (8)

I 133 1.9 (8)

I 135 1.7 (8)

Rb 88 5.5 (7)

Cs 134 2.2 (7)

Cs 137 1.0 (7)

Te 129 3.1 (7)

Te 132 1.3 (8)

Ba 140 1.6 (8)

La 140 1.7 (8)

La 142 1.4 (8)

Pr 144 1.1 (8)

Total Activit x 100

    • Release Percentage ~

Corrected Core Inventory

TABLE 8 POWER HISTORY OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN Period Between end of tg Interval Average Power Level* Operating Period at P~ and Reactor Shutdown P) t~ hours t hours

/ z y37 Z $ 2$ 0 JC 2~ >< 8/"- /2 0 ZV37 x Zf I'20.

Power Correction Factor PCF **

Stead -State Power Condition PCF Transient Power Condition PCF I. Half-Life of Nuclide < 1 Da

-l. t -X,it Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 4 da s (1-e ) e

'P Rated Power Level (Hwt) Rated Power Level (HWt)

II. Half-Life of Nuclide > 1 Da

-X jt -)it '

Avera e Pbwer Level HWt for rior 30 da s P (1 e ~) e Rated Power Level (Hwt) Rated Power Leve] (HWt)

III. Half-Life of Nuclide 1 Year Avera e Power Level HWt for rior 1 ear Effective Full Power Da s EFPD Rated Power Level (HWt) Total Calendar Days of Cycle Operation

  • Average Power Level is defined as the power level at which the power level does not vary more than +10 percent of the rated power level from the time averaged value.
    • I~ = decay constant in hours 1 of each nuclide. ) i of each nuclide is listed in

TABLE 9 DECAY CONSTANTS (7ii) OF EACH NUCLIOE r

-1 Half-Life hours Nuclide 4.4 h 0.158 Kr 85m 76 m 0.547 Kr 87 2.8 h 0.248 Kr 88 Xe 131m 11.8d 2.45(-3)

Xe 133 5.27d 5.48(-3)

Xe 133m 2.26d 1.28(-2)

Xe 135 9.14h 7.58(-2)

I 131 8.05d 3.59(-3) 2.26h 0.307 I 132 I 133 20.3 h 3.41(-2)

I 135 6.68 h 0.104 Rb 88 17.8 m 2.34 Cs 134 2 yr 3.96(-5)

Cs 137 30 yr 2.64(-6) m

'8.6 0.605 Te 129 Te 132 77.7 h 8.92(-3)

Ba 140 12.8 d 2.26(-3)

La 140 40.22 h 1.72(-2)

La 142 92.5 m 0.450 17.27 m 2.41 Pr 144

TABLE 10 CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad Percent Percent Indi cator Dama e Overtem erature Fuel Melt

< 50'A > 505 < 505 > 505 < 505 > 50%

Radionuclide Anal sis Kr 85m Kr 87 SC+g.gf Kr 88 Xe 131m Xe 133

-ed Xe 133m Xe 135 I 131 I 132 I 135 Cs 134 Cs 137 Te 129 Te 132 Ba 140 La 140 La 142 Pr 144 Ratios Kr 85m/Xe 133 Kr 87/Xe 133 Kr 88/Xe 133

~ 0.2+

Xe 131m/Xe 133

TASLE 10 (Continued)

CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION SHEET Percent Clad Percent Percent Indicator Overtem erature .. Fuel Melt

< 50% > 50K < 50% > 50'I < 501 > 50%

Ratio (Con't)

Xe 133m/Xe 133 Xe 135/Xe 133 I 132/I 131 I 133/I 131 I 135/I 131 Auxi liar Indicators Core Uncovered QE5 Core Exit Temp 'F Containment H 5 Zirc - Mater Reaction 5 Ignitors On?

High Range Containment Monitor Reading R/hr 3.XP-Q

TABLE ll NUCLIDE ACTIVITY RATIOS Gap Fuel Pellet Gal c ul ated Nuclide Activit Ratio Activit Ratio" Kr 85m 0.022 0.11 Kr 87 0.022 0.22 Kr 88 0.045 0.29 Xe 131m 0.004 0.004 Xe 133 1.0 1.0 /.o Xe 133m 0. 096 0.14 Xe 135 0.051 0.19 I 131 1.0 1.0 /. O I 132 0.17 1.5 I 133 0. 71 2.1 I 135 0.39 1.9 Noble Gas Nuclide Released Ci Xe-133 Released (Ci}

Iodine Nuclide Released Ci I-131 Released (Ci)

TABLEe 12 CHARACTERISTICS OF CATEGORIES OF FUEL DAHAGE*

Core Damage Containment Indicator Percent Radlogas and Type Honl tor Core Exit Hydrogen Core oF Fission Fission (R/hr) Thermocouplas Core Honltor Damage Products Product Readings Uncovery (Vol II H2)"**

Category Released Ratio (Deg F) Indication 6 Plant Type Ho clad damage Kr-87 < lxl0 3 Hot Applicable < 750 Ho uncovery Hag 1 ig lbl e Xe-133 < lxlO 3 1-131 < lx10 3 l-133 < lxl0 3 0-50% clad damage Kt-87 10 3 -

0.01 Kr-87 0.022 0- /E~ 750 - 1300 Core uncovery 0-)3 Xe-133 10 3 O.l I "131 10 3 - 0.3 1-133 ~ 0.71 1-133 10 3 - 0.1 50-100X clad damage KI-87 0.01 Xe-133 0.1

- 0.02 0;2 Kl'-87 ~ 0.022

/ gz-/s'E3 1300 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 2i 1-131 0.3 - 0.5 1-133 0.71 1-133 0.) ~ - 0.2 0-50% fuel pellet Xe-Kr,Cs,l Kr-87 0.22 > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 2i overtemperature 1-20 /.SEE K >< M Sr-Ba 0 - 0.1 1-133 2.1 50-IDOL fuel pel let Xe-Kr,Cs, I Kr-87 - 0.22 > 1650 Core uncovary 13 2I overtemperature 20 40 Sr-Ba 0.1 - 0.2 1-133 2.1 f, or='V-Z.s/s 0-50X Fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs,l 40 - Kr-87 0.22 Core uncovery 73-21 Sr-Ba 0.2 - 0.8 Pr 0.1 - 0.8 70 I-133 2.1 z.s~- P.mEW > 1650 50-100X fuel melt Xe,Kr,Cs,l,Te Kr-87 0.22 > 1650 Core uncovery 13 - 2I

> 70 Sr Ba>24 I-133 2.1

) 3.$ E5 Pr > 0.8

  • This table ls intended to supplement the methodology outlined ln this report and should not be used IIlthout referring to this report and without considerable )udgement.
      • lgnltors may engineering obviate these values.

/p'7 5 jokers 07 7 pr rg~ ado~.>rz.

Xe-133'-131

800.

600.

500

'00

'00

'/n 200 STP FIGURE 1 -WATER OEiNSITY RATIO (TEMPERATURE VS. STP)

90

'0

'5 60 CD

'0-UJ CD CD CI <0..

30

'0

~

i0.

CD CD CD CD 41 CD CD CD CD CCl IC1 VOLUHE. Fl'3 FIGURE 2 SUMP WATER VOLUME VERSUS SUMP LEVEL INDICATION

90..

80..

70

'0

'0

~

40, 30

'0

'l 0

O O O O O O O' CI O O O O O O O Cl O O O O C7 O Al ET@ORE 3 'ONTAINMENT WATER YOLUME YERSUS CONTATNMENT LEVEL. INOICATION

0~

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0 F 01 F 00 F 00 rr F 00

.00 QJ gQ r g(

Pg .00

r. 0- 08.

5.0-o

+J r ~q8 cCl 3.0-o+

2' I CP S

o 1.0i 7 0

+

5.0-3.0" 2-0" 1

'" tlat h, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

o

~

o Q. ~ o o

~ ~ y C4 Y) IO h oCV Q Pl O

lA Q

h Q

Q Clad Damage (<)

FIGORE G RELATIPNGHIP OF g CLAO OANAGE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF KR-87

F 7 0-0-

0-0~ t F 07

~ 0 Ol Cl QJ

~ 0 Cl CC

~ 0 O

07 0

F 007 go O

'00 r

r F 00 F 001 I

CV F7 ' ~ ~

a hl Y) IA h a 0 0 Q 00 o a .a Ol k1 Vl Clad. Damage (5)

RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH 'X CORE INVENTORY FIGURE 7

-'RELEASED OF XE-133

I ~

0.7 0.5 0.3 0 2 0 '

F 07

.05

.03

.02

~4Q. r 01

.007

.005 ~gQ

.003

.002

~O+ r I g F 001 ec ~ 7.0"4 c 5.0-4

3. 0-4 2 0" 0 I 0" 4

~

7.0"5 5.0"5 3'. 0" 5 2.0-5 1.0"5 CO Q7 ~ ~

Y) N

~

6

~

0

~

O O O 0 O e

~

a~

a o

~ ~ CV Ol P) V) h D Clad Damage (%%d)

FIGURE G RELATIONSHIP OF X CLAD DAMAGE WITH S CORE IN~ENTOR" RELEASED OF I-131

0.

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0 F 00

. 00

~~ r r F 00 F 00 +

'0 00 gQ Ol

7. 0" 5.0-< ~O g 0

E. 0-2 ~ 0-CP I

0 1 ~ 0-7'"

5.0-3 ~ 0-2 ~ 0-t 0-hl P) Vl i&

~ C4 Pl Vl h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0

~

0 0 CV .) A h Clad Damage (X)

FIGURE 10 RELATIONSHIP OF W CLAD DAMAGE NITH M CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF I-132

70.

50

'0 20-10 r

5. ~4r 3 ~

rr r 2~

0 0 ~

0 ~

0 ~

0~

Fuel Overtemperature (5)

FIGURE Z3: RELATIONSHIP OF 5 FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE MITH 'A CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF XE, KR, I, OR CS

1 ~

0-0 0~

0 ~

0'

~ 0

~ 0

~ 0 .@g r r

QJ go+

F 01 F 00 S

F 00 Cl F 00

.00

~

r S

O

.001 T. 0-5 '"

3'. 0" 2.0" 1 ~ 0-LA h O O O O O O Af Pl v7 h O Fuel Overtemperature (5)

FIGURE 14 RELATIONSHIP OF S FUEL OVERTEMPERATURE WITH X CORE INVENTORY RELEASEO OF BA OR SR

100 70-r 50

'0

'0

~

10 '

~

o+r p

r 3 ~ r 2~

rr 0 '

0.

0 ~

0.

0~ 1 n s a O O O Ill O O O'uel Melt (X)

FIGURE IS, RELATIONSHIP OF '5 FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED OF XE,. KR, I, CS, OR TE

0 100.0

10. 0 0.1 0.01 1.0 10 100.0 0'ueI MeIt.(5)

FIGURE'G iRELATIONSHIP OF E FUEL MELT NITH S CORE INVENTORY RELEASED. OF BA OR SR

JO.

25 ~

20" UNIT UNIT ia ~

5.

C7 Ol C

Yl 0 0 Vl C) O O CCI C7 ZlRC-QAI'P3 RE.BIGS'ION 1'KRCEH f.WGK FIGDRE IB CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONCENTRATION BASED ON

'Z)RCONIUN MATER REACTION

l005. NOBLE GAS RELEASE S2X NOBLE GAS; RELEAS 0.3$ NOBLE GAS RELEASE ANS. 18 1 NORMAL OPERATING NOBLE'AS RELEASE'0..0..

100.0 1000.0 TINE AFTER SHUTOOMN (HOURS)

FIGURE ZG- PERCENT NOBLE GASES'N CONTAINMENT

-. FOR. UNIT. 1 ANO UNIT P'